diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation/ABI')
261 files changed, 17283 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/README b/Documentation/ABI/README new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1fafc4b07 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/README @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +This directory attempts to document the ABI between the Linux kernel and +userspace, and the relative stability of these interfaces. Due to the +everchanging nature of Linux, and the differing maturity levels, these +interfaces should be used by userspace programs in different ways. + +We have four different levels of ABI stability, as shown by the four +different subdirectories in this location. Interfaces may change levels +of stability according to the rules described below. + +The different levels of stability are: + + stable/ + This directory documents the interfaces that the developer has + defined to be stable. Userspace programs are free to use these + interfaces with no restrictions, and backward compatibility for + them will be guaranteed for at least 2 years. Most interfaces + (like syscalls) are expected to never change and always be + available. + + testing/ + This directory documents interfaces that are felt to be stable, + as the main development of this interface has been completed. + The interface can be changed to add new features, but the + current interface will not break by doing this, unless grave + errors or security problems are found in them. Userspace + programs can start to rely on these interfaces, but they must be + aware of changes that can occur before these interfaces move to + be marked stable. Programs that use these interfaces are + strongly encouraged to add their name to the description of + these interfaces, so that the kernel developers can easily + notify them if any changes occur (see the description of the + layout of the files below for details on how to do this.) + + obsolete/ + This directory documents interfaces that are still remaining in + the kernel, but are marked to be removed at some later point in + time. The description of the interface will document the reason + why it is obsolete and when it can be expected to be removed. + + removed/ + This directory contains a list of the old interfaces that have + been removed from the kernel. + +Every file in these directories will contain the following information: + +What: Short description of the interface +Date: Date created +KernelVersion: Kernel version this feature first showed up in. +Contact: Primary contact for this interface (may be a mailing list) +Description: Long description of the interface and how to use it. +Users: All users of this interface who wish to be notified when + it changes. This is very important for interfaces in + the "testing" stage, so that kernel developers can work + with userspace developers to ensure that things do not + break in ways that are unacceptable. It is also + important to get feedback for these interfaces to make + sure they are working in a proper way and do not need to + be changed further. + + +How things move between levels: + +Interfaces in stable may move to obsolete, as long as the proper +notification is given. + +Interfaces may be removed from obsolete and the kernel as long as the +documented amount of time has gone by. + +Interfaces in the testing state can move to the stable state when the +developers feel they are finished. They cannot be removed from the +kernel tree without going through the obsolete state first. + +It's up to the developer to place their interfaces in the category they +wish for it to start out in. + + +Notable bits of non-ABI, which should not under any circumstances be considered +stable: + +- Kconfig. Userspace should not rely on the presence or absence of any + particular Kconfig symbol, in /proc/config.gz, in the copy of .config + commonly installed to /boot, or in any invocation of the kernel build + process. + +- Kernel-internal symbols. Do not rely on the presence, absence, location, or + type of any kernel symbol, either in System.map files or the kernel binary + itself. See Documentation/stable_api_nonsense.txt. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/proc-sys-vm-nr_pdflush_threads b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/proc-sys-vm-nr_pdflush_threads new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b0b0eeb20 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/proc-sys-vm-nr_pdflush_threads @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +What: /proc/sys/vm/nr_pdflush_threads +Date: June 2012 +Contact: Wanpeng Li <liwp@linux.vnet.ibm.com> +Description: Since pdflush is replaced by per-BDI flusher, the interface of old pdflush + exported in /proc/sys/vm/ should be removed. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-block-zram b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-block-zram new file mode 100644 index 000000000..720ea92cf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-block-zram @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/num_reads +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The num_reads file is read-only and specifies the number of + reads (failed or successful) done on this device. + Now accessible via zram<id>/stat node. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/num_writes +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The num_writes file is read-only and specifies the number of + writes (failed or successful) done on this device. + Now accessible via zram<id>/stat node. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/invalid_io +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The invalid_io file is read-only and specifies the number of + non-page-size-aligned I/O requests issued to this device. + Now accessible via zram<id>/io_stat node. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/failed_reads +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The failed_reads file is read-only and specifies the number of + failed reads happened on this device. + Now accessible via zram<id>/io_stat node. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/failed_writes +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The failed_writes file is read-only and specifies the number of + failed writes happened on this device. + Now accessible via zram<id>/io_stat node. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/notify_free +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The notify_free file is read-only. Depending on device usage + scenario it may account a) the number of pages freed because + of swap slot free notifications or b) the number of pages freed + because of REQ_DISCARD requests sent by bio. The former ones + are sent to a swap block device when a swap slot is freed, which + implies that this disk is being used as a swap disk. The latter + ones are sent by filesystem mounted with discard option, + whenever some data blocks are getting discarded. + Now accessible via zram<id>/io_stat node. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/zero_pages +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The zero_pages file is read-only and specifies number of zero + filled pages written to this disk. No memory is allocated for + such pages. + Now accessible via zram<id>/mm_stat node. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/orig_data_size +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The orig_data_size file is read-only and specifies uncompressed + size of data stored in this disk. This excludes zero-filled + pages (zero_pages) since no memory is allocated for them. + Unit: bytes + Now accessible via zram<id>/mm_stat node. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/compr_data_size +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The compr_data_size file is read-only and specifies compressed + size of data stored in this disk. So, compression ratio can be + calculated using orig_data_size and this statistic. + Unit: bytes + Now accessible via zram<id>/mm_stat node. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/mem_used_total +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The mem_used_total file is read-only and specifies the amount + of memory, including allocator fragmentation and metadata + overhead, allocated for this disk. So, allocator space + efficiency can be calculated using compr_data_size and this + statistic. + Unit: bytes + Now accessible via zram<id>/mm_stat node. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/mem_used_max +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The mem_used_max file is read/write and specifies the amount + of maximum memory zram have consumed to store compressed data. + For resetting the value, you should write "0". Otherwise, + you could see -EINVAL. + Unit: bytes + Downgraded to write-only node: so it's possible to set new + value only; its current value is stored in zram<id>/mm_stat + node. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/mem_limit +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The mem_limit file is read/write and specifies the maximum + amount of memory ZRAM can use to store the compressed data. + The limit could be changed in run time and "0" means disable + the limit. No limit is the initial state. Unit: bytes + Downgraded to write-only node: so it's possible to set new + value only; its current value is stored in zram<id>/mm_stat + node. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-bus-usb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bd096d33f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-bus-usb @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/level +Date: March 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.21 +Contact: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu> +Description: + Each USB device directory will contain a file named + power/level. This file holds a power-level setting for + the device, either "on" or "auto". + + "on" means that the device is not allowed to autosuspend, + although normal suspends for system sleep will still + be honored. "auto" means the device will autosuspend + and autoresume in the usual manner, according to the + capabilities of its driver. + + During normal use, devices should be left in the "auto" + level. The "on" level is meant for administrative uses. + If you want to suspend a device immediately but leave it + free to wake up in response to I/O requests, you should + write "0" to power/autosuspend. + + Device not capable of proper suspend and resume should be + left in the "on" level. Although the USB spec requires + devices to support suspend/resume, many of them do not. + In fact so many don't that by default, the USB core + initializes all non-hub devices in the "on" level. Some + drivers may change this setting when they are bound. + + This file is deprecated and will be removed after 2010. + Use the power/control file instead; it does exactly the + same thing. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ff60ad9ec --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +rfkill - radio frequency (RF) connector kill switch support + +For details to this subsystem look at Documentation/rfkill.txt. + +What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/state +Date: 09-Jul-2007 +KernelVersion v2.6.22 +Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org +Description: Current state of the transmitter. + This file is deprecated and scheduled to be removed in 2014, + because its not possible to express the 'soft and hard block' + state of the rfkill driver. +Values: A numeric value. + 0: RFKILL_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED + transmitter is turned off by software + 1: RFKILL_STATE_UNBLOCKED + transmitter is (potentially) active + 2: RFKILL_STATE_HARD_BLOCKED + transmitter is forced off by something outside of + the driver's control. + +What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/claim +Date: 09-Jul-2007 +KernelVersion v2.6.22 +Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org +Description: This file is deprecated because there no longer is a way to + claim just control over a single rfkill instance. + This file is scheduled to be removed in 2012. +Values: 0: Kernel handles events diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus new file mode 100644 index 000000000..833fd5992 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/startup_profile +Date: October 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4. + When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual + profile. This value is persistent, so its equivalent to the + profile that's active when the mouse is powered on next time. + When written, this file sets the number of the startup profile + and the mouse activates this profile immediately. + Please use actual_profile, it does the same thing. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/firmware_version +Date: October 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the + firmware reported by the mouse. Using the integer value eases + further usage in other programs. To receive the real version + number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the + left. E.g. a returned value of 121 means 1.21 + This file is readonly. + Please read binary attribute info which contains firmware version. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/profile[1-5]_buttons +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_buttons holds information about button layout. + When read, these files return the respective profile buttons. + The returned data is 77 bytes in size. + This file is readonly. + Write control to select profile and read profile_buttons instead. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/profile[1-5]_settings +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity + and light effects. + When read, these files return the respective profile settings. + The returned data is 43 bytes in size. + This file is readonly. + Write control to select profile and read profile_settings instead. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4a98e02b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/actual_cpi +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1-4. + When read, this attribute returns the number of the active + cpi level. + This file is readonly. + Has never been used. If bookkeeping is done, it's done in userland tools. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/actual_sensitivity_x +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1-10. + When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual + sensitivity in x direction. + This file is readonly. + Has never been used. If bookkeeping is done, it's done in userland tools. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/actual_sensitivity_y +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1-10. + When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual + sensitivity in y direction. + This file is readonly. + Has never been used. If bookkeeping is done, it's done in userland tools. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/firmware_version +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the + firmware reported by the mouse. Using the integer value eases + further usage in other programs. To receive the real version + number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the + left. E.g. a returned value of 121 means 1.21 + This file is readonly. + Obsoleted by binary sysfs attribute "info". +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/profile[1-5]_buttons +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_buttons holds information about button layout. + When read, these files return the respective profile buttons. + The returned data is 23 bytes in size. + This file is readonly. + Write control to select profile and read profile_buttons instead. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/profile[1-5]_settings +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity + and light effects. + When read, these files return the respective profile settings. + The returned data is 16 bytes in size. + This file is readonly. + Write control to select profile and read profile_settings instead. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra new file mode 100644 index 000000000..87ac87e95 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/actual_cpi +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: It is possible to switch the cpi setting of the mouse with the + press of a button. + When read, this file returns the raw number of the actual cpi + setting reported by the mouse. This number has to be further + processed to receive the real dpi value. + + VALUE DPI + 1 400 + 2 800 + 4 1600 + + This file is readonly. + Has never been used. If bookkeeping is done, it's done in userland tools. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/actual_profile +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read, this file returns the number of the actual profile in + range 0-4. + This file is readonly. + Please use binary attribute "settings" which provides this information. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/firmware_version +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the + firmware reported by the mouse. Using the integer value eases + further usage in other programs. To receive the real version + number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the + left. E.g. a returned value of 138 means 1.38 + This file is readonly. + Please use binary attribute "info" which provides this information. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/profile[1-5]_buttons +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_buttons holds information about button layout. + When read, these files return the respective profile buttons. + The returned data is 19 bytes in size. + This file is readonly. + Write control to select profile and read profile_buttons instead. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/profile[1-5]_settings +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity + and light effects. + When read, these files return the respective profile settings. + The returned data is 13 bytes in size. + This file is readonly. + Write control to select profile and read profile_settings instead. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/startup_profile +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4. + When read, this attribute returns the number of the profile + that's active when the mouse is powered on. + This file is readonly. + Please use binary attribute "settings" which provides this information. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs b/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0020c4993 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +What: devfs +Date: July 2005 (scheduled), finally removed in kernel v2.6.18 +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> +Description: + devfs has been unmaintained for a number of years, has unfixable + races, contains a naming policy within the kernel that is + against the LSB, and can be replaced by using udev. + The files fs/devfs/*, include/linux/devfs_fs*.h were removed, + along with the assorted devfs function calls throughout the + kernel tree. + +Users: diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/dv1394 b/Documentation/ABI/removed/dv1394 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c2310b667 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/dv1394 @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: dv1394 (a.k.a. "OHCI-DV I/O support" for FireWire) +Date: May 2010 (scheduled), finally removed in kernel v2.6.37 +Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + /dev/dv1394/* were character device files, one for each FireWire + controller and for NTSC and PAL respectively, from which DV data + could be received by read() or transmitted by write(). A few + ioctl()s allowed limited control. + This special-purpose interface has been superseded by libraw1394 + + libiec61883 which are functionally equivalent, support HDV, and + transparently work on top of the newer firewire kernel drivers. + +Users: + ffmpeg/libavformat (if configured for DV1394) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/ip_queue b/Documentation/ABI/removed/ip_queue new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3243613bc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/ip_queue @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: ip_queue +Date: finally removed in kernel v3.5.0 +Contact: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org> +Description: + ip_queue has been replaced by nfnetlink_queue which provides + more advanced queueing mechanism to user-space. The ip_queue + module was already announced to become obsolete years ago. + +Users: diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/net_dma b/Documentation/ABI/removed/net_dma new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a173aecc2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/net_dma @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: tcp_dma_copybreak sysctl +Date: Removed in kernel v3.13 +Contact: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> +Description: + Formerly the lower limit, in bytes, of the size of socket reads + that will be offloaded to a DMA copy engine. Removed due to + coherency issues of the cpu potentially touching the buffers + while dma is in flight. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/o2cb b/Documentation/ABI/removed/o2cb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20c91adca --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/o2cb @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +What: /sys/o2cb symlink +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com +Description: This is a symlink: /sys/o2cb to /sys/fs/o2cb. The symlink is + removed when new versions of ocfs2-tools which know to look + in /sys/fs/o2cb are sufficiently prevalent. Don't code new + software to look here, it should try /sys/fs/o2cb instead. +Users: ocfs2-tools. It's sufficient to mail proposed changes to + ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394 b/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ec333e676 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394 @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: raw1394 (a.k.a. "Raw IEEE1394 I/O support" for FireWire) +Date: May 2010 (scheduled), finally removed in kernel v2.6.37 +Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + /dev/raw1394 was a character device file that allowed low-level + access to FireWire buses. Its major drawbacks were its inability + to implement sensible device security policies, and its low level + of abstraction that required userspace clients to duplicate much + of the kernel's ieee1394 core functionality. + Replaced by /dev/fw*, i.e. the <linux/firewire-cdev.h> ABI of + firewire-core. + +Users: + libraw1394 (works with firewire-cdev too, transparent to library ABI + users) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/video1394 b/Documentation/ABI/removed/video1394 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c39c25aee --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/video1394 @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: video1394 (a.k.a. "OHCI-1394 Video support" for FireWire) +Date: May 2010 (scheduled), finally removed in kernel v2.6.37 +Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + /dev/video1394/* were character device files, one for each FireWire + controller, which were used for isochronous I/O. It was added as an + alternative to raw1394's isochronous I/O functionality which had + performance issues in its first generation. Any video1394 user had + to use raw1394 + libraw1394 too because video1394 did not provide + asynchronous I/O for device discovery and configuration. + Replaced by /dev/fw*, i.e. the <linux/firewire-cdev.h> ABI of + firewire-core. + +Users: + libdc1394 (works with firewire-cdev too, transparent to library ABI + users) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev b/Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev new file mode 100644 index 000000000..16d030827 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/firewire-cdev @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +What: /dev/fw[0-9]+ +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + The character device files /dev/fw* are the interface between + firewire-core and IEEE 1394 device drivers implemented in + userspace. The ioctl(2)- and read(2)-based ABI is defined and + documented in <linux/firewire-cdev.h>. + + This ABI offers most of the features which firewire-core also + exposes to kernelspace IEEE 1394 drivers. + + Each /dev/fw* is associated with one IEEE 1394 node, which can + be remote or local nodes. Operations on a /dev/fw* file have + different scope: + - The 1394 node which is associated with the file: + - Asynchronous request transmission + - Get the Configuration ROM + - Query node ID + - Query maximum speed of the path between this node + and local node + - The 1394 bus (i.e. "card") to which the node is attached to: + - Isochronous stream transmission and reception + - Asynchronous stream transmission and reception + - Asynchronous broadcast request transmission + - PHY packet transmission and reception + - Allocate, reallocate, deallocate isochronous + resources (channels, bandwidth) at the bus's IRM + - Query node IDs of local node, root node, IRM, bus + manager + - Query cycle time + - Bus reset initiation, bus reset event reception + - All 1394 buses: + - Allocation of IEEE 1212 address ranges on the local + link layers, reception of inbound requests to such + an address range, asynchronous response transmission + to inbound requests + - Addition of descriptors or directories to the local + nodes' Configuration ROM + + Due to the different scope of operations and in order to let + userland implement different access permission models, some + operations are restricted to /dev/fw* files that are associated + with a local node: + - Addition of descriptors or directories to the local + nodes' Configuration ROM + - PHY packet transmission and reception + + A /dev/fw* file remains associated with one particular node + during its entire life time. Bus topology changes, and hence + node ID changes, are tracked by firewire-core. ABI users do not + need to be aware of topology. + + The following file operations are supported: + + open(2) + Currently the only useful flags are O_RDWR. + + ioctl(2) + Initiate various actions. Some take immediate effect, others + are performed asynchronously while or after the ioctl returns. + See the inline documentation in <linux/firewire-cdev.h> for + descriptions of all ioctls. + + poll(2), select(2), epoll_wait(2) etc. + Watch for events to become available to be read. + + read(2) + Receive various events. There are solicited events like + outbound asynchronous transaction completion or isochronous + buffer completion, and unsolicited events such as bus resets, + request reception, or PHY packet reception. Always use a read + buffer which is large enough to receive the largest event that + could ever arrive. See <linux/firewire-cdev.h> for descriptions + of all event types and for which ioctls affect reception of + events. + + mmap(2) + Allocate a DMA buffer for isochronous reception or transmission + and map it into the process address space. The arguments should + be used as follows: addr = NULL, length = the desired buffer + size, i.e. number of packets times size of largest packet, + prot = at least PROT_READ for reception and at least PROT_WRITE + for transmission, flags = MAP_SHARED, fd = the handle to the + /dev/fw*, offset = 0. + + Isochronous reception works in packet-per-buffer fashion except + for multichannel reception which works in buffer-fill mode. + + munmap(2) + Unmap the isochronous I/O buffer from the process address space. + + close(2) + Besides stopping and freeing I/O contexts that were associated + with the file descriptor, back out any changes to the local + nodes' Configuration ROM. Deallocate isochronous channels and + bandwidth at the IRM that were marked for kernel-assisted + re- and deallocation. + +Users: libraw1394 + libdc1394 + tools like jujuutils, fwhack, ... diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/o2cb b/Documentation/ABI/stable/o2cb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5eb1545e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/o2cb @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +What: /sys/fs/o2cb/ (was /sys/o2cb) +Date: Dec 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.16 +Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com +Description: Ocfs2-tools looks at 'interface-revision' for versioning + information. Each logmask/ file controls a set of debug prints + and can be written into with the strings "allow", "deny", or + "off". Reading the file returns the current state. +Users: ocfs2-tools. It's sufficient to mail proposed changes to + ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/syscalls b/Documentation/ABI/stable/syscalls new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c3ae3e7d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/syscalls @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +What: The kernel syscall interface +Description: + This interface matches much of the POSIX interface and is based + on it and other Unix based interfaces. It will only be added to + over time, and not have things removed from it. + + Note that this interface is different for every architecture + that Linux supports. Please see the architecture-specific + documentation for details on the syscall numbers that are to be + mapped to each syscall. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-acpi-pmprofile b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-acpi-pmprofile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..964c7a8af --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-acpi-pmprofile @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/acpi/pm_profile +Date: 03-Nov-2011 +KernelVersion: v3.2 +Contact: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org +Description: The ACPI pm_profile sysfs interface exports the platform + power management (and performance) requirement expectations + as provided by BIOS. The integer value is directly passed as + retrieved from the FADT ACPI table. +Values: For possible values see ACPI specification: + 5.2.9 Fixed ACPI Description Table (FADT) + Field: Preferred_PM_Profile + + Currently these values are defined by spec: + 0 Unspecified + 1 Desktop + 2 Mobile + 3 Workstation + 4 Enterprise Server + 5 SOHO Server + 6 Appliance PC + 7 Performance Server + >7 Reserved diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-firewire b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-firewire new file mode 100644 index 000000000..41e5a0cd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-firewire @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +What: /sys/bus/firewire/devices/fw[0-9]+/ +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + IEEE 1394 node device attributes. + Read-only. Mutable during the node device's lifetime. + See IEEE 1212 for semantic definitions. + + config_rom + Contents of the Configuration ROM register. + Binary attribute; an array of host-endian u32. + + guid + The node's EUI-64 in the bus information block of + Configuration ROM. + Hexadecimal string representation of an u64. + + +What: /sys/bus/firewire/devices/fw[0-9]+/units +Date: June 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.31 +Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + IEEE 1394 node device attribute. + Read-only. Mutable during the node device's lifetime. + See IEEE 1212 for semantic definitions. + + units + Summary of all units present in an IEEE 1394 node. + Contains space-separated tuples of specifier_id and + version of each unit present in the node. Specifier_id + and version are hexadecimal string representations of + u24 of the respective unit directory entries. + Specifier_id and version within each tuple are separated + by a colon. + +Users: udev rules to set ownership and access permissions or ACLs of + /dev/fw[0-9]+ character device files + + +What: /sys/bus/firewire/devices/fw[0-9]+/is_local +Date: July 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.6 +Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + IEEE 1394 node device attribute. + Read-only and immutable. +Values: 1: The sysfs entry represents a local node (a controller card). + 0: The sysfs entry represents a remote node. + + +What: /sys/bus/firewire/devices/fw[0-9]+[.][0-9]+/ +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + IEEE 1394 unit device attributes. + Read-only. Immutable during the unit device's lifetime. + See IEEE 1212 for semantic definitions. + + modalias + Same as MODALIAS in the uevent at device creation. + + rom_index + Offset of the unit directory within the parent device's + (node device's) Configuration ROM, in quadlets. + Decimal string representation. + + +What: /sys/bus/firewire/devices/*/ +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + Attributes common to IEEE 1394 node devices and unit devices. + Read-only. Mutable during the node device's lifetime. + Immutable during the unit device's lifetime. + See IEEE 1212 for semantic definitions. + + These attributes are only created if the root directory of an + IEEE 1394 node or the unit directory of an IEEE 1394 unit + actually contains according entries. + + hardware_version + Hexadecimal string representation of an u24. + + hardware_version_name + Contents of a respective textual descriptor leaf. + + model + Hexadecimal string representation of an u24. + + model_name + Contents of a respective textual descriptor leaf. + + specifier_id + Hexadecimal string representation of an u24. + Mandatory in unit directories according to IEEE 1212. + + vendor + Hexadecimal string representation of an u24. + Mandatory in the root directory according to IEEE 1212. + + vendor_name + Contents of a respective textual descriptor leaf. + + version + Hexadecimal string representation of an u24. + Mandatory in unit directories according to IEEE 1212. + + +What: /sys/bus/firewire/drivers/sbp2/fw*/host*/target*/*:*:*:*/ieee1394_id + formerly + /sys/bus/ieee1394/drivers/sbp2/fw*/host*/target*/*:*:*:*/ieee1394_id +Date: Feb 2004 +KernelVersion: 2.6.4 +Contact: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net +Description: + SCSI target port identifier and logical unit identifier of a + logical unit of an SBP-2 target. The identifiers are specified + in SAM-2...SAM-4 annex A. They are persistent and world-wide + unique properties the SBP-2 attached target. + + Read-only attribute, immutable during the target's lifetime. + Format, as exposed by firewire-sbp2 since 2.6.22, May 2007: + Colon-separated hexadecimal string representations of + u64 EUI-64 : u24 directory_ID : u16 LUN + without 0x prefixes, without whitespace. The former sbp2 driver + (removed in 2.6.37 after being superseded by firewire-sbp2) used + a somewhat shorter format which was not as close to SAM. + +Users: udev rules to create /dev/disk/by-id/ symlinks diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-usb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..831f15d96 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-usb @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/persist +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.23 +Contact: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu> +Description: + USB device directories can contain a file named power/persist. + The file holds a boolean value (0 or 1) indicating whether or + not the "USB-Persist" facility is enabled for the device. For + hubs this facility is always enabled and their device + directories will not contain this file. + + For more information, see Documentation/usb/persist.txt. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/autosuspend +Date: March 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.21 +Contact: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu> +Description: + Each USB device directory will contain a file named + power/autosuspend. This file holds the time (in seconds) + the device must be idle before it will be autosuspended. + 0 means the device will be autosuspended as soon as + possible. Negative values will prevent the device from + being autosuspended at all, and writing a negative value + will resume the device if it is already suspended. + + The autosuspend delay for newly-created devices is set to + the value of the usbcore.autosuspend module parameter. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../power/connected_duration +Date: January 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@intel.com> +Description: + If CONFIG_PM is enabled, then this file is present. When read, + it returns the total time (in msec) that the USB device has been + connected to the machine. This file is read-only. +Users: + PowerTOP <powertop@lists.01.org> + https://01.org/powertop/ + +What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../power/active_duration +Date: January 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@intel.com> +Description: + If CONFIG_PM is enabled, then this file is present. When read, + it returns the total time (in msec) that the USB device has been + active, i.e. not in a suspended state. This file is read-only. + + Tools can use this file and the connected_duration file to + compute the percentage of time that a device has been active. + For example, + echo $((100 * `cat active_duration` / `cat connected_duration`)) + will give an integer percentage. Note that this does not + account for counter wrap. +Users: + PowerTOP <powertop@lists.01.org> + https://01.org/powertop/ + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<port[.port]>...:<config num>-<interface num>/supports_autosuspend +Date: January 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@intel.com> +Description: + When read, this file returns 1 if the interface driver + for this interface supports autosuspend. It also + returns 1 if no driver has claimed this interface, as an + unclaimed interface will not stop the device from being + autosuspended if all other interface drivers are idle. + The file returns 0 if autosuspend support has not been + added to the driver. +Users: + USB PM tool + git://git.moblin.org/users/sarah/usb-pm-tool/ + +What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../avoid_reset_quirk +Date: December 2009 +Contact: Oliver Neukum <oliver@neukum.org> +Description: + Writing 1 to this file tells the kernel that this + device will morph into another mode when it is reset. + Drivers will not use reset for error handling for + such devices. +Users: + usb_modeswitch + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../devnum +KernelVersion: since at least 2.6.18 +Description: + Device address on the USB bus. +Users: + libusb + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../bConfigurationValue +KernelVersion: since at least 2.6.18 +Description: + bConfigurationValue of the *active* configuration for the + device. Writing 0 or -1 to bConfigurationValue will reset the + active configuration (unconfigure the device). Writing + another value will change the active configuration. + + Note that some devices, in violation of the USB spec, have a + configuration with a value equal to 0. Writing 0 to + bConfigurationValue for these devices will install that + configuration, rather then unconfigure the device. + + Writing -1 will always unconfigure the device. +Users: + libusb + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../busnum +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Description: + Bus-number of the USB-bus the device is connected to. +Users: + libusb + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../descriptors +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Description: + Binary file containing cached descriptors of the device. The + binary data consists of the device descriptor followed by the + descriptors for each configuration of the device. + Note that the wTotalLength of the config descriptors can not + be trusted, as the device may have a smaller config descriptor + than it advertises. The bLength field of each (sub) descriptor + can be trusted, and can be used to seek forward one (sub) + descriptor at a time until the next config descriptor is found. + All descriptors read from this file are in bus-endian format +Users: + libusb + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../speed +KernelVersion: since at least 2.6.18 +Description: + Speed the device is connected with to the usb-host in + Mbit / second. IE one of 1.5 / 12 / 480 / 5000. +Users: + libusb diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-xen-backend b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-xen-backend new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d5951c8b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-xen-backend @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/*/devtype +Date: Feb 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + The type of the device. e.g., one of: 'vbd' (block), + 'vif' (network), or 'vfb' (framebuffer). + +What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/*/nodename +Date: Feb 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + XenStore node (under /local/domain/NNN/) for this + backend device. + +What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/physical_device +Date: April 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + The major:minor number (in hexidecimal) of the + physical device providing the storage for this backend + block device. + +What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/mode +Date: April 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + Whether the block device is read-only ('r') or + read-write ('w'). + +What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/statistics/f_req +Date: April 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + Number of flush requests from the frontend. + +What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/statistics/oo_req +Date: April 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + Number of requests delayed because the backend was too + busy processing previous requests. + +What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/statistics/rd_req +Date: April 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + Number of read requests from the frontend. + +What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/statistics/rd_sect +Date: April 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + Number of sectors read by the frontend. + +What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/statistics/wr_req +Date: April 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + Number of write requests from the frontend. + +What: /sys/bus/xen-backend/devices/vbd-*/statistics/wr_sect +Date: April 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + Number of sectors written by the frontend. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight new file mode 100644 index 000000000..70302f370 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/bl_power +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net> +Description: + Control BACKLIGHT power, values are FB_BLANK_* from fb.h + - FB_BLANK_UNBLANK (0) : power on. + - FB_BLANK_POWERDOWN (4) : power off +Users: HAL + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/brightness +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net> +Description: + Control the brightness for this <backlight>. Values + are between 0 and max_brightness. This file will also + show the brightness level stored in the driver, which + may not be the actual brightness (see actual_brightness). +Users: HAL + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/actual_brightness +Date: March 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net> +Description: + Show the actual brightness by querying the hardware. +Users: HAL + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/max_brightness +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net> +Description: + Maximum brightness for <backlight>. +Users: HAL + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/type +Date: September 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com> +Description: + The type of interface controlled by <backlight>. + "firmware": The driver uses a standard firmware interface + "platform": The driver uses a platform-specific interface + "raw": The driver controls hardware registers directly + + In the general case, when multiple backlight + interfaces are available for a single device, firmware + control should be preferred to platform control should + be preferred to raw control. Using a firmware + interface reduces the probability of confusion with + the hardware and the OS independently updating the + backlight state. Platform interfaces are mostly a + holdover from pre-standardisation of firmware + interfaces. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill new file mode 100644 index 000000000..097f522c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +rfkill - radio frequency (RF) connector kill switch support + +For details to this subsystem look at Documentation/rfkill.txt. + +For the deprecated /sys/class/rfkill/*/state and +/sys/class/rfkill/*/claim knobs of this interface look in +Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill. + +What: /sys/class/rfkill +Date: 09-Jul-2007 +KernelVersion: v2.6.22 +Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org, +Description: The rfkill class subsystem folder. + Each registered rfkill driver is represented by an rfkillX + subfolder (X being an integer > 0). + + +What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/name +Date: 09-Jul-2007 +KernelVersion v2.6.22 +Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org +Description: Name assigned by driver to this key (interface or driver name). +Values: arbitrary string. + + +What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/type +Date: 09-Jul-2007 +KernelVersion v2.6.22 +Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org +Description: Driver type string ("wlan", "bluetooth", etc). +Values: See include/linux/rfkill.h. + + +What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/persistent +Date: 09-Jul-2007 +KernelVersion v2.6.22 +Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org +Description: Whether the soft blocked state is initialised from non-volatile + storage at startup. +Values: A numeric value. + 0: false + 1: true + + +What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/hard +Date: 12-March-2010 +KernelVersion v2.6.34 +Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org +Description: Current hardblock state. This file is read only. +Values: A numeric value. + 0: inactive + The transmitter is (potentially) active. + 1: active + The transmitter is forced off by something outside of + the driver's control. + + +What: /sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/soft +Date: 12-March-2010 +KernelVersion v2.6.34 +Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org +Description: Current softblock state. This file is read and write. +Values: A numeric value. + 0: inactive + The transmitter is (potentially) active. + 1: active + The transmitter is turned off by software. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9f790eebb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-tpm @@ -0,0 +1,185 @@ +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/ +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net +Description: The device/ directory under a specific TPM instance exposes + the properties of that TPM chip + + +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/active +Date: April 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net +Description: The "active" property prints a '1' if the TPM chip is accepting + commands. An inactive TPM chip still contains all the state of + an active chip (Storage Root Key, NVRAM, etc), and can be + visible to the OS, but will only accept a restricted set of + commands. See the TPM Main Specification part 2, Structures, + section 17 for more information on which commands are + available. + +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/cancel +Date: June 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.13 +Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net +Description: The "cancel" property allows you to cancel the currently + pending TPM command. Writing any value to cancel will call the + TPM vendor specific cancel operation. + +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/caps +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net +Description: The "caps" property contains TPM manufacturer and version info. + + Example output: + + Manufacturer: 0x53544d20 + TCG version: 1.2 + Firmware version: 8.16 + + Manufacturer is a hex dump of the 4 byte manufacturer info + space in a TPM. TCG version shows the TCG TPM spec level that + the chip supports. Firmware version is that of the chip and + is manufacturer specific. + +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/durations +Date: March 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net +Description: The "durations" property shows the 3 vendor-specific values + used to wait for a short, medium and long TPM command. All + TPM commands are categorized as short, medium or long in + execution time, so that the driver doesn't have to wait + any longer than necessary before starting to poll for a + result. + + Example output: + + 3015000 4508000 180995000 [original] + + Here the short, medium and long durations are displayed in + usecs. "[original]" indicates that the values are displayed + unmodified from when they were queried from the chip. + Durations can be modified in the case where a buggy chip + reports them in msec instead of usec and they need to be + scaled to be displayed in usecs. In this case "[adjusted]" + will be displayed in place of "[original]". + +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/enabled +Date: April 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net +Description: The "enabled" property prints a '1' if the TPM chip is enabled, + meaning that it should be visible to the OS. This property + may be visible but produce a '0' after some operation that + disables the TPM. + +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/owned +Date: April 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net +Description: The "owned" property produces a '1' if the TPM_TakeOwnership + ordinal has been executed successfully in the chip. A '0' + indicates that ownership hasn't been taken. + +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/pcrs +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net +Description: The "pcrs" property will dump the current value of all Platform + Configuration Registers in the TPM. Note that since these + values may be constantly changing, the output is only valid + for a snapshot in time. + + Example output: + + PCR-00: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75 + PCR-01: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75 + PCR-02: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75 + PCR-03: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75 + PCR-04: 3A 3F 78 0F 11 A4 B4 99 69 FC AA 80 CD 6E 39 57 C3 3B 22 75 + ... + + The number of PCRs and hex bytes needed to represent a PCR + value will vary depending on TPM chip version. For TPM 1.1 and + 1.2 chips, PCRs represent SHA-1 hashes, which are 20 bytes + long. Use the "caps" property to determine TPM version. + +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/pubek +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net +Description: The "pubek" property will return the TPM's public endorsement + key if possible. If the TPM has had ownership established and + is version 1.2, the pubek will not be available without the + owner's authorization. Since the TPM driver doesn't store any + secrets, it can't authorize its own request for the pubek, + making it unaccessible. The public endorsement key is gener- + ated at TPM menufacture time and exists for the life of the + chip. + + Example output: + + Algorithm: 00 00 00 01 + Encscheme: 00 03 + Sigscheme: 00 01 + Parameters: 00 00 08 00 00 00 00 02 00 00 00 00 + Modulus length: 256 + Modulus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ossible values: + + Algorithm: TPM_ALG_RSA (1) + Encscheme: TPM_ES_RSAESPKCSv15 (2) + TPM_ES_RSAESOAEP_SHA1_MGF1 (3) + Sigscheme: TPM_SS_NONE (1) + Parameters, a byte string of 3 u32 values: + Key Length (bits): 00 00 08 00 (2048) + Num primes: 00 00 00 02 (2) + Exponent Size: 00 00 00 00 (0 means the + default exp) + Modulus Length: 256 (bytes) + Modulus: The 256 byte Endorsement Key modulus + +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/temp_deactivated +Date: April 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net +Description: The "temp_deactivated" property returns a '1' if the chip has + been temporarily dectivated, usually until the next power + cycle. Whether a warm boot (reboot) will clear a TPM chip + from a temp_deactivated state is platform specific. + +What: /sys/class/tpm/tpmX/device/timeouts +Date: March 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: tpmdd-devel@lists.sf.net +Description: The "timeouts" property shows the 4 vendor-specific values + for the TPM's interface spec timeouts. The use of these + timeouts is defined by the TPM interface spec that the chip + conforms to. + + Example output: + + 750000 750000 750000 750000 [original] + + The four timeout values are shown in usecs, with a trailing + "[original]" or "[adjusted]" depending on whether the values + were scaled by the driver to be reported in usec from msecs. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-ubi b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-ubi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..18d471d9f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-ubi @@ -0,0 +1,212 @@ +What: /sys/class/ubi/ +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org> +Description: + The ubi/ class sub-directory belongs to the UBI subsystem and + provides general UBI information, per-UBI device information + and per-UBI volume information. + +What: /sys/class/ubi/version +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org> +Description: + This file contains version of the latest supported UBI on-media + format. Currently it is 1, and there is no plan to change this. + However, if in the future UBI needs on-flash format changes + which cannot be done in a compatible manner, a new format + version will be added. So this is a mechanism for possible + future backward-compatible (but forward-incompatible) + improvements. + +What: /sys/class/ubiX/ +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org> +Description: + The /sys/class/ubi0, /sys/class/ubi1, etc directories describe + UBI devices (UBI device 0, 1, etc). They contain general UBI + device information and per UBI volume information (each UBI + device may have many UBI volumes) + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/avail_eraseblocks +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org> +Description: + Amount of available logical eraseblock. For example, one may + create a new UBI volume which has this amount of logical + eraseblocks. + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/bad_peb_count +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org> +Description: + Count of bad physical eraseblocks on the underlying MTD device. + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/bgt_enabled +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org> +Description: + Contains ASCII "0\n" if the UBI background thread is disabled, + and ASCII "1\n" if it is enabled. + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/dev +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org> +Description: + Major and minor numbers of the character device corresponding + to this UBI device (in <major>:<minor> format). + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/eraseblock_size +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org> +Description: + Maximum logical eraseblock size this UBI device may provide. UBI + volumes may have smaller logical eraseblock size because of their + alignment. + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/max_ec +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org> +Description: + Maximum physical eraseblock erase counter value. + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/max_vol_count +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org> +Description: + Maximum number of volumes which this UBI device may have. + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/min_io_size +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org> +Description: + Minimum input/output unit size. All the I/O may only be done + in fractions of the contained number. + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/mtd_num +Date: January 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org> +Description: + Number of the underlying MTD device. + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/reserved_for_bad +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org> +Description: + Number of physical eraseblocks reserved for bad block handling. + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/total_eraseblocks +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org> +Description: + Total number of good (not marked as bad) physical eraseblocks on + the underlying MTD device. + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/volumes_count +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org> +Description: + Count of volumes on this UBI device. + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/ +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org> +Description: + The /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_0/, /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_1/, + etc directories describe UBI volumes on UBI device X (volumes + 0, 1, etc). + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/alignment +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org> +Description: + Volume alignment - the value the logical eraseblock size of + this volume has to be aligned on. For example, 2048 means that + logical eraseblock size is multiple of 2048. In other words, + volume logical eraseblock size is UBI device logical eraseblock + size aligned to the alignment value. + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/corrupted +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org> +Description: + Contains ASCII "0\n" if the UBI volume is OK, and ASCII "1\n" + if it is corrupted (e.g., due to an interrupted volume update). + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/data_bytes +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org> +Description: + The amount of data this volume contains. This value makes sense + only for static volumes, and for dynamic volume it equivalent + to the total volume size in bytes. + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/dev +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org> +Description: + Major and minor numbers of the character device corresponding + to this UBI volume (in <major>:<minor> format). + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/name +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org> +Description: + Volume name. + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/reserved_ebs +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org> +Description: + Count of physical eraseblock reserved for this volume. + Equivalent to the volume size in logical eraseblocks. + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/type +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org> +Description: + Volume type. Contains ASCII "dynamic\n" for dynamic volumes and + "static\n" for static volumes. + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/upd_marker +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org> +Description: + Contains ASCII "0\n" if the update marker is not set for this + volume, and "1\n" if it is set. The update marker is set when + volume update starts, and cleaned when it ends. So the presence + of the update marker indicates that the volume is being updated + at the moment of the update was interrupted. The later may be + checked using the "corrupted" sysfs file. + +What: /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/usable_eb_size +Date: July 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org> +Description: + Logical eraseblock size of this volume. Equivalent to logical + eraseblock size of the device aligned on the volume alignment + value. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-udc b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-udc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..85d3dac2e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-udc @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/a_alt_hnp_support +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org> +Description: + Indicates if an OTG A-Host supports HNP at an alternate port. +Users: + +What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/a_hnp_support +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org> +Description: + Indicates if an OTG A-Host supports HNP at this port. +Users: + +What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/b_hnp_enable +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org> +Description: + Indicates if an OTG A-Host enabled HNP support. +Users: + +What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/current_speed +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org> +Description: + Indicates the current negotiated speed at this port. +Users: + +What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/is_a_peripheral +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org> +Description: + Indicates that this port is the default Host on an OTG session + but HNP was used to switch roles. +Users: + +What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/is_otg +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org> +Description: + Indicates that this port support OTG. +Users: + +What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/maximum_speed +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org> +Description: + Indicates the maximum USB speed supported by this port. +Users: + +What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/maximum_speed +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org> +Description: + Indicates the maximum USB speed supported by this port. +Users: + +What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/soft_connect +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org> +Description: + Allows users to disconnect data pullup resistors thus causing a + logical disconnection from the USB Host. +Users: + +What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/srp +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org> +Description: + Allows users to manually start Session Request Protocol. +Users: + +What: /sys/class/udc/<udc>/state +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: Felipe Balbi <balbi@kernel.org> +Description: + Indicates current state of the USB Device Controller. Valid + states are: 'not-attached', 'attached', 'powered', + 'reconnecting', 'unauthenticated', 'default', 'addressed', + 'configured', and 'suspended'; however not all USB Device + Controllers support reporting all states. +Users: diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43f78b88d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +# Note: This documents additional properties of any device beyond what +# is documented in Documentation/sysfs-rules.txt + +What: /sys/devices/*/of_path +Date: February 2015 +Contact: Device Tree mailing list <devicetree@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Any device associated with a device-tree node will have + an of_path symlink pointing to the corresponding device + node in /sys/firmware/devicetree/ diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5b2d0f088 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +What: /sys/devices/system/node/possible +Date: October 2002 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: + Nodes that could be possibly become online at some point. + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/online +Date: October 2002 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: + Nodes that are online. + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/has_normal_memory +Date: October 2002 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: + Nodes that have regular memory. + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/has_cpu +Date: October 2002 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: + Nodes that have one or more CPUs. + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/has_high_memory +Date: October 2002 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: + Nodes that have regular or high memory. + Depends on CONFIG_HIGHMEM. + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX +Date: October 2002 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: + When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled, this is a directory containing + information on node X such as what CPUs are local to the + node. Each file is detailed next. + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/cpumap +Date: October 2002 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: + The node's cpumap. + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/cpulist +Date: October 2002 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: + The CPUs associated to the node. + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/meminfo +Date: October 2002 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: + Provides information about the node's distribution and memory + utilization. Similar to /proc/meminfo, see Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/numastat +Date: October 2002 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: + The node's hit/miss statistics, in units of pages. + See Documentation/numastat.txt + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/distance +Date: October 2002 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: + Distance between the node and all the other nodes + in the system. + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/vmstat +Date: October 2002 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: + The node's zoned virtual memory statistics. + This is a superset of numastat. + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/compact +Date: February 2010 +Contact: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie> +Description: + When this file is written to, all memory within that node + will be compacted. When it completes, memory will be freed + into blocks which have as many contiguous pages as possible + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/hugepages/hugepages-<size>/ +Date: December 2009 +Contact: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com> +Description: + The node's huge page size control/query attributes. + See Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-system-cpu b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-system-cpu new file mode 100644 index 000000000..33c133e2a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-system-cpu @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/dscr_default +Date: 13-May-2014 +KernelVersion: v3.15.0 +Contact: +Description: Writes are equivalent to writing to + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuN/dscr on all CPUs. + Reads return the last written value or 0. + This value is not a global default: it is a way to set + all per-CPU defaults at the same time. +Values: 64 bit unsigned integer (bit field) + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu[0-9]+/dscr +Date: 13-May-2014 +KernelVersion: v3.15.0 +Contact: +Description: Default value for the Data Stream Control Register (DSCR) on + a CPU. + This default value is used when the kernel is executing and + for any process that has not set the DSCR itself. + If a process ever sets the DSCR (via direct access to the + SPR) that value will be persisted for that process and used + on any CPU where it executes (overriding the value described + here). + If set by a process it will be inherited by child processes. +Values: 64 bit unsigned integer (bit field) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-system-xen_memory b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-system-xen_memory new file mode 100644 index 000000000..caa311d59 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-system-xen_memory @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/max_retry_count +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + The maximum number of times the balloon driver will + attempt to increase the balloon before giving up. See + also 'retry_count' below. + A value of zero means retry forever and is the default one. + +What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/max_schedule_delay +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + The limit that 'schedule_delay' (see below) will be + increased to. The default value is 32 seconds. + +What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/retry_count +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + The current number of times that the balloon driver + has attempted to increase the size of the balloon. + The default value is one. With max_retry_count being + zero (unlimited), this means that the driver will attempt + to retry with a 'schedule_delay' delay. + +What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/schedule_delay +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + The time (in seconds) to wait between attempts to + increase the balloon. Each time the balloon cannot be + increased, 'schedule_delay' is increased (until + 'max_schedule_delay' is reached at which point it + will use the max value). + +What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/target +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + The target number of pages to adjust this domain's + memory reservation to. + +What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/target_kb +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + As target above, except the value is in KiB. + +What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/info/current_kb +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + Current size (in KiB) of this domain's memory + reservation. + +What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/info/high_kb +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + Amount (in KiB) of high memory in the balloon. + +What: /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/info/low_kb +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + Amount (in KiB) of low (or normal) memory in the + balloon. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-ib_srp b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-ib_srp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7049a2b50 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-ib_srp @@ -0,0 +1,189 @@ +What: /sys/class/infiniband_srp/srp-<hca>-<port_number>/add_target +Date: January 2, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.15 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Interface for making ib_srp connect to a new target. + One can request ib_srp to connect to a new target by writing + a comma-separated list of login parameters to this sysfs + attribute. The supported parameters are: + * id_ext, a 16-digit hexadecimal number specifying the eight + byte identifier extension in the 16-byte SRP target port + identifier. The target port identifier is sent by ib_srp + to the target in the SRP_LOGIN_REQ request. + * ioc_guid, a 16-digit hexadecimal number specifying the eight + byte I/O controller GUID portion of the 16-byte target port + identifier. + * dgid, a 32-digit hexadecimal number specifying the + destination GID. + * pkey, a four-digit hexadecimal number specifying the + InfiniBand partition key. + * service_id, a 16-digit hexadecimal number specifying the + InfiniBand service ID used to establish communication with + the SRP target. How to find out the value of the service ID + is specified in the documentation of the SRP target. + * max_sect, a decimal number specifying the maximum number of + 512-byte sectors to be transferred via a single SCSI command. + * max_cmd_per_lun, a decimal number specifying the maximum + number of outstanding commands for a single LUN. + * io_class, a hexadecimal number specifying the SRP I/O class. + Must be either 0xff00 (rev 10) or 0x0100 (rev 16a). The I/O + class defines the format of the SRP initiator and target + port identifiers. + * initiator_ext, a 16-digit hexadecimal number specifying the + identifier extension portion of the SRP initiator port + identifier. This data is sent by the initiator to the target + in the SRP_LOGIN_REQ request. + * cmd_sg_entries, a number in the range 1..255 that specifies + the maximum number of data buffer descriptors stored in the + SRP_CMD information unit itself. With allow_ext_sg=0 the + parameter cmd_sg_entries defines the maximum S/G list length + for a single SRP_CMD, and commands whose S/G list length + exceeds this limit after S/G list collapsing will fail. + * allow_ext_sg, whether ib_srp is allowed to include a partial + memory descriptor list in an SRP_CMD instead of the entire + list. If a partial memory descriptor list has been included + in an SRP_CMD the remaining memory descriptors are + communicated from initiator to target via an additional RDMA + transfer. Setting allow_ext_sg to 1 increases the maximum + amount of data that can be transferred between initiator and + target via a single SCSI command. Since not all SRP target + implementations support partial memory descriptor lists the + default value for this option is 0. + * sg_tablesize, a number in the range 1..2048 specifying the + maximum S/G list length the SCSI layer is allowed to pass to + ib_srp. Specifying a value that exceeds cmd_sg_entries is + only safe with partial memory descriptor list support enabled + (allow_ext_sg=1). + * comp_vector, a number in the range 0..n-1 specifying the + MSI-X completion vector of the first RDMA channel. Some + HCA's allocate multiple (n) MSI-X vectors per HCA port. If + the IRQ affinity masks of these interrupts have been + configured such that each MSI-X interrupt is handled by a + different CPU then the comp_vector parameter can be used to + spread the SRP completion workload over multiple CPU's. + * tl_retry_count, a number in the range 2..7 specifying the + IB RC retry count. + * queue_size, the maximum number of commands that the + initiator is allowed to queue per SCSI host. The default + value for this parameter is 62. The lowest supported value + is 2. + +What: /sys/class/infiniband_srp/srp-<hca>-<port_number>/ibdev +Date: January 2, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.15 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: HCA name (<hca>). + +What: /sys/class/infiniband_srp/srp-<hca>-<port_number>/port +Date: January 2, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.15 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: HCA port number (<port_number>). + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/allow_ext_sg +Date: May 19, 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Whether ib_srp is allowed to include a partial memory + descriptor list in an SRP_CMD when communicating with an SRP + target. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/ch_count +Date: April 1, 2015 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Number of RDMA channels used for communication with the SRP + target. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/cmd_sg_entries +Date: May 19, 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Maximum number of data buffer descriptors that may be sent to + the target in a single SRP_CMD request. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/comp_vector +Date: September 2, 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Completion vector used for the first RDMA channel. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/dgid +Date: June 17, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: InfiniBand destination GID used for communication with the SRP + target. Differs from orig_dgid if port redirection has happened. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/id_ext +Date: June 17, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Eight-byte identifier extension portion of the 16-byte target + port identifier. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/ioc_guid +Date: June 17, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Eight-byte I/O controller GUID portion of the 16-byte target + port identifier. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/local_ib_device +Date: November 29, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.19 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Name of the InfiniBand HCA used for communicating with the + SRP target. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/local_ib_port +Date: November 29, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.19 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Number of the HCA port used for communicating with the + SRP target. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/orig_dgid +Date: June 17, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: InfiniBand destination GID specified in the parameters + written to the add_target sysfs attribute. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/pkey +Date: June 17, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: A 16-bit number representing the InfiniBand partition key used + for communication with the SRP target. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/req_lim +Date: October 20, 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.36 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Number of requests ib_srp can send to the target before it has + to wait for more credits. For more information see also the + SRP credit algorithm in the SRP specification. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/service_id +Date: June 17, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: InfiniBand service ID used for establishing communication with + the SRP target. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/sgid +Date: February 1, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: InfiniBand GID of the source port used for communication with + the SRP target. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/host<n>/zero_req_lim +Date: September 20, 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.18 +Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Number of times the initiator had to wait before sending a + request to the target because it ran out of credits. For more + information see also the SRP credit algorithm in the SRP + specification. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-qla2xxx b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-qla2xxx new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9a59d8449 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-qla2xxx @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/qla2xxx/.../devices/* +Date: September 2009 +Contact: QLogic Linux Driver <linux-driver@qlogic.com> +Description: qla2xxx-udev.sh currently looks for uevent CHANGE events to + signal a firmware-dump has been generated by the driver and is + ready for retrieval. +Users: qla2xxx-udev.sh. Proposed changes should be mailed to + linux-driver@qlogic.com diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e960cd027 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/interface_capabilities +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/device_capabilities +Date: August 2008 +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> +Description: + These files show the various USB TMC capabilities as described + by the device itself. The full description of the bitfields + can be found in the USB TMC documents from the USB-IF entitled + "Universal Serial Bus Test and Measurement Class Specification + (USBTMC) Revision 1.0" section 4.2.1.8. + + The files are read only. + + +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/usb488_interface_capabilities +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/usb488_device_capabilities +Date: August 2008 +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> +Description: + These files show the various USB TMC capabilities as described + by the device itself. The full description of the bitfields + can be found in the USB TMC documents from the USB-IF entitled + "Universal Serial Bus Test and Measurement Class, Subclass + USB488 Specification (USBTMC-USB488) Revision 1.0" section + 4.2.2. + + The files are read only. + + +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/TermChar +Date: August 2008 +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> +Description: + This file is the TermChar value to be sent to the USB TMC + device as described by the document, "Universal Serial Bus Test + and Measurement Class Specification + (USBTMC) Revision 1.0" as published by the USB-IF. + + Note that the TermCharEnabled file determines if this value is + sent to the device or not. + + +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/TermCharEnabled +Date: August 2008 +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> +Description: + This file determines if the TermChar is to be sent to the + device on every transaction or not. For more details about + this, please see the document, "Universal Serial Bus Test and + Measurement Class Specification (USBTMC) Revision 1.0" as + published by the USB-IF. + + +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/auto_abort +Date: August 2008 +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> +Description: + This file determines if the transaction of the USB TMC + device is to be automatically aborted if there is any error. + For more details about this, please see the document, + "Universal Serial Bus Test and Measurement Class Specification + (USBTMC) Revision 1.0" as published by the USB-IF. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e04 b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e04 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..26579ee86 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-w1_ds28e04 @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../pio +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Markus Franke <franm@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> +Description: read/write the contents of the two PIO's of the DS28E04-100 + see Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_ds28e04 for detailed information +Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with DS28E04-100 + + + +What: /sys/bus/w1/devices/.../eeprom +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Markus Franke <franm@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> +Description: read/write the contents of the EEPROM memory of the DS28E04-100 + see Documentation/w1/slaves/w1_ds28e04 for detailed information +Users: any user space application which wants to communicate with DS28E04-100 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5def20b90 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/efi/vars +Date: April 2004 +Contact: Matt Domsch <Matt_Domsch@dell.com> +Description: + This directory exposes interfaces for interactive with + EFI variables. For more information on EFI variables, + see 'Variable Services' in the UEFI specification + (section 7.2 in specification version 2.3 Errata D). + + In summary, EFI variables are named, and are classified + into separate namespaces through the use of a vendor + GUID. They also have an arbitrary binary value + associated with them. + + The efivars module enumerates these variables and + creates a separate directory for each one found. Each + directory has a name of the form "<key>-<vendor guid>" + and contains the following files: + + attributes: A read-only text file enumerating the + EFI variable flags. Potential values + include: + + EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE + EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS + EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS + EFI_VARIABLE_HARDWARE_ERROR_RECORD + EFI_VARIABLE_AUTHENTICATED_WRITE_ACCESS + + See the EFI documentation for an + explanation of each of these variables. + + data: A read-only binary file that can be read + to attain the value of the EFI variable + + guid: The vendor GUID of the variable. This + should always match the GUID in the + variable's name. + + raw_var: A binary file that can be read to obtain + a structure that contains everything + there is to know about the variable. + For structure definition see "struct + efi_variable" in the kernel sources. + + This file can also be written to in + order to update the value of a variable. + For this to work however, all fields of + the "struct efi_variable" passed must + match byte for byte with the structure + read out of the file, save for the value + portion. + + **Note** the efi_variable structure + read/written with this file contains a + 'long' type that may change widths + depending on your underlying + architecture. + + size: As ASCII representation of the size of + the variable's value. + + + In addition, two other magic binary files are provided + in the top-level directory and are used for adding and + removing variables: + + new_var: Takes a "struct efi_variable" and + instructs the EFI firmware to create a + new variable. + + del_var: Takes a "struct efi_variable" and + instructs the EFI firmware to remove any + variable that has a matching vendor GUID + and variable key name. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-dump b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-dump new file mode 100644 index 000000000..32fe7f5c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-dump @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/opal/dump +Date: Feb 2014 +Contact: Stewart Smith <stewart@linux.vnet.ibm.com> +Description: + This directory exposes interfaces for interacting with + the FSP and platform dumps through OPAL firmware interface. + + This is only for the powerpc/powernv platform. + + initiate_dump: When '1' is written to it, + we will initiate a dump. + Read this file for supported commands. + + 0xXX-0xYYYY: A directory for dump of type 0xXX and + id 0xYYYY (in hex). The name of this + directory should not be relied upon to + be in this format, only that it's unique + among all dumps. For determining the type + and ID of the dump, use the id and type files. + Do not rely on any particular size of dump + type or dump id. + + Each dump has the following files: + id: An ASCII representation of the dump ID + in hex (e.g. '0x01') + type: An ASCII representation of the type of + dump in the format "0x%x %s" with the ID + in hex and a description of the dump type + (or 'unknown'). + Type '0xffffffff unknown' is used when + we could not get the type from firmware. + e.g. '0x02 System/Platform Dump' + dump: A binary file containing the dump. + The size of the dump is the size of this file. + acknowledge: When 'ack' is written to this, we will + acknowledge that we've retrieved the + dump to the service processor. It will + then remove it, making the dump + inaccessible. + Reading this file will get a list of + supported actions. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-elog b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-elog new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1f3058f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-firmware-opal-elog @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/opal/elog +Date: Feb 2014 +Contact: Stewart Smith <stewart@linux.vnet.ibm.com> +Description: + This directory exposes error log entries retrieved + through the OPAL firmware interface. + + Each error log is identified by a unique ID and will + exist until explicitly acknowledged to firmware. + + Each log entry has a directory in /sys/firmware/opal/elog. + + Log entries may be purged by the service processor + before retrieved by firmware or retrieved/acknowledged by + Linux if there is no room for more log entries. + + In the event that Linux has retrieved the log entries + but not explicitly acknowledged them to firmware and + the service processor needs more room for log entries, + the only remaining copy of a log message may be in + Linux. + + Typically, a user space daemon will monitor for new + entries, read them out and acknowledge them. + + The service processor may be able to store more log + entries than firmware can, so after you acknowledge + an event from Linux you may instantly get another one + from the queue that was generated some time in the past. + + The raw log format is a binary format. We currently + do not parse this at all in kernel, leaving it up to + user space to solve the problem. In future, we may + do more parsing in kernel and add more files to make + it easier for simple user space processes to extract + more information. + + For each log entry (directory), there are the following + files: + + id: An ASCII representation of the ID of the + error log, in hex - e.g. "0x01". + + type: An ASCII representation of the type id and + description of the type of error log. + Currently just "0x00 PEL" - platform error log. + In the future there may be additional types. + + raw: A read-only binary file that can be read + to get the raw log entry. These are + <16kb, often just hundreds of bytes and + "average" 2kb. + + acknowledge: Writing 'ack' to this file will acknowledge + the error log to firmware (and in turn + the service processor, if applicable). + Shortly after acknowledging it, the log + entry will be removed from sysfs. + Reading this file will list the supported + operations (curently just acknowledge).
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6272ae5fb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +What: /sys/module +Description: + The /sys/module tree consists of the following structure: + + /sys/module/MODULENAME + The name of the module that is in the kernel. This + module name will always show up if the module is loaded as a + dynamic module. If it is built directly into the kernel, it + will only show up if it has a version or at least one + parameter. + + Note: The conditions of creation in the built-in case are not + by design and may be removed in the future. + + /sys/module/MODULENAME/parameters + This directory contains individual files that are each + individual parameters of the module that are able to be + changed at runtime. See the individual module + documentation as to the contents of these parameters and + what they accomplish. + + Note: The individual parameter names and values are not + considered stable, only the fact that they will be + placed in this location within sysfs. See the + individual driver documentation for details as to the + stability of the different parameters. + + /sys/module/MODULENAME/refcnt + If the module is able to be unloaded from the kernel, this file + will contain the current reference count of the module. + + Note: If the module is built into the kernel, or if the + CONFIG_MODULE_UNLOAD kernel configuration value is not enabled, + this file will not be present. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-transport-srp b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-transport-srp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ec7af69fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-transport-srp @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +What: /sys/class/srp_remote_ports/port-<h>:<n>/delete +Date: June 1, 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.7 +Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org, linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Instructs an SRP initiator to disconnect from a target and to + remove all LUNs imported from that target. + +What: /sys/class/srp_remote_ports/port-<h>:<n>/dev_loss_tmo +Date: February 1, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org, linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Number of seconds the SCSI layer will wait after a transport + layer error has been observed before removing a target port. + Zero means immediate removal. Setting this attribute to "off" + will disable the dev_loss timer. + +What: /sys/class/srp_remote_ports/port-<h>:<n>/fast_io_fail_tmo +Date: February 1, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org, linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Number of seconds the SCSI layer will wait after a transport + layer error has been observed before failing I/O. Zero means + failing I/O immediately. Setting this attribute to "off" will + disable the fast_io_fail timer. + +What: /sys/class/srp_remote_ports/port-<h>:<n>/port_id +Date: June 27, 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.24 +Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org +Description: 16-byte local SRP port identifier in hexadecimal format. An + example: 4c:49:4e:55:58:20:56:49:4f:00:00:00:00:00:00:00. + +What: /sys/class/srp_remote_ports/port-<h>:<n>/reconnect_delay +Date: February 1, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org, linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: Number of seconds the SCSI layer will wait after a reconnect + attempt failed before retrying. Setting this attribute to + "off" will disable time-based reconnecting. + +What: /sys/class/srp_remote_ports/port-<h>:<n>/roles +Date: June 27, 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.24 +Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org +Description: Role of the remote port. Either "SRP Initiator" or "SRP Target". + +What: /sys/class/srp_remote_ports/port-<h>:<n>/state +Date: February 1, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org, linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org +Description: State of the transport layer used for communication with the + remote port. "running" if the transport layer is operational; + "blocked" if a transport layer error has been encountered but + the fast_io_fail_tmo timer has not yet fired; "fail-fast" + after the fast_io_fail_tmo timer has fired and before the + "dev_loss_tmo" timer has fired; "lost" after the + "dev_loss_tmo" timer has fired and before the port is finally + removed. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/thermal-notification b/Documentation/ABI/stable/thermal-notification new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9723e8b7a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/thermal-notification @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +What: A notification mechanism for thermal related events +Description: + This interface enables notification for thermal related events. + The notification is in the form of a netlink event. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/vdso b/Documentation/ABI/stable/vdso new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7cdfc28cc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/vdso @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +On some architectures, when the kernel loads any userspace program it +maps an ELF DSO into that program's address space. This DSO is called +the vDSO and it often contains useful and highly-optimized alternatives +to real syscalls. + +These functions are called just like ordinary C function according to +your platform's ABI. Call them from a sensible context. (For example, +if you set CS on x86 to something strange, the vDSO functions are +within their rights to crash.) In addition, if you pass a bad +pointer to a vDSO function, you might get SIGSEGV instead of -EFAULT. + +To find the DSO, parse the auxiliary vector passed to the program's +entry point. The AT_SYSINFO_EHDR entry will point to the vDSO. + +The vDSO uses symbol versioning; whenever you request a symbol from the +vDSO, specify the version you are expecting. + +Programs that dynamically link to glibc will use the vDSO automatically. +Otherwise, you can use the reference parser in Documentation/vDSO/parse_vdso.c. + +Unless otherwise noted, the set of symbols with any given version and the +ABI of those symbols is considered stable. It may vary across architectures, +though. + +(As of this writing, this ABI documentation as been confirmed for x86_64. + The maintainers of the other vDSO-using architectures should confirm + that it is correct for their architecture.) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget new file mode 100644 index 000000000..875988146 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-spear-pcie-gadget @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +What: /config/pcie-gadget +Date: Feb 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@st.com> +Description: + + Interface is used to configure selected dual mode PCIe controller + as device and then program its various registers to configure it + as a particular device type. + This interfaces can be used to show spear's PCIe device capability. + + Nodes are only visible when configfs is mounted. To mount configfs + in /config directory use: + # mount -t configfs none /config/ + + For nth PCIe Device Controller + /config/pcie-gadget.n/ + link ... used to enable ltssm and read its status. + int_type ...used to configure and read type of supported + interrupt + no_of_msi ... used to configure number of MSI vector needed and + to read no of MSI granted. + inta ... write 1 to assert INTA and 0 to de-assert. + send_msi ... write MSI vector to be sent. + vendor_id ... used to write and read vendor id (hex) + device_id ... used to write and read device id (hex) + bar0_size ... used to write and read bar0_size + bar0_address ... used to write and read bar0 mapped area in hex. + bar0_rw_offset ... used to write and read offset of bar0 where + bar0_data will be written or read. + bar0_data ... used to write and read data at bar0_rw_offset. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget new file mode 100644 index 000000000..95a36589a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + This group contains sub-groups corresponding to created + USB gadgets. + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + + The attributes of a gadget: + + UDC - bind a gadget to UDC/unbind a gadget; + write UDC's name found in /sys/class/udc/* + to bind a gadget, empty string "" to unbind. + + bDeviceClass - USB device class code + bDeviceSubClass - USB device subclass code + bDeviceProtocol - USB device protocol code + bMaxPacketSize0 - maximum endpoint 0 packet size + bcdDevice - bcd device release number + bcdUSB - bcd USB specification version number + idProduct - product ID + idVendor - vendor ID + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + This group contains a USB gadget's configurations + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs/config +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes of a configuration: + + bmAttributes - configuration characteristics + MaxPower - maximum power consumption from the bus + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs/config/strings +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + This group contains subdirectories for language-specific + strings for this configuration. + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs/config/strings/language +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes: + + configuration - configuration description + + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + This group contains functions available to this USB gadget. + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/<func>.<inst>/interface.<n> +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Description: + This group contains "Feature Descriptors" specific for one + gadget's USB interface or one interface group described + by an IAD. + + The attributes: + + compatible_id - 8-byte string for "Compatible ID" + sub_compatible_id - 8-byte string for "Sub Compatible ID" + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/<func>.<inst>/interface.<n>/<property> +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Description: + This group contains "Extended Property Descriptors" specific for one + gadget's USB interface or one interface group described + by an IAD. + + The attributes: + + type - value 1..7 for interpreting the data + 1: unicode string + 2: unicode string with environment variable + 3: binary + 4: little-endian 32-bit + 5: big-endian 32-bit + 6: unicode string with a symbolic link + 7: multiple unicode strings + data - blob of data to be interpreted depending on + type + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/strings +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + This group contains subdirectories for language-specific + strings for this gadget. + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/strings/language +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes: + + serialnumber - gadget's serial number (string) + product - gadget's product description + manufacturer - gadget's manufacturer description + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/os_desc +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Description: + This group contains "OS String" extension handling attributes. + + use - flag turning "OS Desctiptors" support on/off + b_vendor_code - one-byte value used for custom per-device and + per-interface requests + qw_sign - an identifier to be reported as "OS String" + proper diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-acm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-acm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d21092d75 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-acm @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/acm.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + + This item contains just one readonly attribute: port_num. + It contains the port number of the /dev/ttyGS<n> device + associated with acm function's instance "name". diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0addf7704 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/ecm.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes: + + ifname - network device interface name associated with + this function instance + qmult - queue length multiplier for high and + super speed + host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a4c57158f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/eem.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes: + + ifname - network device interface name associated with + this function instance + qmult - queue length multiplier for high and + super speed + host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this + Ethernet over USB link diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ffs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ffs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e39b27653 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ffs @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/ffs.name +Date: Nov 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Description: The purpose of this directory is to create and remove it. + + A corresponding USB function instance is created/removed. + There are no attributes here. + + All parameters are set through FunctionFS. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f12e00e6b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-hid @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/hid.name +Date: Nov 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Description: + The attributes: + + protocol - HID protocol to use + report_desc - blob corresponding to HID report descriptors + except the data passed through /dev/hidg<N> + report_length - HID report length + subclass - HID device subclass to use diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9aae5bfb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/Loopback.name +Date: Nov 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Description: + The attributes: + + qlen - depth of loopback queue + bulk_buflen - buffer length diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9931fb0d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/mass_storage.name +Date: Oct 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Description: + The attributes: + + stall - Set to permit function to halt bulk endpoints. + Disabled on some USB devices known not to work + correctly. You should set it to true. + num_buffers - Number of pipeline buffers. Valid numbers + are 2..4. Available only if + CONFIG_USB_GADGET_DEBUG_FILES is set. + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/mass_storage.name/lun.name +Date: Oct 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Description: + The attributes: + + file - The path to the backing file for the LUN. + Required if LUN is not marked as removable. + ro - Flag specifying access to the LUN shall be + read-only. This is implied if CD-ROM emulation + is enabled as well as when it was impossible + to open "filename" in R/W mode. + removable - Flag specifying that LUN shall be indicated as + being removable. + cdrom - Flag specifying that LUN shall be reported as + being a CD-ROM. + nofua - Flag specifying that FUA flag + in SCSI WRITE(10,12) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6b341df72 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-midi @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/midi.name +Date: Nov 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Description: + The attributes: + + index - index value for the USB MIDI adapter + id - ID string for the USB MIDI adapter + buflen - MIDI buffer length + qlen - USB read request queue length + in_ports - number of MIDI input ports + out_ports - number of MIDI output ports diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ncm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ncm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6fe723eff --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ncm @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/ncm.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes: + + ifname - network device interface name associated with + this function instance + qmult - queue length multiplier for high and + super speed + host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-obex b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-obex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a6a9327ed --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-obex @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/obex.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + + This item contains just one readonly attribute: port_num. + It contains the port number of the /dev/ttyGS<n> device + associated with obex function's instance "name". + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-phonet b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-phonet new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7037a358e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-phonet @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/phonet.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + + This item contains just one readonly attribute: ifname. + It contains the network interface name assigned during + network device registration. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6b0714e3c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-printer @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/printer.name +Date: Apr 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.1 +Description: + The attributes: + + pnp_string - Data to be passed to the host in pnp string + q_len - Number of requests per endpoint + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e32879b84 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/rndis.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes: + + ifname - network device interface name associated with + this function instance + qmult - queue length multiplier for high and + super speed + host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this + Ethernet over USB link diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-serial b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-serial new file mode 100644 index 000000000..474d249f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-serial @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/gser.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + + This item contains just one readonly attribute: port_num. + It contains the port number of the /dev/ttyGS<n> device + associated with gser function's instance "name". + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink new file mode 100644 index 000000000..29477c319 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/SourceSink.name +Date: Nov 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Description: + The attributes: + + pattern - 0 (all zeros), 1 (mod63), 2 (none) + isoc_interval - 1..16 + isoc_maxpacket - 0 - 1023 (fs), 0 - 1024 (hs/ss) + isoc_mult - 0..2 (hs/ss only) + isoc_maxburst - 0..15 (ss only) + qlen - buffer length diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9373e2c51 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/geth.name +Date: Jun 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Description: + The attributes: + + ifname - network device interface name associated with + this function instance + qmult - queue length multiplier for high and + super speed + host_addr - MAC address of host's end of this + Ethernet over USB link + dev_addr - MAC address of device's end of this + Ethernet over USB link diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8ba9a1233 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac1 @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uac1.name +Date: Sep 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.18 +Description: + The attributes: + + audio_buf_size - audio buffer size + fn_cap - capture pcm device file name + fn_cntl - control device file name + fn_play - playback pcm device file name + req_buf_size - ISO OUT endpoint request buffer size + req_count - ISO OUT endpoint request count diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac2 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2bfdd4efa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uac2 @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uac2.name +Date: Sep 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.18 +Description: + The attributes: + + c_chmask - capture channel mask + c_srate - capture sampling rate + c_ssize - capture sample size (bytes) + p_chmask - playback channel mask + p_srate - playback sampling rate + p_ssize - playback sample size (bytes) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2f4a0051b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-uvc @@ -0,0 +1,265 @@ +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: UVC function directory + + streaming_maxburst - 0..15 (ss only) + streaming_maxpacket - 1..1023 (fs), 1..3072 (hs/ss) + streaming_interval - 1..16 + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Control descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/class +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Class descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/class/ss +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Super speed control class descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/class/fs +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Full speed control class descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/terminal +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Terminal descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/terminal/output +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Output terminal descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/terminal/output/default +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Default output terminal descriptors + + All attributes read only: + iTerminal - index of string descriptor + bSourceID - id of the terminal to which this terminal + is connected + bAssocTerminal - id of the input terminal to which this output + terminal is associated + wTerminalType - terminal type + bTerminalID - a non-zero id of this terminal + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/terminal/camera +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Camera terminal descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/terminal/camera/default +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Default camera terminal descriptors + + All attributes read only: + bmControls - bitmap specifying which controls are + supported for the video stream + wOcularFocalLength - the value of Locular + wObjectiveFocalLengthMax- the value of Lmin + wObjectiveFocalLengthMin- the value of Lmax + iTerminal - index of string descriptor + bAssocTerminal - id of the output terminal to which + this terminal is connected + wTerminalType - terminal type + bTerminalID - a non-zero id of this terminal + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/processing +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Processing unit descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/processing/default +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Default processing unit descriptors + + All attributes read only: + iProcessing - index of string descriptor + bmControls - bitmap specifying which controls are + supported for the video stream + wMaxMultiplier - maximum digital magnification x100 + bSourceID - id of the terminal to which this unit is + connected + bUnitID - a non-zero id of this unit + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/header +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Control header descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/control/header/name +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Specific control header descriptors + +dwClockFrequency +bcdUVC +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Streaming descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/class +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Streaming class descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/class/ss +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Super speed streaming class descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/class/hs +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: High speed streaming class descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/class/fs +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Full speed streaming class descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/color_matching +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Color matching descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/color_matching/default +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Default color matching descriptors + + All attributes read only: + bMatrixCoefficients - matrix used to compute luma and + chroma values from the color primaries + bTransferCharacteristics- optoelectronic transfer + characteristic of the source picutre, + also called the gamma function + bColorPrimaries - color primaries and the reference + white + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/mjpeg +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: MJPEG format descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/mjpeg/name +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Specific MJPEG format descriptors + + All attributes read only, + except bmaControls and bDefaultFrameIndex: + bmaControls - this format's data for bmaControls in + the streaming header + bmInterfaceFlags - specifies interlace information, + read-only + bAspectRatioY - the X dimension of the picture aspect + ratio, read-only + bAspectRatioX - the Y dimension of the picture aspect + ratio, read-only + bmFlags - characteristics of this format, + read-only + bDefaultFrameIndex - optimum frame index for this stream + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/mjpeg/name/name +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Specific MJPEG frame descriptors + + dwFrameInterval - indicates how frame interval can be + programmed; a number of values + separated by newline can be specified + dwDefaultFrameInterval - the frame interval the device would + like to use as default + dwMaxVideoFrameBufferSize- the maximum number of bytes the + compressor will produce for a video + frame or still image + dwMaxBitRate - the maximum bit rate at the shortest + frame interval in bps + dwMinBitRate - the minimum bit rate at the longest + frame interval in bps + wHeight - height of decoded bitmap frame in px + wWidth - width of decoded bitmam frame in px + bmCapabilities - still image support, fixed frame-rate + support + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/uncompressed +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Uncompressed format descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/uncompressed/name +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Specific uncompressed format descriptors + + bmaControls - this format's data for bmaControls in + the streaming header + bmInterfaceFlags - specifies interlace information, + read-only + bAspectRatioY - the X dimension of the picture aspect + ratio, read-only + bAspectRatioX - the Y dimension of the picture aspect + ratio, read-only + bDefaultFrameIndex - optimum frame index for this stream + bBitsPerPixel - number of bits per pixel used to + specify color in the decoded video + frame + guidFormat - globally unique id used to identify + stream-encoding format + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/uncompressed/name/name +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Specific uncompressed frame descriptors + + dwFrameInterval - indicates how frame interval can be + programmed; a number of values + separated by newline can be specified + dwDefaultFrameInterval - the frame interval the device would + like to use as default + dwMaxVideoFrameBufferSize- the maximum number of bytes the + compressor will produce for a video + frame or still image + dwMaxBitRate - the maximum bit rate at the shortest + frame interval in bps + dwMinBitRate - the minimum bit rate at the longest + frame interval in bps + wHeight - height of decoded bitmap frame in px + wWidth - width of decoded bitmam frame in px + bmCapabilities - still image support, fixed frame-rate + support + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/header +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Streaming header descriptors + +What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/uvc.name/streaming/header/name +Date: Dec 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.20 +Description: Specific streaming header descriptors + + All attributes read only: + bTriggerUsage - how the host software will respond to + a hardware trigger interrupt event + bTriggerSupport - flag specifying if hardware + triggering is supported + bStillCaptureMethod - method of still image caputre + supported + bTerminalLink - id of the output terminal to which + the video endpoint of this interface + is connected + bmInfo - capabilities of this video streaming + interface diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-aufs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-aufs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..99642d105 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-aufs @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +What: /debug/aufs/si_<id>/ +Date: March 2009 +Contact: J. R. Okajima <hooanon05g@gmail.com> +Description: + Under /debug/aufs, a directory named si_<id> is created + per aufs mount, where <id> is a unique id generated + internally. + +What: /debug/aufs/si_<id>/plink +Date: Apr 2013 +Contact: J. R. Okajima <hooanon05g@gmail.com> +Description: + It has three lines and shows the information about the + pseudo-link. The first line is a single number + representing a number of buckets. The second line is a + number of pseudo-links per buckets (separated by a + blank). The last line is a single number representing a + total number of psedo-links. + When the aufs mount option 'noplink' is specified, it + will show "1\n0\n0\n". + +What: /debug/aufs/si_<id>/xib +Date: March 2009 +Contact: J. R. Okajima <hooanon05g@gmail.com> +Description: + It shows the consumed blocks by xib (External Inode Number + Bitmap), its block size and file size. + When the aufs mount option 'noxino' is specified, it + will be empty. About XINO files, see the aufs manual. + +What: /debug/aufs/si_<id>/xino0, xino1 ... xinoN +Date: March 2009 +Contact: J. R. Okajima <hooanon05g@gmail.com> +Description: + It shows the consumed blocks by xino (External Inode Number + Translation Table), its link count, block size and file + size. + When the aufs mount option 'noxino' is specified, it + will be empty. About XINO files, see the aufs manual. + +What: /debug/aufs/si_<id>/xigen +Date: March 2009 +Contact: J. R. Okajima <hooanon05g@gmail.com> +Description: + It shows the consumed blocks by xigen (External Inode + Generation Table), its block size and file size. + If CONFIG_AUFS_EXPORT is disabled, this entry will not + be created. + When the aufs mount option 'noxino' is specified, it + will be empty. About XINO files, see the aufs manual. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-genwqe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-genwqe new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1c2f25674 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-driver-genwqe @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/ddcb_info +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: DDCB queue dump used for debugging queueing problems. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/curr_regs +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Dump of the current error registers. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/curr_dbg_uid0 +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Internal chip state of UID0 (unit id 0). + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/curr_dbg_uid1 +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Internal chip state of UID1. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/curr_dbg_uid2 +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Internal chip state of UID2. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/prev_regs +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Dump of the error registers before the last reset of + the card occured. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/prev_dbg_uid0 +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Internal chip state of UID0 before card was reset. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/prev_dbg_uid1 +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Internal chip state of UID1 before card was reset. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/prev_dbg_uid2 +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Internal chip state of UID2 before card was reset. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/info +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Comprehensive summary of bitstream version and software + version. Used bitstream and bitstream clocking information. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/err_inject +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Possibility to inject error cases to ensure that the drivers + error handling code works well. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/vf<0..14>_jobtimeout_msec +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Default VF timeout 250ms. Testing might require 1000ms. + Using 0 will use the cards default value (whatever that is). + + The timeout depends on the max number of available cards + in the system and the maximum allowed queue size. + + The driver ensures that the settings are done just before + the VFs get enabled. Changing the timeouts in flight is not + possible. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/jobtimer +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Dump job timeout register values for PF and VFs. + Only available for PF. + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/queue_working_time +Date: Dec 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Dump queue working time register values for PF and VFs. + Only available for PF. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6546115a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ec @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/ec/*/{gpe,use_global_lock,io} +Date: July 2010 +Contact: Thomas Renninger <trenn@suse.de> +Description: + +General information like which GPE is assigned to the EC and whether +the global lock should get used. +Knowing the EC GPE one can watch the amount of HW events related to +the EC here (XY -> GPE number from /sys/kernel/debug/ec/*/gpe): +/sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts/gpeXY + +The io file is binary and a userspace tool located here: +ftp://ftp.suse.com/pub/people/trenn/sources/ec/ +should get used to read out the 256 Embedded Controller registers +or writing to them. + +CAUTION: Do not write to the Embedded Controller if you don't know +what you are doing! Rebooting afterwards also is a good idea. +This can influence the way your machine is cooled and fans may +not get switched on again after you did a wrong write. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ideapad b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ideapad new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7079c0b21 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-ideapad @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/ideapad/cfg +Date: Sep 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: Ike Panhc <ike.pan@canonical.com> +Description: + +cfg shows the return value of _CFG method in VPC2004 device. It tells machine +capability and what graphic component within the machine. + + +What: /sys/kernel/debug/ideapad/status +Date: Sep 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: Ike Panhc <ike.pan@canonical.com> +Description: + +status shows infos we can read and tells its meaning and value. + + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-olpc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-olpc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bd76cc6d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-olpc @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/olpc-ec/cmd +Date: Dec 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: devel@lists.laptop.org +Description: + +A generic interface for executing OLPC Embedded Controller commands and +reading their responses. + +To execute a command, write data with the format: CC:N A A A A +CC is the (hex) command, N is the count of expected reply bytes, and A A A A +are optional (hex) arguments. + +To read the response (if any), read from the generic node after executing +a command. Hex reply bytes will be returned, *whether or not* they came from +the immediately previous command. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto new file mode 100644 index 000000000..685d5a448 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/nx-crypto/* +Date: March 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: Kent Yoder <key@linux.vnet.ibm.com> +Description: + + These debugfs interfaces are built by the nx-crypto driver, built in +arch/powerpc/crypto/nx. + +Error Detection +=============== + +errors: +- A u32 providing a total count of errors since the driver was loaded. The +only errors counted here are those returned from the hcall, H_COP_OP. + +last_error: +- The most recent non-zero return code from the H_COP_OP hcall. -EBUSY is not +recorded here (the hcall will retry until -EBUSY goes away). + +last_error_pid: +- The process ID of the process who received the most recent error from the +hcall. + +Device Use +========== + +aes_bytes: +- The total number of bytes encrypted using AES in any of the driver's +supported modes. + +aes_ops: +- The total number of AES operations submitted to the hardware. + +sha256_bytes: +- The total number of bytes hashed by the hardware using SHA-256. + +sha256_ops: +- The total number of SHA-256 operations submitted to the hardware. + +sha512_bytes: +- The total number of bytes hashed by the hardware using SHA-512. + +sha512_ops: +- The total number of SHA-512 operations submitted to the hardware. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cf11736ac --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7] +Date: Oct. 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.20 +Contact: Thomas Maier <balagi@justmail.de> +Description: + +debugfs interface +----------------- + +The pktcdvd module (packet writing driver) creates +these files in debugfs: + +/sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/ + info (0444) Lots of driver statistics and infos. + +Example: +------- + +cat /sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd0/info diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb820be48 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +What: /dev/kmsg +Date: Mai 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Kay Sievers <kay@vrfy.org> +Description: The /dev/kmsg character device node provides userspace access + to the kernel's printk buffer. + + Injecting messages: + Every write() to the opened device node places a log entry in + the kernel's printk buffer. + + The logged line can be prefixed with a <N> syslog prefix, which + carries the syslog priority and facility. The single decimal + prefix number is composed of the 3 lowest bits being the syslog + priority and the higher bits the syslog facility number. + + If no prefix is given, the priority number is the default kernel + log priority and the facility number is set to LOG_USER (1). It + is not possible to inject messages from userspace with the + facility number LOG_KERN (0), to make sure that the origin of + the messages can always be reliably determined. + + Accessing the buffer: + Every read() from the opened device node receives one record + of the kernel's printk buffer. + + The first read() directly following an open() always returns + first message in the buffer; there is no kernel-internal + persistent state; many readers can concurrently open the device + and read from it, without affecting other readers. + + Every read() will receive the next available record. If no more + records are available read() will block, or if O_NONBLOCK is + used -EAGAIN returned. + + Messages in the record ring buffer get overwritten as whole, + there are never partial messages received by read(). + + In case messages get overwritten in the circular buffer while + the device is kept open, the next read() will return -EPIPE, + and the seek position be updated to the next available record. + Subsequent reads() will return available records again. + + Unlike the classic syslog() interface, the 64 bit record + sequence numbers allow to calculate the amount of lost + messages, in case the buffer gets overwritten. And they allow + to reconnect to the buffer and reconstruct the read position + if needed, without limiting the interface to a single reader. + + The device supports seek with the following parameters: + SEEK_SET, 0 + seek to the first entry in the buffer + SEEK_END, 0 + seek after the last entry in the buffer + SEEK_DATA, 0 + seek after the last record available at the time + the last SYSLOG_ACTION_CLEAR was issued. + + The output format consists of a prefix carrying the syslog + prefix including priority and facility, the 64 bit message + sequence number and the monotonic timestamp in microseconds, + and a flag field. All fields are separated by a ','. + + Future extensions might add more comma separated values before + the terminating ';'. Unknown fields and values should be + gracefully ignored. + + The human readable text string starts directly after the ';' + and is terminated by a '\n'. Untrusted values derived from + hardware or other facilities are printed, therefore + all non-printable characters and '\' itself in the log message + are escaped by "\x00" C-style hex encoding. + + A line starting with ' ', is a continuation line, adding + key/value pairs to the log message, which provide the machine + readable context of the message, for reliable processing in + userspace. + + Example: + 7,160,424069,-;pci_root PNP0A03:00: host bridge window [io 0x0000-0x0cf7] (ignored) + SUBSYSTEM=acpi + DEVICE=+acpi:PNP0A03:00 + 6,339,5140900,-;NET: Registered protocol family 10 + 30,340,5690716,-;udevd[80]: starting version 181 + + The DEVICE= key uniquely identifies devices the following way: + b12:8 - block dev_t + c127:3 - char dev_t + n8 - netdev ifindex + +sound:card0 - subsystem:devname + + The flags field carries '-' by default. A 'c' indicates a + fragment of a line. All following fragments are flagged with + '+'. Note, that these hints about continuation lines are not + necessarily correct, and the stream could be interleaved with + unrelated messages, but merging the lines in the output + usually produces better human readable results. A similar + logic is used internally when messages are printed to the + console, /proc/kmsg or the syslog() syscall. + +Users: dmesg(1), userspace kernel log consumers diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8374d4557 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/evm @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +What: security/evm +Date: March 2011 +Contact: Mimi Zohar <zohar@us.ibm.com> +Description: + EVM protects a file's security extended attributes(xattrs) + against integrity attacks. The initial method maintains an + HMAC-sha1 value across the extended attributes, storing the + value as the extended attribute 'security.evm'. + + EVM depends on the Kernel Key Retention System to provide it + with a trusted/encrypted key for the HMAC-sha1 operation. + The key is loaded onto the root's keyring using keyctl. Until + EVM receives notification that the key has been successfully + loaded onto the keyring (echo 1 > <securityfs>/evm), EVM + can not create or validate the 'security.evm' xattr, but + returns INTEGRITY_UNKNOWN. Loading the key and signaling EVM + should be done as early as possible. Normally this is done + in the initramfs, which has already been measured as part + of the trusted boot. For more information on creating and + loading existing trusted/encrypted keys, refer to: + Documentation/keys-trusted-encrypted.txt. (A sample dracut + patch, which loads the trusted/encrypted key and enables + EVM, is available from http://linux-ima.sourceforge.net/#EVM.) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a378a882 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +What: security/ima/policy +Date: May 2008 +Contact: Mimi Zohar <zohar@us.ibm.com> +Description: + The Trusted Computing Group(TCG) runtime Integrity + Measurement Architecture(IMA) maintains a list of hash + values of executables and other sensitive system files + loaded into the run-time of this system. At runtime, + the policy can be constrained based on LSM specific data. + Policies are loaded into the securityfs file ima/policy + by opening the file, writing the rules one at a time and + then closing the file. The new policy takes effect after + the file ima/policy is closed. + + IMA appraisal, if configured, uses these file measurements + for local measurement appraisal. + + rule format: action [condition ...] + + action: measure | dont_measure | appraise | dont_appraise | audit + condition:= base | lsm [option] + base: [[func=] [mask=] [fsmagic=] [fsuuid=] [uid=] + [euid=] [fowner=]] + lsm: [[subj_user=] [subj_role=] [subj_type=] + [obj_user=] [obj_role=] [obj_type=]] + option: [[appraise_type=]] [permit_directio] + + base: func:= [BPRM_CHECK][MMAP_CHECK][FILE_CHECK][MODULE_CHECK] + [FIRMWARE_CHECK] + mask:= [[^]MAY_READ] [[^]MAY_WRITE] [[^]MAY_APPEND] + [[^]MAY_EXEC] + fsmagic:= hex value + fsuuid:= file system UUID (e.g 8bcbe394-4f13-4144-be8e-5aa9ea2ce2f6) + uid:= decimal value + euid:= decimal value + fowner:=decimal value + lsm: are LSM specific + option: appraise_type:= [imasig] + + default policy: + # PROC_SUPER_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x9fa0 + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x9fa0 + # SYSFS_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x62656572 + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x62656572 + # DEBUGFS_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x64626720 + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x64626720 + # TMPFS_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x01021994 + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x01021994 + # RAMFS_MAGIC + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x858458f6 + # DEVPTS_SUPER_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x1cd1 + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x1cd1 + # BINFMTFS_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x42494e4d + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x42494e4d + # SECURITYFS_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x73636673 + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x73636673 + # SELINUX_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0xf97cff8c + dont_appraise fsmagic=0xf97cff8c + # CGROUP_SUPER_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x27e0eb + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x27e0eb + # NSFS_MAGIC + dont_measure fsmagic=0x6e736673 + dont_appraise fsmagic=0x6e736673 + + measure func=BPRM_CHECK + measure func=FILE_MMAP mask=MAY_EXEC + measure func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ uid=0 + measure func=MODULE_CHECK + measure func=FIRMWARE_CHECK + appraise fowner=0 + + The default policy measures all executables in bprm_check, + all files mmapped executable in file_mmap, and all files + open for read by root in do_filp_open. The default appraisal + policy appraises all files owned by root. + + Examples of LSM specific definitions: + + SELinux: + dont_measure obj_type=var_log_t + dont_appraise obj_type=var_log_t + dont_measure obj_type=auditd_log_t + dont_appraise obj_type=auditd_log_t + measure subj_user=system_u func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ + measure subj_role=system_r func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ + + Smack: + measure subj_user=_ func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f91a973a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +What: /proc/diskstats +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Jerome Marchand <jmarchan@redhat.com> +Description: + The /proc/diskstats file displays the I/O statistics + of block devices. Each line contains the following 14 + fields: + 1 - major number + 2 - minor mumber + 3 - device name + 4 - reads completed successfully + 5 - reads merged + 6 - sectors read + 7 - time spent reading (ms) + 8 - writes completed + 9 - writes merged + 10 - sectors written + 11 - time spent writing (ms) + 12 - I/Os currently in progress + 13 - time spent doing I/Os (ms) + 14 - weighted time spent doing I/Os (ms) + For more details refer to Documentation/iostats.txt diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore b/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5fca9f5e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/pstore @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +Where: /sys/fs/pstore/... (or /dev/pstore/...) +Date: March 2011 +Kernel Version: 2.6.39 +Contact: tony.luck@intel.com +Description: Generic interface to platform dependent persistent storage. + + Platforms that provide a mechanism to preserve some data + across system reboots can register with this driver to + provide a generic interface to show records captured in + the dying moments. In the case of a panic the last part + of the console log is captured, but other interesting + data can also be saved. + + # mount -t pstore -o kmsg_bytes=8000 - /sys/fs/pstore + + $ ls -l /sys/fs/pstore/ + total 0 + -r--r--r-- 1 root root 7896 Nov 30 15:38 dmesg-erst-1 + + Different users of this interface will result in different + filename prefixes. Currently two are defined: + + "dmesg" - saved console log + "mce" - architecture dependent data from fatal h/w error + + Once the information in a file has been read, removing + the file will signal to the underlying persistent storage + device that it can reclaim the space for later re-use. + + $ rm /sys/fs/pstore/dmesg-erst-1 + + The expectation is that all files in /sys/fs/pstore/ + will be saved elsewhere and erased from persistent store + soon after boot to free up space ready for the next + catastrophe. + + The 'kmsg_bytes' mount option changes the target amount of + data saved on each oops/panic. Pstore saves (possibly + multiple) files based on the record size of the underlying + persistent storage until at least this amount is reached. + Default is 10 Kbytes. + + Pstore only supports one backend at a time. If multiple + backends are available, the preferred backend may be + set by passing the pstore.backend= argument to the kernel at + boot time. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9231daef3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ata @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +What: /sys/class/ata_... +Date: August 2008 +Contact: Gwendal Grignou<gwendal@google.com> +Description: + +Provide a place in sysfs for storing the ATA topology of the system. This allows +retrieving various information about ATA objects. + +Files under /sys/class/ata_port +------------------------------- + + For each port, a directory ataX is created where X is the ata_port_id of + the port. The device parent is the ata host device. + +idle_irq (read) + + Number of IRQ received by the port while idle [some ata HBA only]. + +nr_pmp_links (read) + + If a SATA Port Multiplier (PM) is connected, number of link behind it. + +Files under /sys/class/ata_link +------------------------------- + + Behind each port, there is a ata_link. If there is a SATA PM in the + topology, 15 ata_link objects are created. + + If a link is behind a port, the directory name is linkX, where X is + ata_port_id of the port. + If a link is behind a PM, its name is linkX.Y where X is ata_port_id + of the parent port and Y the PM port. + +hw_sata_spd_limit + + Maximum speed supported by the connected SATA device. + +sata_spd_limit + + Maximum speed imposed by libata. + +sata_spd + + Current speed of the link [1.5, 3Gps,...]. + +Files under /sys/class/ata_device +--------------------------------- + + Behind each link, up to two ata device are created. + The name of the directory is devX[.Y].Z where: + - X is ata_port_id of the port where the device is connected, + - Y the port of the PM if any, and + - Z the device id: for PATA, there is usually 2 devices [0,1], + only 1 for SATA. + +class + Device class. Can be "ata" for disk, "atapi" for packet device, + "pmp" for PM, or "none" if no device was found behind the link. + +dma_mode + + Transfer modes supported by the device when in DMA mode. + Mostly used by PATA device. + +pio_mode + + Transfer modes supported by the device when in PIO mode. + Mostly used by PATA device. + +xfer_mode + + Current transfer mode. + +id + + Cached result of IDENTIFY command, as described in ATA8 7.16 and 7.17. + Only valid if the device is not a PM. + +gscr + + Cached result of the dump of PM GSCR register. + Valid registers are: + 0: SATA_PMP_GSCR_PROD_ID, + 1: SATA_PMP_GSCR_REV, + 2: SATA_PMP_GSCR_PORT_INFO, + 32: SATA_PMP_GSCR_ERROR, + 33: SATA_PMP_GSCR_ERROR_EN, + 64: SATA_PMP_GSCR_FEAT, + 96: SATA_PMP_GSCR_FEAT_EN, + 130: SATA_PMP_GSCR_SII_GPIO + Only valid if the device is a PM. + +trim + + Shows the DSM TRIM mode currently used by the device. Valid + values are: + unsupported: Drive does not support DSM TRIM + unqueued: Drive supports unqueued DSM TRIM only + queued: Drive supports queued DSM TRIM + forced_unqueued: Drive's unqueued DSM support is known to be + buggy and only unqueued TRIM commands + are sent + +spdn_cnt + + Number of time libata decided to lower the speed of link due to errors. + +ering + + Formatted output of the error ring of the device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-aufs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-aufs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..82f951849 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-aufs @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +What: /sys/fs/aufs/si_<id>/ +Date: March 2009 +Contact: J. R. Okajima <hooanon05g@gmail.com> +Description: + Under /sys/fs/aufs, a directory named si_<id> is created + per aufs mount, where <id> is a unique id generated + internally. + +What: /sys/fs/aufs/si_<id>/br0, br1 ... brN +Date: March 2009 +Contact: J. R. Okajima <hooanon05g@gmail.com> +Description: + It shows the abolute path of a member directory (which + is called branch) in aufs, and its permission. + +What: /sys/fs/aufs/si_<id>/brid0, brid1 ... bridN +Date: July 2013 +Contact: J. R. Okajima <hooanon05g@gmail.com> +Description: + It shows the id of a member directory (which is called + branch) in aufs. + +What: /sys/fs/aufs/si_<id>/xi_path +Date: March 2009 +Contact: J. R. Okajima <hooanon05g@gmail.com> +Description: + It shows the abolute path of XINO (External Inode Number + Bitmap, Translation Table and Generation Table) file + even if it is the default path. + When the aufs mount option 'noxino' is specified, it + will be empty. About XINO files, see the aufs manual. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8df003963 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block @@ -0,0 +1,230 @@ +What: /sys/block/<disk>/stat +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Jerome Marchand <jmarchan@redhat.com> +Description: + The /sys/block/<disk>/stat files displays the I/O + statistics of disk <disk>. They contain 11 fields: + 1 - reads completed successfully + 2 - reads merged + 3 - sectors read + 4 - time spent reading (ms) + 5 - writes completed + 6 - writes merged + 7 - sectors written + 8 - time spent writing (ms) + 9 - I/Os currently in progress + 10 - time spent doing I/Os (ms) + 11 - weighted time spent doing I/Os (ms) + For more details refer Documentation/iostats.txt + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/<part>/stat +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Jerome Marchand <jmarchan@redhat.com> +Description: + The /sys/block/<disk>/<part>/stat files display the + I/O statistics of partition <part>. The format is the + same as the above-written /sys/block/<disk>/stat + format. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/format +Date: June 2008 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Metadata format for integrity capable block device. + E.g. T10-DIF-TYPE1-CRC. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/read_verify +Date: June 2008 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Indicates whether the block layer should verify the + integrity of read requests serviced by devices that + support sending integrity metadata. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/tag_size +Date: June 2008 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Number of bytes of integrity tag space available per + 512 bytes of data. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/device_is_integrity_capable +Date: July 2014 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Indicates whether a storage device is capable of storing + integrity metadata. Set if the device is T10 PI-capable. + + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/integrity/write_generate +Date: June 2008 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Indicates whether the block layer should automatically + generate checksums for write requests bound for + devices that support receiving integrity metadata. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/alignment_offset +Date: April 2009 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Storage devices may report a physical block size that is + bigger than the logical block size (for instance a drive + with 4KB physical sectors exposing 512-byte logical + blocks to the operating system). This parameter + indicates how many bytes the beginning of the device is + offset from the disk's natural alignment. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/<partition>/alignment_offset +Date: April 2009 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Storage devices may report a physical block size that is + bigger than the logical block size (for instance a drive + with 4KB physical sectors exposing 512-byte logical + blocks to the operating system). This parameter + indicates how many bytes the beginning of the partition + is offset from the disk's natural alignment. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/logical_block_size +Date: May 2009 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + This is the smallest unit the storage device can + address. It is typically 512 bytes. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/physical_block_size +Date: May 2009 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + This is the smallest unit a physical storage device can + write atomically. It is usually the same as the logical + block size but may be bigger. One example is SATA + drives with 4KB sectors that expose a 512-byte logical + block size to the operating system. For stacked block + devices the physical_block_size variable contains the + maximum physical_block_size of the component devices. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/minimum_io_size +Date: April 2009 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Storage devices may report a granularity or preferred + minimum I/O size which is the smallest request the + device can perform without incurring a performance + penalty. For disk drives this is often the physical + block size. For RAID arrays it is often the stripe + chunk size. A properly aligned multiple of + minimum_io_size is the preferred request size for + workloads where a high number of I/O operations is + desired. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/optimal_io_size +Date: April 2009 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Storage devices may report an optimal I/O size, which is + the device's preferred unit for sustained I/O. This is + rarely reported for disk drives. For RAID arrays it is + usually the stripe width or the internal track size. A + properly aligned multiple of optimal_io_size is the + preferred request size for workloads where sustained + throughput is desired. If no optimal I/O size is + reported this file contains 0. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/nomerges +Date: January 2010 +Contact: +Description: + Standard I/O elevator operations include attempts to + merge contiguous I/Os. For known random I/O loads these + attempts will always fail and result in extra cycles + being spent in the kernel. This allows one to turn off + this behavior on one of two ways: When set to 1, complex + merge checks are disabled, but the simple one-shot merges + with the previous I/O request are enabled. When set to 2, + all merge tries are disabled. The default value is 0 - + which enables all types of merge tries. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/discard_alignment +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Devices that support discard functionality may + internally allocate space in units that are bigger than + the exported logical block size. The discard_alignment + parameter indicates how many bytes the beginning of the + device is offset from the internal allocation unit's + natural alignment. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/<partition>/discard_alignment +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Devices that support discard functionality may + internally allocate space in units that are bigger than + the exported logical block size. The discard_alignment + parameter indicates how many bytes the beginning of the + partition is offset from the internal allocation unit's + natural alignment. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/discard_granularity +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Devices that support discard functionality may + internally allocate space using units that are bigger + than the logical block size. The discard_granularity + parameter indicates the size of the internal allocation + unit in bytes if reported by the device. Otherwise the + discard_granularity will be set to match the device's + physical block size. A discard_granularity of 0 means + that the device does not support discard functionality. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/discard_max_bytes +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Devices that support discard functionality may have + internal limits on the number of bytes that can be + trimmed or unmapped in a single operation. Some storage + protocols also have inherent limits on the number of + blocks that can be described in a single command. The + discard_max_bytes parameter is set by the device driver + to the maximum number of bytes that can be discarded in + a single operation. Discard requests issued to the + device must not exceed this limit. A discard_max_bytes + value of 0 means that the device does not support + discard functionality. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/discard_zeroes_data +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Devices that support discard functionality may return + stale or random data when a previously discarded block + is read back. This can cause problems if the filesystem + expects discarded blocks to be explicitly cleared. If a + device reports that it deterministically returns zeroes + when a discarded area is read the discard_zeroes_data + parameter will be set to one. Otherwise it will be 0 and + the result of reading a discarded area is undefined. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/queue/write_same_max_bytes +Date: January 2012 +Contact: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com> +Description: + Some devices support a write same operation in which a + single data block can be written to a range of several + contiguous blocks on storage. This can be used to wipe + areas on disk or to initialize drives in a RAID + configuration. write_same_max_bytes indicates how many + bytes can be written in a single write same command. If + write_same_max_bytes is 0, write same is not supported + by the device. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-bcache b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-bcache new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e4bbc5d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-bcache @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/unregister +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + A write to this file causes the backing device or cache to be + unregistered. If a backing device had dirty data in the cache, + writeback mode is automatically disabled and all dirty data is + flushed before the device is unregistered. Caches unregister + all associated backing devices before unregistering themselves. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/clear_stats +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + Writing to this file resets all the statistics for the device. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/cache +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For a backing device that has cache, a symlink to + the bcache/ dir of that cache. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/cache_hits +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For backing devices: integer number of full cache hits, + counted per bio. A partial cache hit counts as a miss. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/cache_misses +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For backing devices: integer number of cache misses. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/cache_hit_ratio +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For backing devices: cache hits as a percentage. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/sequential_cutoff +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For backing devices: Threshold past which sequential IO will + skip the cache. Read and written as bytes in human readable + units (i.e. echo 10M > sequntial_cutoff). + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/bypassed +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + Sum of all reads and writes that have bypassed the cache (due + to the sequential cutoff). Expressed as bytes in human + readable units. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/writeback +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For backing devices: When on, writeback caching is enabled and + writes will be buffered in the cache. When off, caching is in + writethrough mode; reads and writes will be added to the + cache but no write buffering will take place. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/writeback_running +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For backing devices: when off, dirty data will not be written + from the cache to the backing device. The cache will still be + used to buffer writes until it is mostly full, at which point + writes transparently revert to writethrough mode. Intended only + for benchmarking/testing. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/writeback_delay +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For backing devices: In writeback mode, when dirty data is + written to the cache and the cache held no dirty data for that + backing device, writeback from cache to backing device starts + after this delay, expressed as an integer number of seconds. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/writeback_percent +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For backing devices: If nonzero, writeback from cache to + backing device only takes place when more than this percentage + of the cache is used, allowing more write coalescing to take + place and reducing total number of writes sent to the backing + device. Integer between 0 and 40. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/synchronous +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For a cache, a boolean that allows synchronous mode to be + switched on and off. In synchronous mode all writes are ordered + such that the cache can reliably recover from unclean shutdown; + if disabled bcache will not generally wait for writes to + complete but if the cache is not shut down cleanly all data + will be discarded from the cache. Should not be turned off with + writeback caching enabled. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/discard +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For a cache, a boolean allowing discard/TRIM to be turned off + or back on if the device supports it. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/bucket_size +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For a cache, bucket size in human readable units, as set at + cache creation time; should match the erase block size of the + SSD for optimal performance. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/nbuckets +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For a cache, the number of usable buckets. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/tree_depth +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For a cache, height of the btree excluding leaf nodes (i.e. a + one node tree will have a depth of 0). + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/btree_cache_size +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + Number of btree buckets/nodes that are currently cached in + memory; cache dynamically grows and shrinks in response to + memory pressure from the rest of the system. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/written +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For a cache, total amount of data in human readable units + written to the cache, excluding all metadata. + +What: /sys/block/<disk>/bcache/btree_written +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> +Description: + For a cache, sum of all btree writes in human readable units. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f9f2339b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +What: /sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/name +Date: January 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com +Description: Device-mapper device name. + Read-only string containing mapped device name. +Users: util-linux, device-mapper udev rules + +What: /sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/uuid +Date: January 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com +Description: Device-mapper device UUID. + Read-only string containing DM-UUID or empty string + if DM-UUID is not set. +Users: util-linux, device-mapper udev rules + +What: /sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/suspended +Date: June 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.31 +Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com +Description: Device-mapper device suspend state. + Contains the value 1 while the device is suspended. + Otherwise it contains 0. Read-only attribute. +Users: util-linux, device-mapper udev rules + +What: /sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/rq_based_seq_io_merge_deadline +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.1 +Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com +Description: Allow control over how long a request that is a + reasonable merge candidate can be queued on the request + queue. The resolution of this deadline is in + microseconds (ranging from 1 to 100000 usecs). + Setting this attribute to 0 (the default) will disable + request-based DM's merge heuristic and associated extra + accounting. This attribute is not applicable to + bio-based DM devices so it will only ever report 0 for + them. + +What: /sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/use_blk_mq +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.1 +Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com +Description: Request-based Device-mapper blk-mq I/O path mode. + Contains the value 1 if the device is using blk-mq. + Otherwise it contains 0. Read-only attribute. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rssd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rssd new file mode 100644 index 000000000..beef30c04 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rssd @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +What: /sys/block/rssd*/status +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: Asai Thambi S P <asamymuthupa@micron.com> +Description: This is a read-only file. Indicates the status of the device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2e69e83bf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-zram @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/disksize +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org> +Description: + The disksize file is read-write and specifies the disk size + which represents the limit on the *uncompressed* worth of data + that can be stored in this disk. + Unit: bytes + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/initstate +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org> +Description: + The initstate file is read-only and shows the initialization + state of the device. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/reset +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org> +Description: + The reset file is write-only and allows resetting the + device. The reset operation frees all the memory associated + with this device. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/num_reads +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org> +Description: + The num_reads file is read-only and specifies the number of + reads (failed or successful) done on this device. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/num_writes +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org> +Description: + The num_writes file is read-only and specifies the number of + writes (failed or successful) done on this device. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/invalid_io +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org> +Description: + The invalid_io file is read-only and specifies the number of + non-page-size-aligned I/O requests issued to this device. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/failed_reads +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The failed_reads file is read-only and specifies the number of + failed reads happened on this device. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/failed_writes +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The failed_writes file is read-only and specifies the number of + failed writes happened on this device. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/max_comp_streams +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The max_comp_streams file is read-write and specifies the + number of backend's zcomp_strm compression streams (number of + concurrent compress operations). + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/comp_algorithm +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The comp_algorithm file is read-write and lets to show + available and selected compression algorithms, change + compression algorithm selection. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/notify_free +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org> +Description: + The notify_free file is read-only. Depending on device usage + scenario it may account a) the number of pages freed because + of swap slot free notifications or b) the number of pages freed + because of REQ_DISCARD requests sent by bio. The former ones + are sent to a swap block device when a swap slot is freed, which + implies that this disk is being used as a swap disk. The latter + ones are sent by filesystem mounted with discard option, + whenever some data blocks are getting discarded. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/zero_pages +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org> +Description: + The zero_pages file is read-only and specifies number of zero + filled pages written to this disk. No memory is allocated for + such pages. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/orig_data_size +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org> +Description: + The orig_data_size file is read-only and specifies uncompressed + size of data stored in this disk. This excludes zero-filled + pages (zero_pages) since no memory is allocated for them. + Unit: bytes + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/compr_data_size +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org> +Description: + The compr_data_size file is read-only and specifies compressed + size of data stored in this disk. So, compression ratio can be + calculated using orig_data_size and this statistic. + Unit: bytes + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/mem_used_total +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Nitin Gupta <ngupta@vflare.org> +Description: + The mem_used_total file is read-only and specifies the amount + of memory, including allocator fragmentation and metadata + overhead, allocated for this disk. So, allocator space + efficiency can be calculated using compr_data_size and this + statistic. + Unit: bytes + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/mem_used_max +Date: August 2014 +Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org> +Description: + The mem_used_max file is read/write and specifies the amount + of maximum memory zram have consumed to store compressed data. + For resetting the value, you should write "0". Otherwise, + you could see -EINVAL. + Unit: bytes + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/mem_limit +Date: August 2014 +Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org> +Description: + The mem_limit file is read/write and specifies the maximum + amount of memory ZRAM can use to store the compressed data. The + limit could be changed in run time and "0" means disable the + limit. No limit is the initial state. Unit: bytes + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/compact +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Minchan Kim <minchan@kernel.org> +Description: + The compact file is write-only and trigger compaction for + allocator zrm uses. The allocator moves some objects so that + it could free fragment space. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/io_stat +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The io_stat file is read-only and accumulates device's I/O + statistics not accounted by block layer. For example, + failed_reads, failed_writes, etc. File format is similar to + block layer statistics file format. + +What: /sys/block/zram<id>/mm_stat +Date: August 2015 +Contact: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@gmail.com> +Description: + The mm_stat file is read-only and represents device's mm + statistics (orig_data_size, compr_data_size, etc.) in a format + similar to block layer statistics file format. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7fa9cbc75 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-acpi @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../path +Date: December 2006 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + This attribute indicates the full path of ACPI namespace + object associated with the device object. For example, + \_SB_.PCI0. + This file is not present for device objects representing + fixed ACPI hardware features (like power and sleep + buttons). + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../modalias +Date: July 2007 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + This attribute indicates the PNP IDs of the device object. + That is acpi:HHHHHHHH:[CCCCCCC:]. Where each HHHHHHHH or + CCCCCCCC contains device object's PNPID (_HID or _CID). + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../hid +Date: April 2005 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + This attribute indicates the hardware ID (_HID) of the + device object. For example, PNP0103. + This file is present for device objects having the _HID + control method. + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../description +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + This attribute contains the output of the device object's + _STR control method, if present. + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../adr +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + This attribute contains the output of the device object's + _ADR control method, which is present for ACPI device + objects representing devices having standard enumeration + algorithms, such as PCI. + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../uid +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + This attribute contains the output of the device object's + _UID control method, if present. + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../eject +Date: December 2006 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + Writing 1 to this attribute will trigger hot removal of + this device object. This file exists for every device + object that has _EJ0 method. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-amba b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-amba new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e7b54677c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-amba @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/bus/amba/devices/.../driver_override +Date: September 2014 +Contact: Antonios Motakis <a.motakis@virtualopensystems.com> +Description: + This file allows the driver for a device to be specified which + will override standard OF, ACPI, ID table, and name matching. + When specified, only a driver with a name matching the value + written to driver_override will have an opportunity to bind to + the device. The override is specified by writing a string to the + driver_override file (echo vfio-amba > driver_override) and may + be cleared with an empty string (echo > driver_override). + This returns the device to standard matching rules binding. + Writing to driver_override does not automatically unbind the + device from its current driver or make any attempt to + automatically load the specified driver. If no driver with a + matching name is currently loaded in the kernel, the device will + not bind to any driver. This also allows devices to opt-out of + driver binding using a driver_override name such as "none". + Only a single driver may be specified in the override, there is + no support for parsing delimiters. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-bcma b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-bcma new file mode 100644 index 000000000..721b4aea3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-bcma @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +What: /sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../manuf +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com> +Description: + Each BCMA core has it's manufacturer id. See + include/linux/bcma/bcma.h for possible values. + +What: /sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../id +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com> +Description: + There are a few types of BCMA cores, they can be identified by + id field. + +What: /sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../rev +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com> +Description: + BCMA cores of the same type can still slightly differ depending + on their revision. Use it for detailed programming. + +What: /sys/bus/bcma/devices/.../class +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com> +Description: + Each BCMA core is identified by few fields, including class it + belongs to. See include/linux/bcma/bcma.h for possible values. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4b8d6ec92 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etb10 @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/enable_sink +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Add/remove a sink from a trace path. There can be multiple + source for a single sink. + ex: echo 1 > /sys/bus/coresight/devices/20010000.etb/enable_sink + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/status +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) List various control and status registers. The specific + layout and content is driver specific. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.etb/trigger_cntr +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Disables write access to the Trace RAM by stopping the + formatter after a defined number of words have been stored + following the trigger event. The number of 32-bit words written + into the Trace RAM following the trigger event is equal to the + value stored in this register+1 (from ARM ETB-TRM). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4d0b99af --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-etm3x @@ -0,0 +1,253 @@ +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/enable_source +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Enable/disable tracing on this specific trace entiry. + Enabling a source implies the source has been configured + properly and a sink has been identidifed for it. The path + of coresight components linking the source to the sink is + configured and managed automatically by the coresight framework. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/status +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) List various control and status registers. The specific + layout and content is driver specific. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_idx +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: Select which address comparator or pair (of comparators) to + work with. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_acctype +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies + characteristics about the address comparator being configure, + for example the access type, the kind of instruction to trace, + processor contect ID to trigger on, etc. Individual fields in + the access type register may vary on the version of the trace + entity. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_range +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies the range of + addresses to trigger on. Inclusion or exclusion is specificed + in the corresponding access type register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_single +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies the single + address to trigger on, highly influenced by the configuration + options of the corresponding access type register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_start +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies the single + address to start tracing on, highly influenced by the + configuration options of the corresponding access type register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/addr_stop +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with @addr_idx. Specifies the single + address to stop tracing on, highly influenced by the + configuration options of the corresponding access type register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cntr_idx +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Specifies the counter to work on. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cntr_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with cntr_idx, give access to the + counter event register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cntr_val +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with cntr_idx, give access to the + counter value register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cntr_rld_val +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with cntr_idx, give access to the + counter reload value register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/cntr_rld_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used in conjunction with cntr_idx, give access to the + counter reload event register. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/ctxid_idx +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Specifies the index of the context ID register to be + selected. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/ctxid_mask +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Mask to apply to all the context ID comparator. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/ctxid_val +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Used with the ctxid_idx, specify with context ID to trigger + on. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/enable_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Defines which event triggers a trace. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/etmsr +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Gives access to the ETM status register, which holds + programming information and status on certains events. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/fifofull_level +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Number of byte left in the fifo before considering it full. + Depending on the tracer's version, can also hold threshold for + data suppression. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/mode +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Interface with the driver's 'mode' field, controlling + various aspect of the trace entity such as time stamping, + context ID size and cycle accurate tracing. Driver specific + and bound to change depending on the driver. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/nr_addr_cmp +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Provides the number of address comparators pairs accessible + on a trace unit, as specified by bit 3:0 of register ETMCCR. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/nr_cntr +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Provides the number of counters accessible on a trace unit, + as specified by bit 15:13 of register ETMCCR. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/nr_ctxid_cmp +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Provides the number of context ID comparator available on a + trace unit, as specified by bit 25:24 of register ETMCCR. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/reset +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (W) Cancels all configuration on a trace unit and set it back + to its boot configuration. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_12_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition + from state 1 to state 2. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_13_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition + from state 1 to state 3. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_21_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition + from state 2 to state 1. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_23_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition + from state 2 to state 3. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_31_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition + from state 3 to state 1. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/seq_32_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Defines the event that causes the sequencer to transition + from state 3 to state 2. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/curr_seq_state +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (R) Holds the current state of the sequencer. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/sync_freq +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Holds the trace synchronization frequency value - must be + programmed with the various implementation behavior in mind. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/timestamp_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Defines an event that requests the insertion of a timestamp + into the trace stream. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/traceid +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Holds the trace ID that will appear in the trace stream + coming from this trace entity. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.[etm|ptm]/trigger_event +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Define the event that controls the trigger. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-funnel b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-funnel new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d75acda5e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-funnel @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.funnel/funnel_ctrl +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Enables the slave ports and defines the hold time of the + slave ports. + +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.funnel/priority +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Defines input port priority order. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f38cded5f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-tmc @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/bus/coresight/devices/<memory_map>.tmc/trigger_cntr +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org> +Description: (RW) Disables write access to the Trace RAM by stopping the + formatter after a defined number of words have been stored + following the trigger event. Additional interface for this + driver are expected to be added as it matures. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2979c40c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +What: /sys/bus/css/devices/.../type +Date: March 2008 +Contact: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com> + linux-s390@vger.kernel.org +Description: Contains the subchannel type, as reported by the hardware. + This attribute is present for all subchannel types. + +What: /sys/bus/css/devices/.../modalias +Date: March 2008 +Contact: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com> + linux-s390@vger.kernel.org +Description: Contains the module alias as reported with uevents. + It is of the format css:t<type> and present for all + subchannel types. + +What: /sys/bus/css/drivers/io_subchannel/.../chpids +Date: December 2002 +Contact: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com> + linux-s390@vger.kernel.org +Description: Contains the ids of the channel paths used by this + subchannel, as reported by the channel subsystem + during subchannel recognition. + Note: This is an I/O-subchannel specific attribute. +Users: s390-tools, HAL + +What: /sys/bus/css/drivers/io_subchannel/.../pimpampom +Date: December 2002 +Contact: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com> + linux-s390@vger.kernel.org +Description: Contains the PIM/PAM/POM values, as reported by the + channel subsystem when last queried by the common I/O + layer (this implies that this attribute is not necessarily + in sync with the values current in the channel subsystem). + Note: This is an I/O-subchannel specific attribute. +Users: s390-tools, HAL diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events new file mode 100644 index 000000000..505f080d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +What: /sys/devices/cpu/events/ + /sys/devices/cpu/events/branch-misses + /sys/devices/cpu/events/cache-references + /sys/devices/cpu/events/cache-misses + /sys/devices/cpu/events/stalled-cycles-frontend + /sys/devices/cpu/events/branch-instructions + /sys/devices/cpu/events/stalled-cycles-backend + /sys/devices/cpu/events/instructions + /sys/devices/cpu/events/cpu-cycles + +Date: 2013/01/08 + +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> + +Description: Generic performance monitoring events + + A collection of performance monitoring events that may be + supported by many/most CPUs. These events can be monitored + using the 'perf(1)' tool. + + The contents of each file would look like: + + event=0xNNNN + + where 'N' is a hex digit and the number '0xNNNN' shows the + "raw code" for the perf event identified by the file's + "basename". + + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/<pmu>/events/<event> +Date: 2014/02/24 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Per-pmu performance monitoring events specific to the running system + + Each file (except for some of those with a '.' in them, '.unit' + and '.scale') in the 'events' directory describes a single + performance monitoring event supported by the <pmu>. The name + of the file is the name of the event. + + File contents: + + <term>[=<value>][,<term>[=<value>]]... + + Where <term> is one of the terms listed under + /sys/bus/event_source/devices/<pmu>/format/ and <value> is + a number is base-16 format with a '0x' prefix (lowercase only). + If a <term> is specified alone (without an assigned value), it + is implied that 0x1 is assigned to that <term>. + + Examples (each of these lines would be in a seperate file): + + event=0x2abc + event=0x423,inv,cmask=0x3 + domain=0x1,offset=0x8,starting_index=0xffff + domain=0x1,offset=0x8,core=? + + Each of the assignments indicates a value to be assigned to a + particular set of bits (as defined by the format file + corresponding to the <term>) in the perf_event structure passed + to the perf_open syscall. + + In the case of the last example, a value replacing "?" would + need to be provided by the user selecting the particular event. + This is referred to as "event parameterization". Event + parameters have the format 'param=?'. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/<pmu>/events/<event>.unit +Date: 2014/02/24 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Perf event units + + A string specifying the English plural numerical unit that <event> + (once multiplied by <event>.scale) represents. + + Example: + + Joules + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/<pmu>/events/<event>.scale +Date: 2014/02/24 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Perf event scaling factors + + A string representing a floating point value expressed in + scientific notation to be multiplied by the event count + recieved from the kernel to match the unit specified in the + <event>.unit file. + + Example: + + 2.3283064365386962890625e-10 + + This is provided to avoid performing floating point arithmetic + in the kernel. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format new file mode 100644 index 000000000..77f47ff5e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +Where: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/<dev>/format +Date: January 2012 +Kernel Version: 3.3 +Contact: Jiri Olsa <jolsa@redhat.com> +Description: + Attribute group to describe the magic bits that go into + perf_event_attr::config[012] for a particular pmu. + Each attribute of this group defines the 'hardware' bitmask + we want to export, so that userspace can deal with sane + name/value pairs. + + Userspace must be prepared for the possibility that attributes + define overlapping bit ranges. For example: + attr1 = 'config:0-23' + attr2 = 'config:0-7' + attr3 = 'config:12-35' + + Example: 'config1:1,6-10,44' + Defines contents of attribute that occupies bits 1,6-10,44 of + perf_event_attr::config1. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f89333757 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_24x7 @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/interface/catalog +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: + Provides access to the binary "24x7 catalog" provided by the + hypervisor on POWER7 and 8 systems. This catalog lists events + avaliable from the powerpc "hv_24x7" pmu. Its format is + documented here: + https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jmesmon/catalog-24x7/master/hv-24x7-catalog.h + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/interface/catalog_length +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: + A number equal to the length in bytes of the catalog. This is + also extractable from the provided binary "catalog" sysfs entry. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/interface/catalog_version +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: + Exposes the "version" field of the 24x7 catalog. This is also + extractable from the provided binary "catalog" sysfs entry. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/event_descs/<event-name> +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: + Provides the description of a particular event as provided by + the firmware. If firmware does not provide a description, no + file will be created. + + Note that the event-name lacks the domain suffix appended for + events in the events/ dir. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_24x7/event_long_descs/<event-name> +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: + Provides the "long" description of a particular event as + provided by the firmware. If firmware does not provide a + description, no file will be created. + + Note that the event-name lacks the domain suffix appended for + events in the events/ dir. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_gpci b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_gpci new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ca4e554d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-hv_gpci @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/collect_privileged +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: + '0' if the hypervisor is configured to forbid access to event + counters being accumulated by other guests and to physical + domain event counters. + '1' if that access is allowed. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/ga +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: + 0 or 1. Indicates whether we have access to "GA" events (listed + in arch/powerpc/perf/hv-gpci.h). + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/expanded +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: + 0 or 1. Indicates whether we have access to "EXPANDED" events (listed + in arch/powerpc/perf/hv-gpci.h). + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/lab +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: + 0 or 1. Indicates whether we have access to "LAB" events (listed + in arch/powerpc/perf/hv-gpci.h). + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/version +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: + A number indicating the version of the gpci interface that the + hypervisor reports supporting. + +What: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/hv_gpci/interface/kernel_version +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Linux on PowerPC Developer List <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org> +Description: + A number indicating the latest version of the gpci interface + that the kernel is aware of. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe new file mode 100644 index 000000000..21640eaad --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-fcoe @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +What: /sys/bus/fcoe/ +Date: August 2012 +KernelVersion: TBD +Contact: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>, devel@open-fcoe.org +Description: The FCoE bus. Attributes in this directory are control interfaces. +Attributes: + + ctlr_create: 'FCoE Controller' instance creation interface. Writing an + <ifname> to this file will allocate and populate sysfs with a + fcoe_ctlr_device (ctlr_X). The user can then configure any + per-port settings and finally write to the fcoe_ctlr_device's + 'start' attribute to begin the kernel's discovery and login + process. + + ctlr_destroy: 'FCoE Controller' instance removal interface. Writing a + fcoe_ctlr_device's sysfs name to this file will log the + fcoe_ctlr_device out of the fabric or otherwise connected + FCoE devices. It will also free all kernel memory allocated + for this fcoe_ctlr_device and any structures associated + with it, this includes the scsi_host. + +What: /sys/bus/fcoe/devices/ctlr_X +Date: March 2012 +KernelVersion: TBD +Contact: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>, devel@open-fcoe.org +Description: 'FCoE Controller' instances on the fcoe bus. + The FCoE Controller now has a three stage creation process. + 1) Write interface name to ctlr_create 2) Configure the FCoE + Controller (ctlr_X) 3) Enable the FCoE Controller to begin + discovery and login. The FCoE Controller is destroyed by + writing it's name, i.e. ctlr_X to the ctlr_delete file. + +Attributes: + + fcf_dev_loss_tmo: Device loss timeout peroid (see below). Changing + this value will change the dev_loss_tmo for all + FCFs discovered by this controller. + + mode: Display or change the FCoE Controller's mode. Possible + modes are 'Fabric' and 'VN2VN'. If a FCoE Controller + is started in 'Fabric' mode then FIP FCF discovery is + initiated and ultimately a fabric login is attempted. + If a FCoE Controller is started in 'VN2VN' mode then + FIP VN2VN discovery and login is performed. A FCoE + Controller only supports one mode at a time. + + enabled: Whether an FCoE controller is enabled or disabled. + 0 if disabled, 1 if enabled. Writing either 0 or 1 + to this file will enable or disable the FCoE controller. + + lesb/link_fail: Link Error Status Block (LESB) link failure count. + + lesb/vlink_fail: Link Error Status Block (LESB) virtual link + failure count. + + lesb/miss_fka: Link Error Status Block (LESB) missed FCoE + Initialization Protocol (FIP) Keep-Alives (FKA). + + lesb/symb_err: Link Error Status Block (LESB) symbolic error count. + + lesb/err_block: Link Error Status Block (LESB) block error count. + + lesb/fcs_error: Link Error Status Block (LESB) Fibre Channel + Serivces error count. + +Notes: ctlr_X (global increment starting at 0) + +What: /sys/bus/fcoe/devices/fcf_X +Date: March 2012 +KernelVersion: TBD +Contact: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>, devel@open-fcoe.org +Description: 'FCoE FCF' instances on the fcoe bus. A FCF is a Fibre Channel + Forwarder, which is a FCoE switch that can accept FCoE + (Ethernet) packets, unpack them, and forward the embedded + Fibre Channel frames into a FC fabric. It can also take + outbound FC frames and pack them in Ethernet packets to + be sent to their destination on the Ethernet segment. +Attributes: + + fabric_name: Identifies the fabric that the FCF services. + + switch_name: Identifies the FCF. + + priority: The switch's priority amongst other FCFs on the same + fabric. + + selected: 1 indicates that the switch has been selected for use; + 0 indicates that the swich will not be used. + + fc_map: The Fibre Channel MAP + + vfid: The Virtual Fabric ID + + mac: The FCF's MAC address + + fka_peroid: The FIP Keep-Alive peroid + + fabric_state: The internal kernel state + "Unknown" - Initialization value + "Disconnected" - No link to the FCF/fabric + "Connected" - Host is connected to the FCF + "Deleted" - FCF is being removed from the system + + dev_loss_tmo: The device loss timeout peroid for this FCF. + +Notes: A device loss infrastructre similar to the FC Transport's + is present in fcoe_sysfs. It is nice to have so that a + link flapping adapter doesn't continually advance the count + used to identify the discovered FCF. FCFs will exist in a + "Disconnected" state until either the timer expires and the + FCF becomes "Deleted" or the FCF is rediscovered and becomes + "Connected." + + +Users: The first user of this interface will be the fcoeadm application, + which is commonly packaged in the fcoe-utils package. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-hsi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-hsi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b1b282a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-hsi @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /sys/bus/hsi +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: Carlos Chinea <carlos.chinea@nokia.com> +Description: + High Speed Synchronous Serial Interface (HSI) is a + serial interface mainly used for connecting application + engines (APE) with cellular modem engines (CMT) in cellular + handsets. + The bus will be populated with devices (hsi_clients) representing + the protocols available in the system. Bus drivers implement + those protocols. + +What: /sys/bus/hsi/devices/.../modalias +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: Carlos Chinea <carlos.chinea@nokia.com> +Description: Stores the same MODALIAS value emitted by uevent + Format: hsi:<hsi_client device name> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9de269bb0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-fsa9480 @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../device +Date: February 2011 +Contact: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com> +Description: + show what device is attached + NONE - no device + USB - USB device is attached + UART - UART is attached + CHARGER - Charger is attaced + JIG - JIG is attached + +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../switch +Date: February 2011 +Contact: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com> +Description: + show or set the state of manual switch + VAUDIO - switch to VAUDIO path + UART - switch to UART path + AUDIO - switch to AUDIO path + DHOST - switch to DHOST path + AUTO - switch automatically by device diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-hm6352 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-hm6352 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..feb2e4a87 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-hm6352 @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +Where: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../heading0_input +Date: April 2010 +Kernel Version: 2.6.36? +Contact: alan.cox@intel.com +Description: Reports the current heading from the compass as a floating + point value in degrees. + +Where: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../power_state +Date: April 2010 +Kernel Version: 2.6.36? +Contact: alan.cox@intel.com +Description: Sets the power state of the device. 0 sets the device into + sleep mode, 1 wakes it up. + +Where: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../calibration +Date: April 2010 +Kernel Version: 2.6.36? +Contact: alan.cox@intel.com +Description: Sets the calibration on or off (1 = on, 0 = off). See the + chip data sheet. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-lm3533 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-lm3533 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b62230b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-lm3533 @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../output_hvled[n] +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the controlling backlight device for high-voltage current + sink HVLED[n] (n = 1, 2) (0, 1). + +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../output_lvled[n] +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the controlling led device for low-voltage current sink + LVLED[n] (n = 1..5) (0..3). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1fbdd79d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio @@ -0,0 +1,1364 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware chip or device accessed by one communication port. + Corresponds to a grouping of sensor channels. X is the IIO + index of the device. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + An event driven driver of data capture to an in kernel buffer. + May be provided by a device driver that also has an IIO device + based on hardware generated events (e.g. data ready) or + provided by a separate driver for other hardware (e.g. + periodic timer, GPIO or high resolution timer). + Contains trigger type specific elements. These do not + generalize well and hence are not documented in this file. + X is the IIO index of the trigger. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Directory of attributes relating to the buffer for the device. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/name +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Description of the physical chip / device for device X. + Typically a part number. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sampling_frequency +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/sampling_frequency +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/sampling_frequency +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Some devices have internal clocks. This parameter sets the + resulting sampling frequency. In many devices this + parameter has an effect on input filters etc. rather than + simply controlling when the input is sampled. As this + effects data ready triggers, hardware buffers and the sysfs + direct access interfaces, it may be found in any of the + relevant directories. If it effects all of the above + then it is to be found in the base device directory. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sampling_frequency_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/buffer/sampling_frequency_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/sampling_frequency_available +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + When the internal sampling clock can only take a small + discrete set of values, this file lists those available. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/oversampling_ratio +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware dependent ADC oversampling. Controls the sampling ratio + of the digital filter if available. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/oversampling_ratio_available +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware dependent values supported by the oversampling filter. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled no bias removal etc.) voltage measurement from + channel Y. In special cases where the channel does not + correspond to externally available input one of the named + versions may be used. The number must always be specified and + unique to allow association with event codes. Units after + application of scale and offset are millivolts. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY-voltageZ_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled) differential voltage measurement equivalent to + channel Y - channel Z where these channel numbers apply to the + physically equivalent inputs when non differential readings are + separately available. In differential only parts, then all that + is required is a consistent labeling. Units after application + of scale and offset are millivolts. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_supply_raw +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled no bias removal etc.) current measurement from + channel Y. In special cases where the channel does not + correspond to externally available input one of the named + versions may be used. The number must always be specified and + unique to allow association with event codes. Units after + application of scale and offset are milliamps. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_capacitanceY_raw +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw capacitance measurement from channel Y. Units after + application of scale and offset are nanofarads. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_capacitanceY-in_capacitanceZ_raw +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw differential capacitance measurement equivalent to + channel Y - channel Z where these channel numbers apply to the + physically equivalent inputs when non differential readings are + separately available. In differential only parts, then all that + is required is a consistent labeling. Units after application + of scale and offset are nanofarads. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempX_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_y_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_ambient_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_object_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled no bias removal etc.) temperature measurement. + If an axis is specified it generally means that the temperature + sensor is associated with one part of a compound device (e.g. + a gyroscope axis). The ambient and object modifiers distinguish + between ambient (reference) and distant temperature for contact- + less measurements. Units after application of scale and offset + are milli degrees Celsius. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempX_input +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Scaled temperature measurement in milli degrees Celsius. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Acceleration in direction x, y or z (may be arbitrarily assigned + but should match other such assignments on device). + Has all of the equivalent parameters as per voltageY. Units + after application of scale and offset are m/s^2. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_y_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Angular velocity about axis x, y or z (may be arbitrarily + assigned). Has all the equivalent parameters as per voltageY. + Units after application of scale and offset are radians per + second. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_incli_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_incli_y_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_incli_z_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Inclination raw reading about axis x, y or z (may be + arbitrarily assigned). Data converted by application of offset + and scale to degrees. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_y_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_z_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Magnetic field along axis x, y or z (may be arbitrarily + assigned). Data converted by application of offset + then scale to Gauss. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_peak_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_peak_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_peak_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.36 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Highest value since some reset condition. These + attributes allow access to this and are otherwise + the direct equivalent of the <type>Y[_name]_raw attributes. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_xyz_squared_peak_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.36 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A computed peak value based on the sum squared magnitude of + the underlying value in the specified directions. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_raw +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw pressure measurement from channel Y. Units after + application of scale and offset are kilopascal. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_input +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_input +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Scaled pressure measurement from channel Y, in kilopascal. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_raw +KernelVersion: 3.14 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw humidity measurement of air. Units after application of + scale and offset are milli percent. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_input +KernelVersion: 3.14 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Scaled humidity measurement in milli percent. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_X_mean_raw +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Averaged raw measurement from channel X. The number of values + used for averaging is device specific. The converting rules for + normal raw values also applies to the averaged raw values. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempY_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_offset +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If known for a device, offset to be added to <type>[Y]_raw prior + to scaling by <type>[Y]_scale in order to obtain value in the + <type> units as specified in <type>[Y]_raw documentation. + Not present if the offset is always 0 or unknown. If Y or + axis <x|y|z> is not present, then the offset applies to all + in channels of <type>. + May be writable if a variable offset can be applied on the + device. Note that this is different to calibbias which + is for devices (or drivers) that apply offsets to compensate + for variation between different instances of the part, typically + adjusted by using some hardware supported calibration procedure. + Calibbias is applied internally, offset is applied in userspace + to the _raw output. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage-voltage_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentY_supply_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_current_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_peak_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_distance_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_x_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_y_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_z_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_true_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_humidityrelative_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_scale +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If known for a device, scale to be applied to <type>Y[_name]_raw + post addition of <type>[Y][_name]_offset in order to obtain the + measured value in <type> units as specified in + <type>[Y][_name]_raw documentation. If shared across all in + channels then Y and <x|y|z> are not present and the value is + called <type>[Y][_name]_scale. The peak modifier means this + value is applied to <type>Y[_name]_peak_raw values. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_x_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_y_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance0_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_calibbias +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware applied calibration offset (assumed to fix production + inaccuracies). + +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_x_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_y_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_calibscale +what /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance0_calibscale +what /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_pressure_calibscale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_calibscale +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware applied calibration scale factor (assumed to fix + production inaccuracies). If shared across all channels, + <type>_calibscale is used. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_activity_calibgender +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_calibgender +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_distance_calibgender +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_velocity_calibgender +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Gender of the user (e.g.: male, female) used by some pedometers + to compute the stride length, distance, speed and activity + type. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_activity_calibgender_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_calibgender_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_distance_calibgender_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_velocity_calibgender_available +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Lists all available gender values (e.g.: male, female). + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_activity_calibheight +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_calibheight +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_distance_calibheight +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_velocity_calibheight +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Height of the user (in meters) used by some pedometers + to compute the stride length, distance, speed and activity + type. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_energy_calibweight +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Weight of the user (in kg). It is needed by some pedometers + to compute the calories burnt by the user. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_voltageX_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_voltage-voltage_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_voltageX_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageX_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_capacitance_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_pressure_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_pressureY_scale_available +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If a discrete set of scale values is available, they + are listed in this attribute. + +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_hardwaregain +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_red_hardwaregain +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_green_hardwaregain +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_blue_hardwaregain +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_intensity_clear_hardwaregain +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware applied gain factor. If shared across all channels, + <type>_hardwaregain is used. + +What: /sys/.../in_accel_filter_low_pass_3db_frequency +What: /sys/.../in_magn_filter_low_pass_3db_frequency +What: /sys/.../in_anglvel_filter_low_pass_3db_frequency +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If a known or controllable low pass filter is applied + to the underlying data channel, then this parameter + gives the 3dB frequency of the filter in Hz. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled, no bias etc.) output voltage for + channel Y. The number must always be specified and + unique if the output corresponds to a single channel. + While DAC like devices typically use out_voltage, + a continuous frequency generating device, such as + a DDS or PLL should use out_altvoltage. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY&Z_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY&Z_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled, no bias etc.) output voltage for an aggregate of + channel Y, channel Z, etc. This interface is available in cases + where a single output sets the value for multiple channels + simultaneously. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_powerdown_mode +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltage_powerdown_mode +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_powerdown_mode +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltage_powerdown_mode +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the output powerdown mode. + DAC output stage is disconnected from the amplifier and + 1kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via an 1kOhm resistor, + 6kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 6kOhm resistor, + 20kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 20kOhm resistor, + 100kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via an 100kOhm resistor, + 500kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via a 500kOhm resistor, + three_state: left floating. + For a list of available output power down options read + outX_powerdown_mode_available. If Y is not present the + mode is shared across all outputs. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_votlageY_powerdown_mode_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_voltage_powerdown_mode_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_altvotlageY_powerdown_mode_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_altvoltage_powerdown_mode_available +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Lists all available output power down modes. + If Y is not present the mode is shared across all outputs. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_powerdown +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltage_powerdown +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_powerdown +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltage_powerdown +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing 1 causes output Y to enter the power down mode specified + by the corresponding outY_powerdown_mode. DAC output stage is + disconnected from the amplifier. Clearing returns to normal + operation. Y may be suppressed if all outputs are controlled + together. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_frequency +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Output frequency for channel Y in Hz. The number must always be + specified and unique if the output corresponds to a single + channel. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_phase +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Phase in radians of one frequency/clock output Y + (out_altvoltageY) relative to another frequency/clock output + (out_altvoltageZ) of the device X. The number must always be + specified and unique if the output corresponds to a single + channel. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/events +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Configuration of which hardware generated events are passed up + to user-space. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_thresh_falling_en +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Event generated when channel passes a threshold in the specified + (_rising|_falling) direction. If the direction is not specified, + then either the device will report an event which ever direction + a single threshold value is passed in (e.g. + <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_thresh_value) or + <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_thresh_rising_value and + <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_thresh_falling_value may take + different values, but the device can only enable both thresholds + or neither. + Note the driver will assume the last p events requested are + to be enabled where p is how many it supports (which may vary + depending on the exact set requested. So if you want to be + sure you have set what you think you have, check the contents of + these attributes after everything is configured. Drivers may + have to buffer any parameters so that they are consistent when + a given event type is enabled at a future point (and not those for + whatever event was previously enabled). + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_roc_falling_en +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Event generated when channel passes a threshold on the rate of + change (1st differential) in the specified (_rising|_falling) + direction. If the direction is not specified, then either the + device will report an event which ever direction a single + threshold value is passed in (e.g. + <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_roc_value) or + <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_roc_rising_value and + <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_roc_falling_value may take + different values, but the device can only enable both rate of + change thresholds or neither. + Note the driver will assume the last p events requested are + to be enabled where p is however many it supports (which may + vary depending on the exact set requested. So if you want to be + sure you have set what you think you have, check the contents of + these attributes after everything is configured. Drivers may + have to buffer any parameters so that they are consistent when + a given event type is enabled a future point (and not those for + whatever event was previously enabled). + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_falling_value +what: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_rising_value +what: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_falling_value +what: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_rising_value +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the value of threshold that the device is comparing + against for the events enabled by + <type>Y[_name]_thresh[_rising|falling]_en. + If separate attributes exist for the two directions, but + direction is not specified for this attribute, then a single + threshold value applies to both directions. + The raw or input element of the name indicates whether the + value is in raw device units or in processed units (as _raw + and _input do on sysfs direct channel read attributes). + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_peak_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltage_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltage_supply_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_temp_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance_scale +What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity_scale +KernelVersion: 3.21 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the conversion factor from the standard units + to device specific units used to set the event trigger + threshold. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_rising_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_falling_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_either_hysteresis +What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_falling_hysteresis +what: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_rising_hysteresis +what: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_either_hysteresis +what: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_falling_hysteresis +what: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_rising_hysteresis +what: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_either_hysteresis +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the hysteresis of threshold that the device is comparing + against for the events enabled by + <type>Y[_name]_thresh[_(rising|falling)]_hysteresis. + If separate attributes exist for the two directions, but + direction is not specified for this attribute, then a single + hysteresis value applies to both directions. + For falling events the hysteresis is added to the _value attribute for + this event to get the upper threshold for when the event goes back to + normal, for rising events the hysteresis is subtracted from the _value + attribute. E.g. if in_voltage0_raw_thresh_rising_value is set to 1200 + and in_voltage0_raw_thresh_rising_hysteresis is set to 50. The event + will get activated once in_voltage0_raw goes above 1200 and will become + deactived again once the value falls below 1150. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_roc_falling_value +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the value of rate of change threshold that the + device is comparing against for the events enabled by + <type>[Y][_name]_roc[_rising|falling]_en. + If separate attributes exist for the two directions, + but direction is not specified for this attribute, + then a single threshold value applies to both directions. + The raw or input element of the name indicates whether the + value is in raw device units or in processed units (as _raw + and _input do on sysfs direct channel read attributes). + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x&y&z_mag_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_intensity0_thresh_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_falling_period +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Period of time (in seconds) for which the condition must be + met before an event is generated. If direction is not + specified then this period applies to both directions. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_falling_en +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Enables or disables activitity events. Depending on direction + an event is generated when sensor ENTERS or LEAVES a given state. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_still_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_walking_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_jogging_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_activity_running_thresh_falling_value +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Confidence value (in units as percentage) to be used + for deciding when an event should be generated. E.g for + running: If the confidence value reported by the sensor + is greater than in_activity_running_thresh_rising_value + then the sensor ENTERS running state. Conversely, if the + confidence value reported by the sensor is lower than + in_activity_running_thresh_falling_value then the sensor + is LEAVING running state. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_mag_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_mag_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_mag_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_mag_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_mag_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_mag_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x&y&z_mag_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x&y&z_mag_falling_en +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Similar to in_accel_x_thresh[_rising|_falling]_en, but here the + magnitude of the channel is compared to the threshold, not its + signed value. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_raw_mag_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_mag_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_mag_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_mag_rising_value +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The value to which the magnitude of the channel is compared. If + number or direction is not specified, applies to all channels of + this type. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_steps_change_en +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Event generated when channel passes a threshold on the absolute + change in value. E.g. for steps: a step change event is + generated each time the user takes N steps, where N is set using + in_steps_change_value. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_steps_change_value +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the value of change threshold that the + device is comparing against for the events enabled by + <type>[Y][_name]_roc[_rising|falling|]_en. E.g. for steps: + if set to 3, a step change event will be generated every 3 + steps. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/trigger/current_trigger +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The name of the trigger source being used, as per string given + in /sys/class/iio/triggerY/name. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/length +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Number of scans contained by the buffer. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/bytes_per_datum +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Bytes per scan. Due to alignment fun, the scan may be larger + than implied directly by the scan_element parameters. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/enable +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Actually start the buffer capture up. Will start trigger + if first device and appropriate. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/scan_elements +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Directory containing interfaces for elements that will be + captured for a single triggered sample set in the buffer. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_x_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_y_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_z_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_x_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_y_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_z_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_x_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_y_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_z_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_true_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_timestamp_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY-voltageZ_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_x_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_y_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressureY_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressure_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_quaternion_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_proximity_en +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Scan element control for triggered data capture. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltage_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_timestamp_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressureY_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressure_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_quaternion_type +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_proximity_type +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Description of the scan element data storage within the buffer + and hence the form in which it is read from user-space. + Form is [be|le]:[s|u]bits/storagebits[>>shift]. + be or le specifies big or little endian. s or u specifies if + signed (2's complement) or unsigned. bits is the number of bits + of data and storagebits is the space (after padding) that it + occupies in the buffer. shift if specified, is the shift that + needs to be applied prior to masking out unused bits. Some + devices put their data in the middle of the transferred elements + with additional information on both sides. Note that some + devices will have additional information in the unused bits + so to get a clean value, the bits value must be used to mask + the buffer output value appropriately. The storagebits value + also specifies the data alignment. So s48/64>>2 will be a + signed 48 bit integer stored in a 64 bit location aligned to + a 64 bit boundary. To obtain the clean value, shift right 2 + and apply a mask to zero the top 16 bits of the result. + For other storage combinations this attribute will be extended + appropriately. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_type_available +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If the type parameter can take one of a small set of values, + this attribute lists them. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_x_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_y_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_accel_z_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_x_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_y_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_anglvel_z_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_x_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_y_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_magn_z_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_true_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_x_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_incli_y_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_timestamp_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressureY_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_pressure_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_rot_quaternion_index +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/scan_elements/in_proximity_index +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A single positive integer specifying the position of this + scan element in the buffer. Note these are not dependent on + what is enabled and may not be contiguous. Thus for user-space + to establish the full layout these must be used in conjunction + with all _en attributes to establish which channels are present, + and the relevant _type attributes to establish the data storage + format. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_activity_still_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_activity_walking_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_activity_jogging_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_activity_running_input +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to read the confidence for an activity + expressed in units as percentage. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_quadrature_correction_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to read the amount of quadrature error + present in the device at a given time. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_accelX_power_mode +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the chip power mode. + low_noise: reduce noise level from ADC, + low_power: enable low current consumption. + For a list of available output power modes read + in_accel_power_mode_available. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_energy_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_energy_raw +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to read the energy value reported by the + device (e.g.: human activity sensors report energy burnt by the + user). Units after application of scale are Joules. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_distance_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_distance_raw +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to read the distance covered by the user + since the last reboot while activated. Units after application + of scale are meters. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/store_eeprom +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing '1' stores the current device configuration into + on-chip EEPROM. After power-up or chip reset the device will + automatically load the saved configuration. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_proximity_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_proximity_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_proximityY_raw +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Proximity measurement indicating that some + object is near the sensor, usually be observing + reflectivity of infrared or ultrasound emitted. + Often these sensors are unit less and as such conversion + to SI units is not possible. Higher proximity measurements + indicate closer objects, and vice versa. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminanceY_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminanceY_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminanceY_mean_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_ir_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_clear_raw +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Illuminance measurement, units after application of scale + and offset are lux. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_ir_raw +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensityY_both_raw +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Unit-less light intensity. Modifiers both and ir indicate + that measurements contains visible and infrared light + components or just infrared light, respectively. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_red_integration_time +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_green_integration_time +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_blue_integration_time +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_intensity_clear_integration_time +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_illuminance_integration_time +KernelVersion: 3.12 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to get/set the integration time in + seconds. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_integration_time +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Number of seconds in which to compute speed. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_quaternion_raw +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw value of quaternion components using a format + x y z w. Here x, y, and z component represents the axis about + which a rotation will occur and w component represents the + amount of rotation. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_tilt_comp_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_true_tilt_comp_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_magnetic_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_rot_from_north_true_raw +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw value of rotation from true/magnetic north measured with + or without compensation from tilt sensors. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_currentX_raw +KernelVersion: 3.18 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw current measurement from channel X. Units are in milliamps + after application of scale and offset. If no offset or scale is + present, output should be considered as processed with the + unit in milliamps. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_energy_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_distance_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_steps_en +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Activates a device feature that runs in firmware/hardware. + E.g. for steps: the pedometer saves power while not used; + when activated, it will count the steps taken by the user in + firmware and export them through in_steps_input. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_steps_input +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to read the number of steps taken by the user + since the last reboot while activated. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_input +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_velocity_sqrt(x^2+y^2+z^2)_raw +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to read the current speed value of the + user (which is the norm or magnitude of the velocity vector). + Units after application of scale are m/s. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_steps_debounce_count +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the number of steps that must occur within + in_steps_filter_debounce_time for the pedometer to decide the + consumer is making steps. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_steps_debounce_time +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies number of seconds in which we compute the steps + that occur in order to decide if the consumer is making steps. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/watermark +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A single positive integer specifying the maximum number of scan + elements to wait for. + Poll will block until the watermark is reached. + Blocking read will wait until the minimum between the requested + read amount or the low water mark is available. + Non-blocking read will retrieve the available samples from the + buffer even if there are less samples then watermark level. This + allows the application to block on poll with a timeout and read + the available samples after the timeout expires and thus have a + maximum delay guarantee. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_enabled +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A read-only boolean value that indicates if the hardware fifo is + currently enabled or disabled. If the device does not have a + hardware fifo this entry is not present. + The hardware fifo is enabled when the buffer is enabled if the + current hardware fifo watermark level is set and other current + device settings allows it (e.g. if a trigger is set that samples + data differently that the hardware fifo does then hardware fifo + will not enabled). + If the hardware fifo is enabled and the level of the hardware + fifo reaches the hardware fifo watermark level the device will + flush its hardware fifo to the device buffer. Doing a non + blocking read on the device when no samples are present in the + device buffer will also force a flush. + When the hardware fifo is enabled there is no need to use a + trigger to use buffer mode since the watermark settings + guarantees that the hardware fifo is flushed to the device + buffer. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_watermark +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Read-only entry that contains a single integer specifying the + current watermark level for the hardware fifo. If the device + does not have a hardware fifo this entry is not present. + The watermark level for the hardware fifo is set by the driver + based on the value set by the user in buffer/watermark but + taking into account hardware limitations (e.g. most hardware + buffers are limited to 32-64 samples, some hardware buffers + watermarks are fixed or have minimum levels). A value of 0 + means that the hardware watermark is unset. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_watermark_min +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A single positive integer specifying the minimum watermark level + for the hardware fifo of this device. If the device does not + have a hardware fifo this entry is not present. + If the user sets buffer/watermark to a value less than this one, + then the hardware watermark will remain unset. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_watermark_max +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A single positive integer specifying the maximum watermark level + for the hardware fifo of this device. If the device does not + have a hardware fifo this entry is not present. + If the user sets buffer/watermark to a value greater than this + one, then the hardware watermark will be capped at this value. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/hwfifo_watermark_available +KernelVersion: 4.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A list of positive integers specifying the available watermark + levels for the hardware fifo. This entry is optional and if it + is not present it means that all the values between + hwfifo_watermark_min and hwfifo_watermark_max are supported. + If the user sets buffer/watermark to a value greater than + hwfifo_watermak_min but not equal to any of the values in this + list, the driver will chose an appropriate value for the + hardware fifo watermark level. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-accel-bmc150 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-accel-bmc150 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..99847a913 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-accel-bmc150 @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/name = "bmc150_accel-any-motion-devX" +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The BMC150 accelerometer kernel module provides an additional trigger, + which sets driver in a mode, where data is pushed to the buffer + only when there is any motion. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a91aeabe7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-ad9523 @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll2_feedback_clk_present +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll2_reference_clk_present +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll1_reference_clk_a_present +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll1_reference_clk_b_present +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pll1_reference_clk_test_present +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/vcxo_clk_present +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reading returns either '1' or '0'. + '1' means that the clock in question is present. + '0' means that the clock is missing. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/pllY_locked +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Reading returns either '1' or '0'. '1' means that the + pllY is locked. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sync_dividers +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing '1' triggers the clock distribution synchronization + functionality. All dividers are reset and the channels start + with their predefined phase offsets (out_altvoltageY_phase). + Writing this file has the effect as driving the external + /SYNC pin low. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4350 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4350 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1254457a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-frequency-adf4350 @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_frequency_resolution +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Stores channel Y frequency resolution/channel spacing in Hz. + The value given directly influences the MODULUS used by + the fractional-N PLL. It is assumed that the algorithm + that is used to compute the various dividers, is able to + generate proper values for multiples of channel spacing. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_refin_frequency +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Sets channel Y REFin frequency in Hz. In some clock chained + applications, the reference frequency used by the PLL may + change during runtime. This attribute allows the user to + adjust the reference frequency accordingly. + The value written has no effect until out_altvoltageY_frequency + is updated. Consider to use out_altvoltageY_powerdown to power + down the PLL and its RFOut buffers during REFin changes. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-gyro-bmg160 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-gyro-bmg160 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e98209c91 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-gyro-bmg160 @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/name = "bmg160-any-motion-devX" +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The BMG160 gyro kernel module provides an additional trigger, + which sets driver in a mode, where data is pushed to the buffer + only when there is any motion. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-lm3533-als b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-lm3533-als new file mode 100644 index 000000000..22c5ea670 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-light-lm3533-als @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_either_en +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Event generated when channel passes one of the four thresholds + in each direction (rising|falling) and a zone change occurs. + The corresponding light zone can be read from + in_illuminance0_zone. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_threshY_hysteresis +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Get the hysteresis for thresholds Y, that is, + threshY_hysteresis = threshY_raising - threshY_falling + +What: /sys/.../events/illuminance_threshY_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/illuminance_threshY_raising_value +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Specifies the value of threshold that the device is comparing + against for the events enabled by + in_illuminance0_thresh_either_en (0..255), where Y in 0..3. + + Note that threshY_falling must be less than or equal to + threshY_raising. + + These thresholds correspond to the eight zone-boundary + registers (boundaryY_{low,high}) and define the five light + zones. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance0_zone +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Get the current light zone (0..4) as defined by the + in_illuminance0_threshY_{falling,rising} thresholds. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_currentY_raw +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Get output current for channel Y (0..255), that is, + out_currentY_currentZ_raw, where Z is the current zone. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_currentY_currentZ_raw +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the output current for channel out_currentY when in zone + Z (0..255), where Y in 0..2 and Z in 0..4. + + These values correspond to the ALS-mapper target registers for + ALS-mapper Y + 1. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu6050 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu6050 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cb53737aa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-mpu6050 @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_gyro_matrix +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_matrix +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_matrix +KernelVersion: 3.4.0 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This is mounting matrix for motion sensors. Mounting matrix + is a 3x3 unitary matrix. A typical mounting matrix would look like + [0, 1, 0; 1, 0, 0; 0, 0, -1]. Using this information, it would be + easy to tell the relative positions among sensors as well as their + positions relative to the board that holds these sensors. Identity matrix + [1, 0, 0; 0, 1, 0; 0, 0, 1] means sensor chip and device are perfectly + aligned with each other. All axes are exactly the same. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity-as3935 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity-as3935 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6708c5e26 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-proximity-as3935 @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity_raw +Date: March 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Matt Ranostay <mranostay@gmail.com> +Description: + Get the current distance in meters of storm (1km steps) + 1000-40000 = distance in meters + +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sensor_sensitivity +Date: March 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Matt Ranostay <mranostay@gmail.com> +Description: + Show or set the gain boost of the amp, from 0-31 range. + 18 = indoors (default) + 14 = outdoors diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-trigger-sysfs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-trigger-sysfs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5235e6c74 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-trigger-sysfs @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/trigger_now +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This file is provided by the iio-trig-sysfs stand-alone trigger + driver. Writing this file with any value triggers an event + driven driver, associated with this trigger, to capture data + into an in kernel buffer. This approach can be valuable during + automated testing or in situations, where other trigger methods + are not applicable. For example no RTC or spare GPIOs. + X is the IIO index of the trigger. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio new file mode 100644 index 000000000..491baaf42 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mdio @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../phy_id +Date: November 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute contains the 32-bit PHY Identifier as reported + by the device during bus enumeration, encoded in hexadecimal. + This ID is used to match the device with the appropriate + driver. + +What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../phy_interface +Date: February 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute contains the PHY interface as configured by the + Ethernet driver during bus enumeration, encoded in string. + This interface mode is used to configure the Ethernet MAC with the + appropriate mode for its data lines to the PHY hardware. + +What: /sys/bus/mdio_bus/devices/.../phy_has_fixups +Date: February 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute contains the boolean value whether a given PHY + device has had any "fixup" workaround running on it, encoded as + a boolean. This information is provided to help troubleshooting + PHY configurations. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-media b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-media new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7057e5741 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-media @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +What: /sys/bus/media/devices/.../model +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> + linux-media@vger.kernel.org +Description: Contains the device model name in UTF-8. The device version is + is not be appended to the model name. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2066f0bbd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-mei @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +What: /sys/bus/mei/devices/.../modalias +Date: March 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.10 +Contact: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com> + linux-mei@linux.intel.com +Description: Stores the same MODALIAS value emitted by uevent + Format: mei:<mei device name> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b3bc50f65 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci @@ -0,0 +1,296 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../bind +Date: December 2003 +Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing a device location to this file will cause + the driver to attempt to bind to the device found at + this location. This is useful for overriding default + bindings. The format for the location is: DDDD:BB:DD.F. + That is Domain:Bus:Device.Function and is the same as + found in /sys/bus/pci/devices/. For example: + # echo 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/bind + (Note: kernels before 2.6.28 may require echo -n). + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../unbind +Date: December 2003 +Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing a device location to this file will cause the + driver to attempt to unbind from the device found at + this location. This may be useful when overriding default + bindings. The format for the location is: DDDD:BB:DD.F. + That is Domain:Bus:Device.Function and is the same as + found in /sys/bus/pci/devices/. For example: + # echo 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/unbind + (Note: kernels before 2.6.28 may require echo -n). + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../new_id +Date: December 2003 +Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing a device ID to this file will attempt to + dynamically add a new device ID to a PCI device driver. + This may allow the driver to support more hardware than + was included in the driver's static device ID support + table at compile time. The format for the device ID is: + VVVV DDDD SVVV SDDD CCCC MMMM PPPP. That is Vendor ID, + Device ID, Subsystem Vendor ID, Subsystem Device ID, + Class, Class Mask, and Private Driver Data. The Vendor ID + and Device ID fields are required, the rest are optional. + Upon successfully adding an ID, the driver will probe + for the device and attempt to bind to it. For example: + # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/new_id + +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../remove_id +Date: February 2009 +Contact: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org> +Description: + Writing a device ID to this file will remove an ID + that was dynamically added via the new_id sysfs entry. + The format for the device ID is: + VVVV DDDD SVVV SDDD CCCC MMMM. That is Vendor ID, Device + ID, Subsystem Vendor ID, Subsystem Device ID, Class, + and Class Mask. The Vendor ID and Device ID fields are + required, the rest are optional. After successfully + removing an ID, the driver will no longer support the + device. This is useful to ensure auto probing won't + match the driver to the device. For example: + # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/remove_id + +What: /sys/bus/pci/rescan +Date: January 2009 +Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will + force a rescan of all PCI buses in the system, and + re-discover previously removed devices. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../msi_bus +Date: September 2014 +Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Writing a zero value to this attribute disallows MSI and + MSI-X for any future drivers of the device. If the device + is a bridge, MSI and MSI-X will be disallowed for future + drivers of all child devices under the bridge. Drivers + must be reloaded for the new setting to take effect. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../msi_irqs/ +Date: September, 2011 +Contact: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../msi_irqs directory contains a variable set + of files, with each file being named after a corresponding msi + irq vector allocated to that device. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../msi_irqs/<N> +Date: September 2011 +Contact: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com> +Description: + This attribute indicates the mode that the irq vector named by + the file is in (msi vs. msix) + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../remove +Date: January 2009 +Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will + hot-remove the PCI device and any of its children. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../pci_bus/.../rescan +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will + force a rescan of the bus and all child buses, + and re-discover devices removed earlier from this + part of the device tree. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../rescan +Date: January 2009 +Contact: Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will + force a rescan of the device's parent bus and all + child buses, and re-discover devices removed earlier + from this part of the device tree. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../reset +Date: July 2009 +Contact: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com> +Description: + Some devices allow an individual function to be reset + without affecting other functions in the same device. + For devices that have this support, a file named reset + will be present in sysfs. Writing 1 to this file + will perform reset. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../vpd +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Ben Hutchings <bwh@kernel.org> +Description: + A file named vpd in a device directory will be a + binary file containing the Vital Product Data for the + device. It should follow the VPD format defined in + PCI Specification 2.1 or 2.2, but users should consider + that some devices may have malformatted data. If the + underlying VPD has a writable section then the + corresponding section of this file will be writable. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../virtfnN +Date: March 2009 +Contact: Yu Zhao <yu.zhao@intel.com> +Description: + This symbolic link appears when hardware supports the SR-IOV + capability and the Physical Function driver has enabled it. + The symbolic link points to the PCI device sysfs entry of the + Virtual Function whose index is N (0...MaxVFs-1). + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../dep_link +Date: March 2009 +Contact: Yu Zhao <yu.zhao@intel.com> +Description: + This symbolic link appears when hardware supports the SR-IOV + capability and the Physical Function driver has enabled it, + and this device has vendor specific dependencies with others. + The symbolic link points to the PCI device sysfs entry of + Physical Function this device depends on. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../physfn +Date: March 2009 +Contact: Yu Zhao <yu.zhao@intel.com> +Description: + This symbolic link appears when a device is a Virtual Function. + The symbolic link points to the PCI device sysfs entry of the + Physical Function this device associates with. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/slots/.../module +Date: June 2009 +Contact: linux-pci@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This symbolic link points to the PCI hotplug controller driver + module that manages the hotplug slot. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../label +Date: July 2010 +Contact: Narendra K <narendra_k@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com +Description: + Reading this attribute will provide the firmware + given name (SMBIOS type 41 string or ACPI _DSM string) of + the PCI device. The attribute will be created only + if the firmware has given a name to the PCI device. + ACPI _DSM string name will be given priority if the + system firmware provides SMBIOS type 41 string also. +Users: + Userspace applications interested in knowing the + firmware assigned name of the PCI device. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../index +Date: July 2010 +Contact: Narendra K <narendra_k@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com +Description: + Reading this attribute will provide the firmware + given instance (SMBIOS type 41 device type instance) of the + PCI device. The attribute will be created only if the firmware + has given an instance number to the PCI device. +Users: + Userspace applications interested in knowing the + firmware assigned device type instance of the PCI + device that can help in understanding the firmware + intended order of the PCI device. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../acpi_index +Date: July 2010 +Contact: Narendra K <narendra_k@dell.com>, linux-bugs@dell.com +Description: + Reading this attribute will provide the firmware + given instance (ACPI _DSM instance number) of the PCI device. + The attribute will be created only if the firmware has given + an instance number to the PCI device. ACPI _DSM instance number + will be given priority if the system firmware provides SMBIOS + type 41 device type instance also. +Users: + Userspace applications interested in knowing the + firmware assigned instance number of the PCI + device that can help in understanding the firmware + intended order of the PCI device. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../d3cold_allowed +Date: July 2012 +Contact: Huang Ying <ying.huang@intel.com> +Description: + d3cold_allowed is bit to control whether the corresponding PCI + device can be put into D3Cold state. If it is cleared, the + device will never be put into D3Cold state. If it is set, the + device may be put into D3Cold state if other requirements are + satisfied too. Reading this attribute will show the current + value of d3cold_allowed bit. Writing this attribute will set + the value of d3cold_allowed bit. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../sriov_totalvfs +Date: November 2012 +Contact: Donald Dutile <ddutile@redhat.com> +Description: + This file appears when a physical PCIe device supports SR-IOV. + Userspace applications can read this file to determine the + maximum number of Virtual Functions (VFs) a PCIe physical + function (PF) can support. Typically, this is the value reported + in the PF's SR-IOV extended capability structure's TotalVFs + element. Drivers have the ability at probe time to reduce the + value read from this file via the pci_sriov_set_totalvfs() + function. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../sriov_numvfs +Date: November 2012 +Contact: Donald Dutile <ddutile@redhat.com> +Description: + This file appears when a physical PCIe device supports SR-IOV. + Userspace applications can read and write to this file to + determine and control the enablement or disablement of Virtual + Functions (VFs) on the physical function (PF). A read of this + file will return the number of VFs that are enabled on this PF. + A number written to this file will enable the specified + number of VFs. A userspace application would typically read the + file and check that the value is zero, and then write the number + of VFs that should be enabled on the PF; the value written + should be less than or equal to the value in the sriov_totalvfs + file. A userspace application wanting to disable the VFs would + write a zero to this file. The core ensures that valid values + are written to this file, and returns errors when values are not + valid. For example, writing a 2 to this file when sriov_numvfs + is not 0 and not 2 already will return an error. Writing a 10 + when the value of sriov_totalvfs is 8 will return an error. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../driver_override +Date: April 2014 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: + This file allows the driver for a device to be specified which + will override standard static and dynamic ID matching. When + specified, only a driver with a name matching the value written + to driver_override will have an opportunity to bind to the + device. The override is specified by writing a string to the + driver_override file (echo pci-stub > driver_override) and + may be cleared with an empty string (echo > driver_override). + This returns the device to standard matching rules binding. + Writing to driver_override does not automatically unbind the + device from its current driver or make any attempt to + automatically load the specified driver. If no driver with a + matching name is currently loaded in the kernel, the device + will not bind to any driver. This also allows devices to + opt-out of driver binding using a driver_override name such as + "none". Only a single driver may be specified in the override, + there is no support for parsing delimiters. + +What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../numa_node +Date: Oct 2014 +Contact: Prarit Bhargava <prarit@redhat.com> +Description: + This file contains the NUMA node to which the PCI device is + attached, or -1 if the node is unknown. The initial value + comes from an ACPI _PXM method or a similar firmware + source. If that is missing or incorrect, this file can be + written to override the node. In that case, please report + a firmware bug to the system vendor. Writing to this file + taints the kernel with TAINT_FIRMWARE_WORKAROUND, which + reduces the supportability of your system. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss new file mode 100644 index 000000000..53d99edd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/model +Date: March 2009 +Kernel Version: 2.6.30 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 0 model for logical drive + Y of controller X. + +Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/rev +Date: March 2009 +Kernel Version: 2.6.30 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 0 revision for logical + drive Y of controller X. + +Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/unique_id +Date: March 2009 +Kernel Version: 2.6.30 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 83 serial number for logical + drive Y of controller X. + +Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/vendor +Date: March 2009 +Kernel Version: 2.6.30 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 0 vendor for logical drive + Y of controller X. + +Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/block:cciss!cXdY +Date: March 2009 +Kernel Version: 2.6.30 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: A symbolic link to /sys/block/cciss!cXdY + +Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/rescan +Date: August 2009 +Kernel Version: 2.6.31 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Kicks of a rescan of the controller to discover logical + drive topology changes. + +Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/lunid +Date: August 2009 +Kernel Version: 2.6.31 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Displays the 8-byte LUN ID used to address logical + drive Y of controller X. + +Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/raid_level +Date: August 2009 +Kernel Version: 2.6.31 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Displays the RAID level of logical drive Y of + controller X. + +Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/usage_count +Date: August 2009 +Kernel Version: 2.6.31 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Displays the usage count (number of opens) of logical drive Y + of controller X. + +Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/resettable +Date: February 2011 +Kernel Version: 2.6.38 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Value of 1 indicates the controller can honor the reset_devices + kernel parameter. Value of 0 indicates reset_devices cannot be + honored. This is to allow, for example, kexec tools to be able + to warn the user if they designate an unresettable device as + a dump device, as kdump requires resetting the device in order + to work reliably. + +Where: /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/transport_mode +Date: July 2011 +Kernel Version: 3.0 +Contact: iss_storagedev@hp.com +Description: Value of "simple" indicates that the controller has been placed + in "simple mode". Value of "performant" indicates that the + controller has been placed in "performant mode". diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd new file mode 100644 index 000000000..60c60fa62 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-drivers-ehci_hcd @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/ehci_hcd/.../companion + /sys/bus/usb/devices/usbN/../companion +Date: January 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.21 +Contact: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu> +Description: + PCI-based EHCI USB controllers (i.e., high-speed USB-2.0 + controllers) are often implemented along with a set of + "companion" full/low-speed USB-1.1 controllers. When a + high-speed device is plugged in, the connection is routed + to the EHCI controller; when a full- or low-speed device + is plugged in, the connection is routed to the companion + controller. + + Sometimes you want to force a high-speed device to connect + at full speed, which can be accomplished by forcing the + connection to be routed to the companion controller. + That's what this file does. Writing a port number to the + file causes connections on that port to be routed to the + companion controller, and writing the negative of a port + number returns the port to normal operation. + + For example: To force the high-speed device attached to + port 4 on bus 2 to run at full speed: + + echo 4 >/sys/bus/usb/devices/usb2/../companion + + To return the port to high-speed operation: + + echo -4 >/sys/bus/usb/devices/usb2/../companion + + Reading the file gives the list of ports currently forced + to the companion controller. + + Note: Some EHCI controllers do not have companions; they + may contain an internal "transaction translator" or they + may be attached directly to a "rate-matching hub". This + mechanism will not work with such controllers. Also, it + cannot be used to force a port on a high-speed hub to + connect at full speed. + + Note: When this file was first added, it appeared in a + different sysfs directory. The location given above is + correct for 2.6.35 (and probably several earlier kernel + versions as well). + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5172a6124 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-platform @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/.../driver_override +Date: April 2014 +Contact: Kim Phillips <kim.phillips@freescale.com> +Description: + This file allows the driver for a device to be specified which + will override standard OF, ACPI, ID table, and name matching. + When specified, only a driver with a name matching the value + written to driver_override will have an opportunity to bind + to the device. The override is specified by writing a string + to the driver_override file (echo vfio-platform > \ + driver_override) and may be cleared with an empty string + (echo > driver_override). This returns the device to standard + matching rules binding. Writing to driver_override does not + automatically unbind the device from its current driver or make + any attempt to automatically load the specified driver. If no + driver with a matching name is currently loaded in the kernel, + the device will not bind to any driver. This also allows + devices to opt-out of driver binding using a driver_override + name such as "none". Only a single driver may be specified in + the override, there is no support for parsing delimiters. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2ddd68092 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +What: /sys/bus/rbd/ +Date: November 2010 +Contact: Yehuda Sadeh <yehuda@newdream.net>, + Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net> +Description: + +Being used for adding and removing rbd block devices. + +Usage: <mon ip addr> <options> <pool name> <rbd image name> [snap name] + + $ echo "192.168.0.1 name=admin rbd foo" > /sys/bus/rbd/add + +The snapshot name can be "-" or omitted to map the image read/write. A <dev-id> +will be assigned for any registered block device. If snapshot is used, it will +be mapped read-only. + +Removal of a device: + + $ echo <dev-id> > /sys/bus/rbd/remove + +What: /sys/bus/rbd/add_single_major +Date: December 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.14 +Contact: Sage Weil <sage@inktank.com> +Description: Available only if rbd module is inserted with single_major + parameter set to true. + Usage is the same as for /sys/bus/rbd/add. If present, + should be used instead of the latter: any attempts to use + /sys/bus/rbd/add if /sys/bus/rbd/add_single_major is + available will fail for backwards compatibility reasons. + +What: /sys/bus/rbd/remove_single_major +Date: December 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.14 +Contact: Sage Weil <sage@inktank.com> +Description: Available only if rbd module is inserted with single_major + parameter set to true. + Usage is the same as for /sys/bus/rbd/remove. If present, + should be used instead of the latter: any attempts to use + /sys/bus/rbd/remove if /sys/bus/rbd/remove_single_major is + available will fail for backwards compatibility reasons. + +Entries under /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/ +-------------------------------------------- + +client_id + + The ceph unique client id that was assigned for this specific session. + +features + + A hexadecimal encoding of the feature bits for this image. + +major + + The block device major number. + +minor + + The block device minor number. (December 2013, since 3.14.) + +name + + The name of the rbd image. + +image_id + + The unique id for the rbd image. (For rbd image format 1 + this is empty.) + +pool + + The name of the storage pool where this rbd image resides. + An rbd image name is unique within its pool. + +pool_id + + The unique identifier for the rbd image's pool. This is + a permanent attribute of the pool. A pool's id will never + change. + +size + + The size (in bytes) of the mapped block device. + +refresh + + Writing to this file will reread the image header data and set + all relevant datastructures accordingly. + +current_snap + + The current snapshot for which the device is mapped. + +parent + + Information identifying the chain of parent images in a layered rbd + image. Entries are separated by empty lines. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rpmsg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rpmsg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..189e419a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rpmsg @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +What: /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../name +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com> +Description: + Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote + processor. Channels are identified with a (textual) name, + which is maximum 32 bytes long (defined as RPMSG_NAME_SIZE in + rpmsg.h). + + This sysfs entry contains the name of this channel. + +What: /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../src +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com> +Description: + Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote + processor. Channels have a local ("source") rpmsg address, + and remote ("destination") rpmsg address. When an entity + starts listening on one end of a channel, it assigns it with + a unique rpmsg address (a 32 bits integer). This way when + inbound messages arrive to this address, the rpmsg core + dispatches them to the listening entity (a kernel driver). + + This sysfs entry contains the src (local) rpmsg address + of this channel. If it contains 0xffffffff, then an address + wasn't assigned (can happen if no driver exists for this + channel). + +What: /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../dst +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com> +Description: + Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote + processor. Channels have a local ("source") rpmsg address, + and remote ("destination") rpmsg address. When an entity + starts listening on one end of a channel, it assigns it with + a unique rpmsg address (a 32 bits integer). This way when + inbound messages arrive to this address, the rpmsg core + dispatches them to the listening entity. + + This sysfs entry contains the dst (remote) rpmsg address + of this channel. If it contains 0xffffffff, then an address + wasn't assigned (can happen if the kernel driver that + is attached to this channel is exposing a service to the + remote processor. This make it a local rpmsg server, + and it is listening for inbound messages that may be sent + from any remote rpmsg client; it is not bound to a single + remote entity). + +What: /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../announce +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com> +Description: + Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote + processor. Channels are identified by a textual name (see + /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../name above) and have a local + ("source") rpmsg address, and remote ("destination") rpmsg + address. + + A channel is first created when an entity, whether local + or remote, starts listening on it for messages (and is thus + called an rpmsg server). + + When that happens, a "name service" announcement is sent + to the other processor, in order to let it know about the + creation of the channel (this way remote clients know they + can start sending messages). + + This sysfs entry tells us whether the channel is a local + server channel that is announced (values are either + true or false). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-umc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-umc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..948fec412 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-umc @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +What: /sys/bus/umc/ +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com> +Description: + The Wireless Host Controller Interface (WHCI) + specification describes a PCI-based device with + multiple capabilities; the UWB Multi-interface + Controller (UMC). + + The umc bus presents each of the individual + capabilties as a device. + +What: /sys/bus/umc/devices/.../capability_id +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com> +Description: + The ID of this capability, with 0 being the radio + controller capability. + +What: /sys/bus/umc/devices/.../version +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com> +Description: + The specification version this capability's hardware + interface complies with. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e5cc7633d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../authorized +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com> +Description: + Authorized devices are available for use by device + drivers, non-authorized one are not. By default, wired + USB devices are authorized. + + Certified Wireless USB devices are not authorized + initially and should be (by writing 1) after the + device has been authenticated. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../wusb_cdid +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com> +Description: + For Certified Wireless USB devices only. + + A devices's CDID, as 16 space-separated hex octets. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../wusb_ck +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com> +Description: + For Certified Wireless USB devices only. + + Write the device's connection key (CK) to start the + authentication of the device. The CK is 16 + space-separated hex octets. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../wusb_disconnect +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com> +Description: + For Certified Wireless USB devices only. + + Write a 1 to force the device to disconnect + (equivalent to unplugging a wired USB device). + +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../new_id +Date: October 2011 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing a device ID to this file will attempt to + dynamically add a new device ID to a USB device driver. + This may allow the driver to support more hardware than + was included in the driver's static device ID support + table at compile time. The format for the device ID is: + idVendor idProduct bInterfaceClass RefIdVendor RefIdProduct + The vendor ID and device ID fields are required, the + rest is optional. The Ref* tuple can be used to tell the + driver to use the same driver_data for the new device as + it is used for the reference device. + Upon successfully adding an ID, the driver will probe + for the device and attempt to bind to it. For example: + # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id + + Here add a new device (0458:7045) using driver_data from + an already supported device (0458:704c): + # echo "0458 7045 0 0458 704c" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id + + Reading from this file will list all dynamically added + device IDs in the same format, with one entry per + line. For example: + # cat /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id + 8086 10f5 + dead beef 06 + f00d cafe + + The list will be truncated at PAGE_SIZE bytes due to + sysfs restrictions. + +What: /sys/bus/usb-serial/drivers/.../new_id +Date: October 2011 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + For serial USB drivers, this attribute appears under the + extra bus folder "usb-serial" in sysfs; apart from that + difference, all descriptions from the entry + "/sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../new_id" apply. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../remove_id +Date: November 2009 +Contact: CHENG Renquan <rqcheng@smu.edu.sg> +Description: + Writing a device ID to this file will remove an ID + that was dynamically added via the new_id sysfs entry. + The format for the device ID is: + idVendor idProduct. After successfully + removing an ID, the driver will no longer support the + device. This is useful to ensure auto probing won't + match the driver to the device. For example: + # echo "046d c315" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/remove_id + + Reading from this file will list the dynamically added + device IDs, exactly like reading from the entry + "/sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../new_id" + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/usb2_hardware_lpm +Date: September 2011 +Contact: Andiry Xu <andiry.xu@amd.com> +Description: + If CONFIG_PM is set and a USB 2.0 lpm-capable device is plugged + in to a xHCI host which support link PM, it will perform a LPM + test; if the test is passed and host supports USB2 hardware LPM + (xHCI 1.0 feature), USB2 hardware LPM will be enabled for the + device and the USB device directory will contain a file named + power/usb2_hardware_lpm. The file holds a string value (enable + or disable) indicating whether or not USB2 hardware LPM is + enabled for the device. Developer can write y/Y/1 or n/N/0 to + the file to enable/disable the feature. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../removable +Date: February 2012 +Contact: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com> +Description: + Some information about whether a given USB device is + physically fixed to the platform can be inferred from a + combination of hub descriptor bits and platform-specific data + such as ACPI. This file will read either "removable" or + "fixed" if the information is available, and "unknown" + otherwise. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../ltm_capable +Date: July 2012 +Contact: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@linux.intel.com> +Description: + USB 3.0 devices may optionally support Latency Tolerance + Messaging (LTM). They indicate their support by setting a bit + in the bmAttributes field of their SuperSpeed BOS descriptors. + If that bit is set for the device, ltm_capable will read "yes". + If the device doesn't support LTM, the file will read "no". + The file will be present for all speeds of USB devices, and will + always read "no" for USB 1.1 and USB 2.0 devices. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX +Date: August 2012 +Contact: Lan Tianyu <tianyu.lan@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX + is usb port device's sysfs directory. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX/connect_type +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Lan Tianyu <tianyu.lan@intel.com> +Description: + Some platforms provide usb port connect types through ACPI. + This attribute is to expose these information to user space. + The file will read "hotplug", "wired" and "not used" if the + information is available, and "unknown" otherwise. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/usb2_lpm_l1_timeout +Date: May 2013 +Contact: Mathias Nyman <mathias.nyman@linux.intel.com> +Description: + USB 2.0 devices may support hardware link power management (LPM) + L1 sleep state. The usb2_lpm_l1_timeout attribute allows + tuning the timeout for L1 inactivity timer (LPM timer), e.g. + needed inactivity time before host requests the device to go to L1 sleep. + Useful for power management tuning. + Supported values are 0 - 65535 microseconds. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/usb2_lpm_besl +Date: May 2013 +Contact: Mathias Nyman <mathias.nyman@linux.intel.com> +Description: + USB 2.0 devices that support hardware link power management (LPM) + L1 sleep state now use a best effort service latency value (BESL) to + indicate the best effort to resumption of service to the device after the + initiation of the resume event. + If the device does not have a preferred besl value then the host can select + one instead. This usb2_lpm_besl attribute allows to tune the host selected besl + value in order to tune power saving and service latency. + + Supported values are 0 - 15. + More information on how besl values map to microseconds can be found in + USB 2.0 ECN Errata for Link Power Management, section 4.10) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..70d00dfa4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +Where: /sys/bus/usb/.../powered +Date: August 2008 +Kernel Version: 2.6.26 +Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com> +Description: Controls whether the device's display will powered. + A value of 0 is off and a non-zero value is on. + +Where: /sys/bus/usb/.../mode_msb +Where: /sys/bus/usb/.../mode_lsb +Date: August 2008 +Kernel Version: 2.6.26 +Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com> +Description: Controls the devices display mode. + For a 6 character display the values are + MSB 0x06; LSB 0x3F, and + for an 8 character display the values are + MSB 0x08; LSB 0xFF. + +Where: /sys/bus/usb/.../textmode +Date: August 2008 +Kernel Version: 2.6.26 +Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com> +Description: Controls the way the device interprets its text buffer. + raw: each character controls its segment manually + hex: each character is between 0-15 + ascii: each character is between '0'-'9' and 'A'-'F'. + +Where: /sys/bus/usb/.../text +Date: August 2008 +Kernel Version: 2.6.26 +Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com> +Description: The text (or data) for the device to display + +Where: /sys/bus/usb/.../decimals +Date: August 2008 +Kernel Version: 2.6.26 +Contact: Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com> +Description: Controls the decimal places on the device. + To set the nth decimal place, give this field + the value of 10 ** n. Assume this field has + the value k and has 1 or more decimal places set, + to set the mth place (where m is not already set), + change this fields value to k + 10 ** m. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-lvstest b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-lvstest new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aae68fc2d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-lvstest @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +Link Layer Validation Device is a standard device for testing of Super +Speed Link Layer tests. These nodes are available in sysfs only when lvs +driver is bound with root hub device. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../get_dev_desc +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@st.com> +Description: + Write to this node to issue "Get Device Descriptor" + for Link Layer Validation device. It is needed for TD.7.06. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../u1_timeout +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@st.com> +Description: + Set "U1 timeout" for the downstream port where Link Layer + Validation device is connected. Timeout value must be between 0 + and 127. It is needed for TD.7.18, TD.7.19, TD.7.20 and TD.7.21. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../u2_timeout +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@st.com> +Description: + Set "U2 timeout" for the downstream port where Link Layer + Validation device is connected. Timeout value must be between 0 + and 127. It is needed for TD.7.18, TD.7.19, TD.7.20 and TD.7.21. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../hot_reset +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@st.com> +Description: + Write to this node to issue "Reset" for Link Layer Validation + device. It is needed for TD.7.29, TD.7.31, TD.7.34 and TD.7.35. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../u3_entry +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@st.com> +Description: + Write to this node to issue "U3 entry" for Link Layer + Validation device. It is needed for TD.7.35 and TD.7.36. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../u3_exit +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Pratyush Anand <pratyush.anand@st.com> +Description: + Write to this node to issue "U3 exit" for Link Layer + Validation device. It is needed for TD.7.36. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port new file mode 100644 index 000000000..716cffc45 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +What: /sys/class/c2port/ +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/ directory will contain files and + directories that will provide a unified interface to + the C2 port interface. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/ directory is related to X-th + C2 port into the system. Each directory will contain files to + manage and control its C2 port. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/access +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/access file enable the access + to the C2 port from the system. No commands can be sent + till this entry is set to 0. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/dev_id +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/dev_id file show the device ID + of the connected micro. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_access +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_access file enable the + access to the on-board flash of the connected micro. + No commands can be sent till this entry is set to 0. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_block_size +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_block_size file show + the on-board flash block size of the connected micro. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_blocks_num +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_blocks_num file show + the on-board flash blocks number of the connected micro. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_data +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_data file export + the content of the on-board flash of the connected micro. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase file execute + the "erase" command on the on-board flash of the connected + micro. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase file show the + on-board flash size of the connected micro. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/reset +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/reset file execute a "reset" + command on the connected micro. + +What: /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/rev_id +Date: October 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/rev_id file show the revision ID + of the connected micro. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-cfq-target-latency b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-cfq-target-latency new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df0f7828c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-cfq-target-latency @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/block/<device>/iosched/target_latency +Date: March 2012 +contact: Tao Ma <boyu.mt@taobao.com> +Description: + The /sys/block/<device>/iosched/target_latency only exists + when the user sets cfq to /sys/block/<device>/scheduler. + It contains an estimated latency time for the cfq. cfq will + use it to calculate the time slice used for every task. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class new file mode 100644 index 000000000..676530fcf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /sys/class/ +Date: Febuary 2006 +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> +Description: + The /sys/class directory will consist of a group of + subdirectories describing individual classes of devices + in the kernel. The individual directories will consist + of either subdirectories, or symlinks to other + directories. + + All programs that use this directory tree must be able + to handle both subdirectories or symlinks in order to + work properly. + +Users: + udev <linux-hotplug-devel@lists.sourceforge.net> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-adp8870 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-adp8870 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..33e648808 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-adp8870 @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/<ambient light zone>_max +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l1_daylight_max +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l2_bright_max +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l3_office_max +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l4_indoor_max +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l5_dark_max +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org +Description: + Control the maximum brightness for <ambient light zone> + on this <backlight>. Values are between 0 and 127. This file + will also show the brightness level stored for this + <ambient light zone>. + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/<ambient light zone>_dim +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l2_bright_dim +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l3_office_dim +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l4_indoor_dim +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l5_dark_dim +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org +Description: + Control the dim brightness for <ambient light zone> + on this <backlight>. Values are between 0 and 127, typically + set to 0. Full off when the backlight is disabled. + This file will also show the dim brightness level stored for + this <ambient light zone>. + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_level +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org +Description: + Get conversion value of the light sensor. + This value is updated every 80 ms (when the light sensor + is enabled). Returns integer between 0 (dark) and + 8000 (max ambient brightness) + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_zone +Date: May 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: device-drivers-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org +Description: + Get/Set current ambient light zone. Reading returns + integer between 1..5 (1 = daylight, 2 = bright, ..., 5 = dark). + Writing a value between 1..5 forces the backlight controller + to enter the corresponding ambient light zone. + Writing 0 returns to normal/automatic ambient light level + operation. The ambient light sensing feature on these devices + is an extension to the API documented in + Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight. + It can be enabled by writing the value stored in + /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/max_brightness to + /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/brightness. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..77cf7ac94 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533 @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/als_channel +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Get the ALS output channel used as input in + ALS-current-control mode (0, 1), where + + 0 - out_current0 (backlight 0) + 1 - out_current1 (backlight 1) + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/als_en +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Enable ALS-current-control mode (0, 1). + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/id +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Get the id of this backlight (0, 1). + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/linear +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the brightness-mapping mode (0, 1), where + + 0 - exponential mode + 1 - linear mode + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/pwm +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the PWM-input control mask (5 bits), where + + bit 5 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 4 + bit 4 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 3 + bit 3 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 2 + bit 2 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 1 + bit 1 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 0 + bit 0 - PWM-input enabled diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d773d5697 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +What: /sys/class/bdi/<bdi>/ +Date: January 2008 +Contact: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl> +Description: + +Provide a place in sysfs for the backing_dev_info object. This allows +setting and retrieving various BDI specific variables. + +The <bdi> identifier can be either of the following: + +MAJOR:MINOR + + Device number for block devices, or value of st_dev on + non-block filesystems which provide their own BDI, such as NFS + and FUSE. + +MAJOR:MINOR-fuseblk + + Value of st_dev on fuseblk filesystems. + +default + + The default backing dev, used for non-block device backed + filesystems which do not provide their own BDI. + +Files under /sys/class/bdi/<bdi>/ +--------------------------------- + +read_ahead_kb (read-write) + + Size of the read-ahead window in kilobytes + +min_ratio (read-write) + + Under normal circumstances each device is given a part of the + total write-back cache that relates to its current average + writeout speed in relation to the other devices. + + The 'min_ratio' parameter allows assigning a minimum + percentage of the write-back cache to a particular device. + For example, this is useful for providing a minimum QoS. + +max_ratio (read-write) + + Allows limiting a particular device to use not more than the + given percentage of the write-back cache. This is useful in + situations where we want to avoid one device taking all or + most of the write-back cache. For example in case of an NFS + mount that is prone to get stuck, or a FUSE mount which cannot + be trusted to play fair. + +stable_pages_required (read-only) + + If set, the backing device requires that all pages comprising a write + request must not be changed until writeout is complete. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d46bba801 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ +Note: Attributes that are shared between devices are stored in the directory +pointed to by the symlink device/. +Example: The real path of the attribute /sys/class/cxl/afu0.0s/irqs_max is +/sys/class/cxl/afu0.0s/device/irqs_max, i.e. /sys/class/cxl/afu0.0/irqs_max. + + +Slave contexts (eg. /sys/class/cxl/afu0.0s): + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/irqs_max +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read/write + Decimal value of maximum number of interrupts that can be + requested by userspace. The default on probe is the maximum + that hardware can support (eg. 2037). Write values will limit + userspace applications to that many userspace interrupts. Must + be >= irqs_min. + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/irqs_min +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Decimal value of the minimum number of interrupts that + userspace must request on a CXL_START_WORK ioctl. Userspace may + omit the num_interrupts field in the START_WORK IOCTL to get + this minimum automatically. + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/mmio_size +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Decimal value of the size of the MMIO space that may be mmaped + by userspace. + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/modes_supported +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + List of the modes this AFU supports. One per line. + Valid entries are: "dedicated_process" and "afu_directed" + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/mode +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read/write + The current mode the AFU is using. Will be one of the modes + given in modes_supported. Writing will change the mode + provided that no user contexts are attached. + + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/prefault_mode +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read/write + Set the mode for prefaulting in segments into the segment table + when performing the START_WORK ioctl. Possible values: + none: No prefaulting (default) + work_element_descriptor: Treat the work element + descriptor as an effective address and + prefault what it points to. + all: all segments process calling START_WORK maps. + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/reset +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: write only + Writing 1 here will reset the AFU provided there are not + contexts active on the AFU. + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/api_version +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Decimal value of the current version of the kernel/user API. + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/api_version_compatible +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Decimal value of the the lowest version of the userspace API + this this kernel supports. + + +AFU configuration records (eg. /sys/class/cxl/afu0.0/cr0): + +An AFU may optionally export one or more PCIe like configuration records, known +as AFU configuration records, which will show up here (if present). + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/cr<config num>/vendor +Date: February 2015 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Hexadecimal value of the vendor ID found in this AFU + configuration record. + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/cr<config num>/device +Date: February 2015 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Hexadecimal value of the device ID found in this AFU + configuration record. + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/cr<config num>/class +Date: February 2015 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Hexadecimal value of the class code found in this AFU + configuration record. + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/cr<config num>/config +Date: February 2015 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + This binary file provides raw access to the AFU configuration + record. The format is expected to match the either the standard + or extended configuration space defined by the PCIe + specification. + + + +Master contexts (eg. /sys/class/cxl/afu0.0m) + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>m/mmio_size +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Decimal value of the size of the MMIO space that may be mmaped + by userspace. This includes all slave contexts space also. + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>m/pp_mmio_len +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Decimal value of the Per Process MMIO space length. + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<afu>m/pp_mmio_off +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Decimal value of the Per Process MMIO space offset. + + +Card info (eg. /sys/class/cxl/card0) + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/caia_version +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Identifies the CAIA Version the card implements. + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/psl_revision +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Identifies the revision level of the PSL. + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/base_image +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Identifies the revision level of the base image for devices + that support loadable PSLs. For FPGAs this field identifies + the image contained in the on-adapter flash which is loaded + during the initial program load. + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/image_loaded +Date: September 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read only + Will return "user" or "factory" depending on the image loaded + onto the card. + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/load_image_on_perst +Date: December 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: read/write + Valid entries are "none", "user", and "factory". + "none" means PERST will not cause image to be loaded to the + card. A power cycle is required to load the image. + "none" could be useful for debugging because the trace arrays + are preserved. + "user" and "factory" means PERST will cause either the user or + user or factory image to be loaded. + Default is to reload on PERST whichever image the card has + loaded. + +What: /sys/class/cxl/<card>/reset +Date: October 2014 +Contact: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org +Description: write only + Writing 1 will issue a PERST to card which may cause the card + to reload the FPGA depending on load_image_on_perst. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ee39acacf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-devfreq @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../ +Date: September 2011 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + Provide a place in sysfs for the devfreq objects. + This allows accessing various devfreq specific variables. + The name of devfreq object denoted as ... is same as the + name of device using devfreq. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../governor +Date: September 2011 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../governor show or set the name of the + governor used by the corresponding devfreq object. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../cur_freq +Date: September 2011 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../cur_freq shows the current + frequency of the corresponding devfreq object. Same as + target_freq when get_cur_freq() is not implemented by + devfreq driver. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../target_freq +Date: September 2012 +Contact: Rajagopal Venkat <rajagopal.venkat@linaro.org> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../target_freq shows the next governor + predicted target frequency of the corresponding devfreq object. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../polling_interval +Date: September 2011 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../polling_interval shows and sets + the requested polling interval of the corresponding devfreq + object. The values are represented in ms. If the value is + less than 1 jiffy, it is considered to be 0, which means + no polling. This value is meaningless if the governor is + not polling; thus. If the governor is not using + devfreq-provided central polling + (/sys/class/devfreq/.../central_polling is 0), this value + may be useless. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../trans_stat +Date: October 2012 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Descrtiption: + This ABI shows the statistics of devfreq behavior on a + specific device. It shows the time spent in each state and + the number of transitions between states. + In order to activate this ABI, the devfreq target device + driver should provide the list of available frequencies + with its profile. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../userspace/set_freq +Date: September 2011 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../userspace/set_freq shows and + sets the requested frequency for the devfreq object if + userspace governor is in effect. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../available_frequencies +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../available_frequencies shows + the available frequencies of the corresponding devfreq object. + This is a snapshot of available frequencies and not limited + by the min/max frequency restrictions. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../available_governors +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../available_governors shows + currently available governors in the system. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../min_freq +Date: January 2013 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../min_freq shows and stores + the minimum frequency requested by users. It is 0 if + the user does not care. min_freq overrides the + frequency requested by governors. + +What: /sys/class/devfreq/.../max_freq +Date: January 2013 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/devfreq/.../max_freq shows and stores + the maximum frequency requested by users. It is 0 if + the user does not care. max_freq overrides the + frequency requested by governors and min_freq. + The max_freq overrides min_freq because max_freq may be + used to throttle devices to avoid overheating. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon new file mode 100644 index 000000000..57a726232 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +What: /sys/class/extcon/.../ +Date: February 2012 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + Provide a place in sysfs for the extcon objects. + This allows accessing extcon specific variables. + The name of extcon object denoted as ... is the name given + with extcon_dev_register. + + One extcon device denotes a single external connector + port. An external connector may have multiple cables + attached simultaneously. Many of docks, cradles, and + accessory cables have such capability. For example, + the 30-pin port of Nuri board (/arch/arm/mach-exynos) + may have both HDMI and Charger attached, or analog audio, + video, and USB cables attached simultaneously. + + If there are cables mutually exclusive with each other, + such binary relations may be expressed with extcon_dev's + mutually_exclusive array. + +What: /sys/class/extcon/.../name +Date: February 2012 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/extcon/.../name shows the name of the extcon + object. If the extcon object has an optional callback + "show_name" defined, the callback will provide the name with + this sysfs node. + +What: /sys/class/extcon/.../state +Date: February 2012 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/extcon/.../state shows and stores the cable + attach/detach information of the corresponding extcon object. + If the extcon object has an optional callback "show_state" + defined, the showing function is overridden with the optional + callback. + + If the default callback for showing function is used, the + format is like this: + # cat state + USB_OTG=1 + HDMI=0 + TA=1 + EAR_JACK=0 + # + In this example, the extcon device has USB_OTG and TA + cables attached and HDMI and EAR_JACK cables detached. + + In order to update the state of an extcon device, enter a hex + state number starting with 0x: + # echo 0xHEX > state + + This updates the whole state of the extcon device. + Inputs of all the methods are required to meet the + mutually_exclusive conditions if they exist. + + It is recommended to use this "global" state interface if + you need to set the value atomically. The later state + interface associated with each cable cannot update + multiple cable states of an extcon device simultaneously. + +What: /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.x/name +Date: February 2012 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.x/name shows the name of cable + "x" (integer between 0 and 31) of an extcon device. + +What: /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.x/state +Date: February 2012 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.x/state shows and stores the + state of cable "x" (integer between 0 and 31) of an extcon + device. The state value is either 0 (detached) or 1 + (attached). + +What: /sys/class/extcon/.../mutually_exclusive/... +Date: December 2011 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + Shows the relations of mutually exclusiveness. For example, + if the mutually_exclusive array of extcon device is + {0x3, 0x5, 0xC, 0x0}, then the output is: + # ls mutually_exclusive/ + 0x3 + 0x5 + 0xc + # + + Note that mutually_exclusive is a sub-directory of the extcon + device and the file names under the mutually_exclusive + directory show the mutually-exclusive sets, not the contents + of the files. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6d0a1b4be --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/devices/ +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: + IOMMU drivers are able to link devices managed by a + given IOMMU here to allow association of IOMMU to + device. + +What: /sys/devices/.../iommu +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: + IOMMU drivers are able to link the IOMMU for a + given device here to allow association of device to + IOMMU. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-amd-iommu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-amd-iommu new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d6ba8e8a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-amd-iommu @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/amd-iommu/cap +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: + IOMMU capability header as documented in the AMD IOMMU + specification. Format: %x + +What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/amd-iommu/features +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: + Extended features of the IOMMU. Format: %llx diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-intel-iommu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-intel-iommu new file mode 100644 index 000000000..258cc246d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-iommu-intel-iommu @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/intel-iommu/address +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: + Physical address of the VT-d DRHD for this IOMMU. + Format: %llx. This allows association of a sysfs + intel-iommu with a DMAR DRHD table entry. + +What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/intel-iommu/cap +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: + The cached hardware capability register value + of this DRHD unit. Format: %llx. + +What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/intel-iommu/ecap +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: + The cached hardware extended capability register + value of this DRHD unit. Format: %llx. + +What: /sys/class/iommu/<iommu>/intel-iommu/version +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: + The architecture version as reported from the + VT-d VER_REG. Format: %d:%d, major:minor diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35906bf7a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +What: /sys/class/lcd/<lcd>/lcd_power +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net> +Description: + Control LCD power, values are FB_BLANK_* from fb.h + - FB_BLANK_UNBLANK (0) : power on. + - FB_BLANK_POWERDOWN (4) : power off + +What: /sys/class/lcd/<lcd>/contrast +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net> +Description: + Current contrast of this LCD device. Value is between 0 and + /sys/class/lcd/<lcd>/max_contrast. + +What: /sys/class/lcd/<lcd>/max_contrast +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net> +Description: + Maximum contrast for this LCD device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3646ec85d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/brightness +Date: March 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net> +Description: + Set the brightness of the LED. Most LEDs don't + have hardware brightness support so will just be turned on for + non-zero brightness settings. The value is between 0 and + /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_brightness. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_brightness +Date: March 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net> +Description: + Maximum brightness level for this led, default is 255 (LED_FULL). + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/trigger +Date: March 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net> +Description: + Set the trigger for this LED. A trigger is a kernel based source + of led events. + You can change triggers in a similar manner to the way an IO + scheduler is chosen. Trigger specific parameters can appear in + /sys/class/leds/<led> once a given trigger is selected. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/inverted +Date: January 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net> +Description: + Invert the LED on/off state. This parameter is specific to + gpio and backlight triggers. In case of the backlight trigger, + it is useful when driving a LED which is intended to indicate + a device in a standby like state. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..620ebb3b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533 @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/als_channel +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the ALS output channel to use as input in + ALS-current-control mode (1, 2), where + + 1 - out_current1 + 2 - out_current2 + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/als_en +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Enable ALS-current-control mode (0, 1). + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/falltime +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/risetime +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the pattern generator fall and rise times (0..7), where + + 0 - 2048 us + 1 - 262 ms + 2 - 524 ms + 3 - 1.049 s + 4 - 2.097 s + 5 - 4.194 s + 6 - 8.389 s + 7 - 16.78 s + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/id +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Get the id of this led (0..3). + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/linear +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the brightness-mapping mode (0, 1), where + + 0 - exponential mode + 1 - linear mode + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/pwm +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the PWM-input control mask (5 bits), where + + bit 5 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 4 + bit 4 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 3 + bit 3 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 2 + bit 2 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 1 + bit 1 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 0 + bit 0 - PWM-input enabled diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash new file mode 100644 index 000000000..220a0270b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-flash @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/flash_brightness +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com> +Description: read/write + Set the brightness of this LED in the flash strobe mode, in + microamperes. The file is created only for the flash LED devices + that support setting flash brightness. + + The value is between 0 and + /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_flash_brightness. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_flash_brightness +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com> +Description: read only + Maximum brightness level for this LED in the flash strobe mode, + in microamperes. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/flash_timeout +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com> +Description: read/write + Hardware timeout for flash, in microseconds. The flash strobe + is stopped after this period of time has passed from the start + of the strobe. The file is created only for the flash LED + devices that support setting flash timeout. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/max_flash_timeout +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com> +Description: read only + Maximum flash timeout for this LED, in microseconds. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/flash_strobe +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com> +Description: read/write + Flash strobe state. When written with 1 it triggers flash strobe + and when written with 0 it turns the flash off. + + On read 1 means that flash is currently strobing and 0 means + that flash is off. + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/flash_fault +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com> +Description: read only + Space separated list of flash faults that may have occurred. + Flash faults are re-read after strobing the flash. Possible + flash faults: + + * led-over-voltage - flash controller voltage to the flash LED + has exceeded the limit specific to the flash controller + * flash-timeout-exceeded - the flash strobe was still on when + the timeout set by the user has expired; not all flash + controllers may set this in all such conditions + * controller-over-temperature - the flash controller has + overheated + * controller-short-circuit - the short circuit protection + of the flash controller has been triggered + * led-power-supply-over-current - current in the LED power + supply has exceeded the limit specific to the flash + controller + * indicator-led-fault - the flash controller has detected + a short or open circuit condition on the indicator LED + * led-under-voltage - flash controller voltage to the flash + LED has been below the minimum limit specific to + the flash + * controller-under-voltage - the input voltage of the flash + controller is below the limit under which strobing the + flash at full current will not be possible; + the condition persists until this flag is no longer set + * led-over-temperature - the temperature of the LED has exceeded + its allowed upper limit diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e4fae6026 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-leds-gt683r @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/gt683r/mode +Date: Jun 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Janne Kanniainen <janne.kanniainen@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the mode of LEDs. You should notice that changing the mode + of one LED will update the mode of its two sibling devices as + well. + + 0 - normal + 1 - audio + 2 - breathing + + Normal: LEDs are fully on when enabled + Audio: LEDs brightness depends on sound level + Breathing: LEDs brightness varies at human breathing rate
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei new file mode 100644 index 000000000..80d9888a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +What: /sys/class/mei/ +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: + The mei/ class sub-directory belongs to mei device class + + +What: /sys/class/mei/meiN/ +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/mei/meiN directory is created for + each probed mei device + +What: /sys/class/mei/meiN/fw_status +Date: Nov 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> +Description: Display fw status registers content + + The ME FW writes its status information into fw status + registers for BIOS and OS to monitor fw health. + + The register contains running state, power management + state, error codes, and others. The way the registers + are decoded depends on PCH or SoC generation. + Also number of registers varies between 1 and 6 + depending on generation. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic.txt b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..13f48afc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mic.txt @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +What: /sys/class/mic/ +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> +Description: + The mic class directory belongs to Intel MIC devices and + provides information per MIC device. An Intel MIC device is a + PCIe form factor add-in Coprocessor card based on the Intel Many + Integrated Core (MIC) architecture that runs a Linux OS. + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x) +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> +Description: + The directories /sys/class/mic/mic0, /sys/class/mic/mic1 etc., + represent MIC devices (0,1,..etc). Each directory has + information specific to that MIC device. + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/family +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> +Description: + Provides information about the Coprocessor family for an Intel + MIC device. For example - "x100" + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/stepping +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> +Description: + Provides information about the silicon stepping for an Intel + MIC device. For example - "A0" or "B0" + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/state +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> +Description: + When read, this entry provides the current state of an Intel + MIC device in the context of the card OS. Possible values that + will be read are: + "offline" - The MIC device is ready to boot the card OS. On + reading this entry after an OSPM resume, a "boot" has to be + written to this entry if the card was previously shutdown + during OSPM suspend. + "online" - The MIC device has initiated booting a card OS. + "shutting_down" - The card OS is shutting down. + "reset_failed" - The MIC device has failed to reset. + "suspending" - The MIC device is currently being prepared for + suspend. On reading this entry, a "suspend" has to be written + to the state sysfs entry to ensure the card is shutdown during + OSPM suspend. + "suspended" - The MIC device has been suspended. + + When written, this sysfs entry triggers different state change + operations depending upon the current state of the card OS. + Acceptable values are: + "boot" - Boot the card OS image specified by the combination + of firmware, ramdisk, cmdline and bootmode + sysfs entries. + "reset" - Initiates device reset. + "shutdown" - Initiates card OS shutdown. + "suspend" - Initiates card OS shutdown and also marks the card + as suspended. + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/shutdown_status +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> +Description: + An Intel MIC device runs a Linux OS during its operation. This + OS can shutdown because of various reasons. When read, this + entry provides the status on why the card OS was shutdown. + Possible values are: + "nop" - shutdown status is not applicable, when the card OS is + "online" + "crashed" - Shutdown because of a HW or SW crash. + "halted" - Shutdown because of a halt command. + "poweroff" - Shutdown because of a poweroff command. + "restart" - Shutdown because of a restart command. + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/cmdline +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> +Description: + An Intel MIC device runs a Linux OS during its operation. Before + booting this card OS, it is possible to pass kernel command line + options to configure various features in it, similar to + self-bootable machines. When read, this entry provides + information about the current kernel command line options set to + boot the card OS. This entry can be written to change the + existing kernel command line options. Typically, the user would + want to read the current command line options, append new ones + or modify existing ones and then write the whole kernel command + line back to this entry. + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/firmware +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> +Description: + When read, this sysfs entry provides the path name under + /lib/firmware/ where the firmware image to be booted on the + card can be found. The entry can be written to change the + firmware image location under /lib/firmware/. + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/ramdisk +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> +Description: + When read, this sysfs entry provides the path name under + /lib/firmware/ where the ramdisk image to be used during card + OS boot can be found. The entry can be written to change + the ramdisk image location under /lib/firmware/. + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/bootmode +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> +Description: + When read, this sysfs entry provides the current bootmode for + the card. This sysfs entry can be written with the following + valid strings: + a) linux - Boot a Linux image. + b) elf - Boot an elf image for flash updates. + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/log_buf_addr +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> +Description: + An Intel MIC device runs a Linux OS during its operation. For + debugging purpose and early kernel boot messages, the user can + access the card OS log buffer via debugfs. When read, this entry + provides the kernel virtual address of the buffer where the card + OS log buffer can be read. This entry is written by the host + configuration daemon to set the log buffer address. The correct + log buffer address to be written can be found in the System.map + file of the card OS. + +What: /sys/class/mic/mic(x)/log_buf_len +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com> +Description: + An Intel MIC device runs a Linux OS during its operation. For + debugging purpose and early kernel boot messages, the user can + access the card OS log buffer via debugfs. When read, this entry + provides the kernel virtual address where the card OS log buffer + length can be read. This entry is written by host configuration + daemon to set the log buffer length address. The correct log + buffer length address to be written can be found in the + System.map file of the card OS. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3b5c3bca9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd @@ -0,0 +1,234 @@ +What: /sys/class/mtd/ +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + The mtd/ class subdirectory belongs to the MTD subsystem + (MTD core). + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/ +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + The /sys/class/mtd/mtd{0,1,2,3,...} directories correspond + to each /dev/mtdX character device. These may represent + physical/simulated flash devices, partitions on a flash + device, or concatenated flash devices. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdXro/ +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + These directories provide the corresponding read-only device + nodes for /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/ . + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/dev +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + Major and minor numbers of the character device corresponding + to this MTD device (in <major>:<minor> format). This is the + read-write device so <minor> will be even. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdXro/dev +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + Major and minor numbers of the character device corresponding + to the read-only variant of thie MTD device (in + <major>:<minor> format). In this case <minor> will be odd. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/erasesize +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + "Major" erase size for the device. If numeraseregions is + zero, this is the eraseblock size for the entire device. + Otherwise, the MEMGETREGIONCOUNT/MEMGETREGIONINFO ioctls + can be used to determine the actual eraseblock layout. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/flags +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + A hexadecimal value representing the device flags, ORed + together: + + 0x0400: MTD_WRITEABLE - device is writable + 0x0800: MTD_BIT_WRITEABLE - single bits can be flipped + 0x1000: MTD_NO_ERASE - no erase necessary + 0x2000: MTD_POWERUP_LOCK - always locked after reset + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/name +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + A human-readable ASCII name for the device or partition. + This will match the name in /proc/mtd . + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/numeraseregions +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + For devices that have variable eraseblock sizes, this + provides the total number of erase regions. Otherwise, + it will read back as zero. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/oobsize +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + Number of OOB bytes per page. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/size +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + Total size of the device/partition, in bytes. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/type +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + One of the following ASCII strings, representing the device + type: + + absent, ram, rom, nor, nand, mlc-nand, dataflash, ubi, unknown + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/writesize +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + Minimal writable flash unit size. This will always be + a positive integer. + + In the case of NOR flash it is 1 (even though individual + bits can be cleared). + + In the case of NAND flash it is one NAND page (or a + half page, or a quarter page). + + In the case of ECC NOR, it is the ECC block size. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/ecc_strength +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + Maximum number of bit errors that the device is capable of + correcting within each region covering an ECC step (see + ecc_step_size). This will always be a non-negative integer. + + In the case of devices lacking any ECC capability, it is 0. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/bitflip_threshold +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + This allows the user to examine and adjust the criteria by which + mtd returns -EUCLEAN from mtd_read() and mtd_read_oob(). If the + maximum number of bit errors that were corrected on any single + region comprising an ecc step (as reported by the driver) equals + or exceeds this value, -EUCLEAN is returned. Otherwise, absent + an error, 0 is returned. Higher layers (e.g., UBI) use this + return code as an indication that an erase block may be + degrading and should be scrutinized as a candidate for being + marked as bad. + + The initial value may be specified by the flash device driver. + If not, then the default value is ecc_strength. + + The introduction of this feature brings a subtle change to the + meaning of the -EUCLEAN return code. Previously, it was + interpreted to mean simply "one or more bit errors were + corrected". Its new interpretation can be phrased as "a + dangerously high number of bit errors were corrected on one or + more regions comprising an ecc step". The precise definition of + "dangerously high" can be adjusted by the user with + bitflip_threshold. Users are discouraged from doing this, + however, unless they know what they are doing and have intimate + knowledge of the properties of their device. Broadly speaking, + bitflip_threshold should be low enough to detect genuine erase + block degradation, but high enough to avoid the consequences of + a persistent return value of -EUCLEAN on devices where sticky + bitflips occur. Note that if bitflip_threshold exceeds + ecc_strength, -EUCLEAN is never returned by the read operations. + Conversely, if bitflip_threshold is zero, -EUCLEAN is always + returned, absent a hard error. + + This is generally applicable only to NAND flash devices with ECC + capability. It is ignored on devices lacking ECC capability; + i.e., devices for which ecc_strength is zero. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/ecc_step_size +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.10 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + The size of a single region covered by ECC, known as the ECC + step. Devices may have several equally sized ECC steps within + each writesize region. + + It will always be a non-negative integer. In the case of + devices lacking any ECC capability, it is 0. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/ecc_failures +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + The number of failures reported by this device's ECC. Typically, + these failures are associated with failed read operations. + + It will always be a non-negative integer. In the case of + devices lacking any ECC capability, it is 0. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/corrected_bits +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + The number of bits that have been corrected by means of the + device's ECC. + + It will always be a non-negative integer. In the case of + devices lacking any ECC capability, it is 0. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/bad_blocks +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + The number of blocks marked as bad, if any, in this partition. + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/bbt_blocks +Date: June 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + The number of blocks that are marked as reserved, if any, in + this partition. These are typically used to store the in-flash + bad block table (BBT). + +What: /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/offset +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.1 +Contact: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org +Description: + For a partition, the offset of that partition from the start + of the master device in bytes. This attribute is absent on + main devices, so it can be used to distinguish between + partitions and devices that aren't partitions. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5ecfd72ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net @@ -0,0 +1,234 @@ +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/name_assign_type +Date: July 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the name assignment type. Possible values are: + 1: enumerated by the kernel, possibly in an unpredictable way + 2: predictably named by the kernel + 3: named by userspace + 4: renamed + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/addr_assign_type +Date: July 2010 +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the address assignment type. Possible values are: + 0: permanent address + 1: randomly generated + 2: stolen from another device + 3: set using dev_set_mac_address + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/addr_len +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the hardware address size in bytes. + Values vary based on the lower-level protocol used by the + interface (Ethernet, FDDI, ATM, IEEE 802.15.4...). See + include/uapi/linux/if_*.h for actual values. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/address +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware address currently assigned to this interface. + Format is a string, e.g: 00:11:22:33:44:55 for an Ethernet MAC + address. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/broadcast +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware broadcast address for this interface. Format is a + string, e.g: ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff for an Ethernet broadcast MAC + address. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/carrier +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the current physical link state of the interface. + Posssible values are: + 0: physical link is down + 1: physical link is up + + Note: some special devices, e.g: bonding and team drivers will + allow this attribute to be written to force a link state for + operating correctly and designating another fallback interface. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/dev_id +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the device unique identifier. Format is an hexadecimal + value. This is used to disambiguate interfaces which might be + stacked (e.g: VLAN interfaces) but still have the same MAC + address as their parent device. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/dormant +Date: March 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates whether the interface is in dormant state. Possible + values are: + 0: interface is not dormant + 1: interface is dormant + + This attribute can be used by supplicant software to signal that + the device is not usable unless some supplicant-based + authentication is performed (e.g: 802.1x). 'link_mode' attribute + will also reflect the dormant state. + +What: /sys/clas/net/<iface>/duplex +Date: October 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.33 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface latest or current duplex value. Possible + values are: + half: half duplex + full: full duplex + + Note: This attribute is only valid for interfaces that implement + the ethtool get_settings method (mostly Ethernet). + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/flags +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface flags as a bitmask in hexadecimal. See + include/uapi/linux/if.h for a list of all possible values and + the flags semantics. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/ifalias +Date: September 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.28 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates/stores an interface alias name as a string. This can + be used for system management purposes. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/ifindex +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the system-wide interface unique index identifier as a + decimal number. This attribute is used for mapping an interface + identifier to an interface name. It is used throughout the + networking stack for specifying the interface specific + requests/events. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/iflink +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the system-wide interface unique index identifier a + the interface is linked to. Format is decimal. This attribute is + used to resolve interfaces chaining, linking and stacking. + Physical interfaces have the same 'ifindex' and 'iflink' values. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/link_mode +Date: March 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface link mode, as a decimal number. This + attribute should be used in conjunction with 'dormant' attribute + to determine the interface usability. Possible values: + 0: default link mode + 1: dormant link mode + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/mtu +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface currently configured MTU value, in + bytes, and in decimal format. Specific values depends on the + lower-level interface protocol used. Ethernet devices will show + a 'mtu' attribute value of 1500 unless changed. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/netdev_group +Date: January 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface network device group, as a decimal + integer. Default value is 0 which corresponds to the initial + network devices group. The group can be changed to affect + routing decisions (see: net/ipv4/fib_rules and + net/ipv6/fib6_rules.c). + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/operstate +Date: March 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.17 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface RFC2863 operational state as a string. + Possible values are: + "unknown", "notpresent", "down", "lowerlayerdown", "testing", + "dormant", "up". + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/phys_port_id +Date: July 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface unique physical port identifier within + the NIC, as a string. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/phys_port_name +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface physical port name within the NIC, + as a string. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/speed +Date: October 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.33 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface latest or current speed value. Value is + an integer representing the link speed in Mbits/sec. + + Note: this attribute is only valid for interfaces that implement + the ethtool get_settings method (mostly Ethernet ). + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/tx_queue_len +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface transmit queue len in number of packets, + as an integer value. Value depend on the type of interface, + Ethernet network adapters have a default value of 1000 unless + configured otherwise + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/type +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the interface protocol type as a decimal value. See + include/uapi/linux/if_arp.h for all possible values. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/phys_switch_id +Date: November 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the unique physical switch identifier of a switch this + port belongs to, as a string. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-batman-adv b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-batman-adv new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f34a95bb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-batman-adv @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/batman-adv/iface_status +Date: May 2010 +Contact: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch> +Description: + Indicates the status of <iface> as it is seen by batman. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/batman-adv/mesh_iface +Date: May 2010 +Contact: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch> +Description: + The /sys/class/net/<iface>/batman-adv/mesh_iface file + displays the batman mesh interface this <iface> + currently is associated with. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-cdc_ncm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-cdc_ncm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5cedf72df --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-cdc_ncm @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/min_tx_pkt +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + The driver will pad NCM Transfer Blocks (NTBs) longer + than this to tx_max, allowing the device to receive + tx_max sized frames with no terminating short + packet. NTBs shorter than this limit are transmitted + as-is, without any padding, and are terminated with a + short USB packet. + + Padding to tx_max allows the driver to transmit NTBs + back-to-back without any interleaving short USB + packets. This reduces the number of short packet + interrupts in the device, and represents a tradeoff + between USB bus bandwidth and device DMA optimization. + + Set to 0 to pad all frames. Set greater than tx_max to + disable all padding. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/rx_max +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + The maximum NTB size for RX. Cannot exceed the + maximum value supported by the device. Must allow at + least one max sized datagram plus headers. + + The actual limits are device dependent. See + dwNtbInMaxSize. + + Note: Some devices will silently ignore changes to + this value, resulting in oversized NTBs and + corresponding framing errors. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/tx_max +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + The maximum NTB size for TX. Cannot exceed the + maximum value supported by the device. Must allow at + least one max sized datagram plus headers. + + The actual limits are device dependent. See + dwNtbOutMaxSize. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/tx_timer_usecs +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + Datagram aggregation timeout in µs. The driver will + wait up to 3 times this timeout for more datagrams to + aggregate before transmitting an NTB frame. + + Valid range: 5 to 4000000 + + Set to 0 to disable aggregation. + +The following read-only attributes all represent fields of the +structure defined in section 6.2.1 "GetNtbParameters" of "Universal +Serial Bus Communications Class Subclass Specifications for Network +Control Model Devices" (CDC NCM), Revision 1.0 (Errata 1), November +24, 2010 from USB Implementers Forum, Inc. The descriptions are +quoted from table 6-3 of CDC NCM: "NTB Parameter Structure". + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/bmNtbFormatsSupported +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + Bit 0: 16-bit NTB supported (set to 1) + Bit 1: 32-bit NTB supported + Bits 2 – 15: reserved (reset to zero; must be ignored by host) + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/dwNtbInMaxSize +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + IN NTB Maximum Size in bytes + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNdpInDivisor +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + Divisor used for IN NTB Datagram payload alignment + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNdpInPayloadRemainder +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + Remainder used to align input datagram payload within + the NTB: (Payload Offset) mod (wNdpInDivisor) = + wNdpInPayloadRemainder + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNdpInAlignment +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + NDP alignment modulus for NTBs on the IN pipe. Shall + be a power of 2, and shall be at least 4. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/dwNtbOutMaxSize +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + OUT NTB Maximum Size + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNdpOutDivisor +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + OUT NTB Datagram alignment modulus + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNdpOutPayloadRemainder +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + Remainder used to align output datagram payload + offsets within the NTB: Padding, shall be transmitted + as zero by function, and ignored by host. (Payload + Offset) mod (wNdpOutDivisor) = wNdpOutPayloadRemainder + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNdpOutAlignment +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + NDP alignment modulus for use in NTBs on the OUT + pipe. Shall be a power of 2, and shall be at least 4. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/cdc_ncm/wNtbOutMaxDatagrams +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> +Description: + Maximum number of datagrams that the host may pack + into a single OUT NTB. Zero means that the device + imposes no limit. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-grcan b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-grcan new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f418c92ca --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-grcan @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/grcan/enable0 +Date: October 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: Andreas Larsson <andreas@gaisler.com> +Description: + Hardware configuration of physical interface 0. This file reads + and writes the "Enable 0" bit of the configuration register. + Possible values: 0 or 1. See the GRCAN chapter of the GRLIB IP + core library documentation for details. The default value is 0 + or set by the module parameter grcan.enable0 and can be read at + /sys/module/grcan/parameters/enable0. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/grcan/enable1 +Date: October 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: Andreas Larsson <andreas@gaisler.com> +Description: + Hardware configuration of physical interface 1. This file reads + and writes the "Enable 1" bit of the configuration register. + Possible values: 0 or 1. See the GRCAN chapter of the GRLIB IP + core library documentation for details. The default value is 0 + or set by the module parameter grcan.enable1 and can be read at + /sys/module/grcan/parameters/enable1. + +What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/grcan/select +Date: October 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: Andreas Larsson <andreas@gaisler.com> +Description: + Configuration of which physical interface to be used. Possible + values: 0 or 1. See the GRCAN chapter of the GRLIB IP core + library documentation for details. The default value is 0 or is + set by the module parameter grcan.select and can be read at + /sys/module/grcan/parameters/select. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c46406296 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ + +What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/aggregated_ogms +Date: May 2010 +Contact: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch> +Description: + Indicates whether the batman protocol messages of the + mesh <mesh_iface> shall be aggregated or not. + +What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/<vlan_subdir>/ap_isolation +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com> +Description: + Indicates whether the data traffic going from a + wireless client to another wireless client will be + silently dropped. <vlan_subdir> is empty when referring + to the untagged lan. + +What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/bonding +Date: June 2010 +Contact: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de> +Description: + Indicates whether the data traffic going through the + mesh will be sent using multiple interfaces at the + same time (if available). + +What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/bridge_loop_avoidance +Date: November 2011 +Contact: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de> +Description: + Indicates whether the bridge loop avoidance feature + is enabled. This feature detects and avoids loops + between the mesh and devices bridged with the soft + interface <mesh_iface>. + +What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/fragmentation +Date: October 2010 +Contact: Andreas Langer <an.langer@gmx.de> +Description: + Indicates whether the data traffic going through the + mesh will be fragmented or silently discarded if the + packet size exceeds the outgoing interface MTU. + +What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/gw_bandwidth +Date: October 2010 +Contact: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch> +Description: + Defines the bandwidth which is propagated by this + node if gw_mode was set to 'server'. + +What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/gw_mode +Date: October 2010 +Contact: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch> +Description: + Defines the state of the gateway features. Can be + either 'off', 'client' or 'server'. + +What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/gw_sel_class +Date: October 2010 +Contact: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch> +Description: + Defines the selection criteria this node will use + to choose a gateway if gw_mode was set to 'client'. + +What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/hop_penalty +Date: Oct 2010 +Contact: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@web.de> +Description: + Defines the penalty which will be applied to an + originator message's tq-field on every hop. + +What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/isolation_mark +Date: Nov 2013 +Contact: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com> +Description: + Defines the isolation mark (and its bitmask) which + is used to classify clients as "isolated" by the + Extended Isolation feature. + +What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/multicast_mode +Date: Feb 2014 +Contact: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@web.de> +Description: + Indicates whether multicast optimizations are enabled + or disabled. If set to zero then all nodes in the + mesh are going to use classic flooding for any + multicast packet with no optimizations. + +What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/network_coding +Date: Nov 2012 +Contact: Martin Hundeboll <martin@hundeboll.net> +Description: + Controls whether Network Coding (using some magic + to send fewer wifi packets but still the same + content) is enabled or not. + +What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/orig_interval +Date: May 2010 +Contact: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch> +Description: + Defines the interval in milliseconds in which batman + sends its protocol messages. + +What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/routing_algo +Date: Dec 2011 +Contact: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch> +Description: + Defines the routing procotol this mesh instance + uses to find the optimal paths through the mesh. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-queues b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-queues new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0c0df91b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-queues @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/rx-<queue>/rps_cpus +Date: March 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Mask of the CPU(s) currently enabled to participate into the + Receive Packet Steering packet processing flow for this + network device queue. Possible values depend on the number + of available CPU(s) in the system. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/rx-<queue>/rps_flow_cnt +Date: April 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Number of Receive Packet Steering flows being currently + processed by this particular network device receive queue. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/tx_timeout +Date: November 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of transmit timeout events seen by this + network interface transmit queue. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/tx_maxrate +Date: March 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.1 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A Mbps max-rate set for the queue, a value of zero means disabled, + default is disabled. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/xps_cpus +Date: November 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Mask of the CPU(s) currently enabled to participate into the + Transmit Packet Steering packet processing flow for this + network device transmit queue. Possible vaules depend on the + number of available CPU(s) in the system. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/byte_queue_limits/hold_time +Date: November 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the hold time in milliseconds to measure the slack + of this particular network device transmit queue. + Default value is 1000. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/byte_queue_limits/inflight +Date: November 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of bytes (objects) in flight on this + network device transmit queue. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/byte_queue_limits/limit +Date: November 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the current limit of bytes allowed to be queued + on this network device transmit queue. This value is clamped + to be within the bounds defined by limit_max and limit_min. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/byte_queue_limits/limit_max +Date: November 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the absolute maximum limit of bytes allowed to be + queued on this network device transmit queue. See + include/linux/dynamic_queue_limits.h for the default value. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/queues/tx-<queue>/byte_queue_limits/limit_min +Date: November 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the absolute minimum limit of bytes allowed to be + queued on this network device transmit queue. Default value is + 0. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-statistics b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-statistics new file mode 100644 index 000000000..397118de7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-statistics @@ -0,0 +1,201 @@ +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/collisions +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of collisions seen by this network device. + This value might not be relevant with all MAC layers. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/multicast +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of multicast packets received by this + network device. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_bytes +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of bytes received by this network device. + See the network driver for the exact meaning of when this + value is incremented. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_compressed +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of compressed packets received by this + network device. This value might only be relevant for interfaces + that support packet compression (e.g: PPP). + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_crc_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets received with a CRC (FCS) error + by this network device. Note that the specific meaning might + depend on the MAC layer used by the interface. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_dropped +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets received by the network device + but dropped, that are not forwarded to the upper layers for + packet processing. See the network driver for the exact + meaning of this value. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_fifo_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of receive FIFO errors seen by this + network device. See the network driver for the exact + meaning of this value. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_frame_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of received frames with error, such as + alignment errors. Note that the specific meaning depends on + on the MAC layer protocol used. See the network driver for + the exact meaning of this value. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_length_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of received error packet with a length + error, oversized or undersized. See the network driver for the + exact meaning of this value. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_missed_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of received packets that have been missed + due to lack of capacity in the receive side. See the network + driver for the exact meaning of this value. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_over_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of received packets that are oversized + compared to what the network device is configured to accept + (e.g: larger than MTU). See the network driver for the exact + meaning of this value. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/rx_packets +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the total number of good packets received by this + network device. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_aborted_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets that have been aborted + during transmission by a network device (e.g: because of + a medium collision). See the network driver for the exact + meaning of this value. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_bytes +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of bytes transmitted by a network + device. See the network driver for the exact meaning of this + value, in particular whether this accounts for all successfully + transmitted packets or all packets that have been queued for + transmission. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_carrier_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets that could not be transmitted + because of carrier errors (e.g: physical link down). See the + network driver for the exact meaning of this value. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_compressed +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of transmitted compressed packets. Note + this might only be relevant for devices that support + compression (e.g: PPP). + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_dropped +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets dropped during transmission. + See the driver for the exact reasons as to why the packets were + dropped. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets in error during transmission by + a network device. See the driver for the exact reasons as to + why the packets were dropped. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_fifo_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets having caused a transmit + FIFO error. See the driver for the exact reasons as to why the + packets were dropped. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_heartbeat_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets transmitted that have been + reported as heartbeat errors. See the driver for the exact + reasons as to why the packets were dropped. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_packets +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets transmitted by a network + device. See the driver for whether this reports the number of all + attempted or successful transmissions. + +What: /sys/class/<iface>/statistics/tx_window_errors +Date: April 2005 +KernelVersion: 2.6.12 +Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Indicates the number of packets not successfully transmitted + due to a window collision. The specific meaning depends on the + MAC layer used. On Ethernet this is usually used to report + late collisions errors. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b1c3f0263 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/ +Date: Oct. 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.20 +Contact: Thomas Maier <balagi@justmail.de> +Description: + +sysfs interface +--------------- + +The pktcdvd module (packet writing driver) creates +these files in the sysfs: +(<devid> is in format major:minor ) + +/sys/class/pktcdvd/ + add (0200) Write a block device id (major:minor) + to create a new pktcdvd device and map + it to the block device. + + remove (0200) Write the pktcdvd device id (major:minor) + to it to remove the pktcdvd device. + + device_map (0444) Shows the device mapping in format: + pktcdvd[0-7] <pktdevid> <blkdevid> + +/sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/ + dev (0444) Device id + uevent (0200) To send an uevent. + +/sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/stat/ + packets_started (0444) Number of started packets. + packets_finished (0444) Number of finished packets. + + kb_written (0444) kBytes written. + kb_read (0444) kBytes read. + kb_read_gather (0444) kBytes read to fill write packets. + + reset (0200) Write any value to it to reset + pktcdvd device statistic values, like + bytes read/written. + +/sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/write_queue/ + size (0444) Contains the size of the bio write + queue. + + congestion_off (0644) If bio write queue size is below + this mark, accept new bio requests + from the block layer. + + congestion_on (0644) If bio write queue size is higher + as this mark, do no longer accept + bio write requests from the block + layer and wait till the pktcdvd + device has processed enough bio's + so that bio write queue size is + below congestion off mark. + A value of <= 0 disables congestion + control. + + +Example: +-------- +To use the pktcdvd sysfs interface directly, you can do: + +# create a new pktcdvd device mapped to /dev/hdc +echo "22:0" >/sys/class/pktcdvd/add +cat /sys/class/pktcdvd/device_map +# assuming device pktcdvd0 was created, look at stat's +cat /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd0/stat/kb_written +# print the device id of the mapped block device +fgrep pktcdvd0 /sys/class/pktcdvd/device_map +# remove device, using pktcdvd0 device id 253:0 +echo "253:0" >/sys/class/pktcdvd/remove diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power new file mode 100644 index 000000000..369d2a2d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +What: /sys/class/power/ds2760-battery.*/charge_now +Date: May 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: Daniel Mack <daniel@caiaq.de> +Description: + This file is writeable and can be used to set the current + coloumb counter value inside the battery monitor chip. This + is needed for unavoidable corrections of aging batteries. + A userspace daemon can monitor the battery charging logic + and once the counter drops out of considerable bounds, take + appropriate action. + +What: /sys/class/power/ds2760-battery.*/charge_full +Date: May 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: Daniel Mack <daniel@caiaq.de> +Description: + This file is writeable and can be used to set the assumed + battery 'full level'. As batteries age, this value has to be + amended over time. + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/max14577-charger/device/fast_charge_timer +Date: October 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.18.0 +Contact: Krzysztof Kozlowski <k.kozlowski@samsung.com> +Description: + This entry shows and sets the maximum time the max14577 + charger operates in fast-charge mode. When the timer expires + the device will terminate fast-charge mode (charging current + will drop to 0 A) and will trigger interrupt. + + Valid values: + - 5, 6 or 7 (hours), + - 0: disabled. + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/max77693-charger/device/fast_charge_timer +Date: January 2015 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: Krzysztof Kozlowski <k.kozlowski@samsung.com> +Description: + This entry shows and sets the maximum time the max77693 + charger operates in fast-charge mode. When the timer expires + the device will terminate fast-charge mode (charging current + will drop to 0 A) and will trigger interrupt. + + Valid values: + - 4 - 16 (hours), step by 2 (rounded down) + - 0: disabled. + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/max77693-charger/device/top_off_threshold_current +Date: January 2015 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: Krzysztof Kozlowski <k.kozlowski@samsung.com> +Description: + This entry shows and sets the charging current threshold for + entering top-off charging mode. When charging current in fast + charge mode drops below this value, the charger will trigger + interrupt and start top-off charging mode. + + Valid values: + - 100000 - 200000 (microamps), step by 25000 (rounded down) + - 200000 - 350000 (microamps), step by 50000 (rounded down) + - 0: disabled. + +What: /sys/class/power_supply/max77693-charger/device/top_off_timer +Date: January 2015 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: Krzysztof Kozlowski <k.kozlowski@samsung.com> +Description: + This entry shows and sets the maximum time the max77693 + charger operates in top-off charge mode. When the timer expires + the device will terminate top-off charge mode (charging current + will drop to 0 A) and will trigger interrupt. + + Valid values: + - 0 - 70 (minutes), step by 10 (rounded down) diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-powercap b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-powercap new file mode 100644 index 000000000..db3b3ff70 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-powercap @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +What: /sys/class/powercap/ +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The powercap/ class sub directory belongs to the power cap + subsystem. Refer to + Documentation/power/powercap/powercap.txt for details. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/<control type> +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A <control type> is a unique name under /sys/class/powercap. + Here <control type> determines how the power is going to be + controlled. A <control type> can contain multiple power zones. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/<control type>/enabled +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This allows to enable/disable power capping for a "control type". + This status affects every power zone using this "control_type. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/<control type>/<power zone> +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A power zone is a single or a collection of devices, which can + be independently monitored and controlled. A power zone sysfs + entry is qualified with the name of the <control type>. + E.g. intel-rapl:0:1:1. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/<control type>/<power zone>/<child power zone> +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Power zones may be organized in a hierarchy in which child + power zones provide monitoring and control for a subset of + devices under the parent. For example, if there is a parent + power zone for a whole CPU package, each CPU core in it can + be a child power zone. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/name +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the name of this power zone. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/energy_uj +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Current energy counter in micro-joules. Write "0" to reset. + If the counter can not be reset, then this attribute is + read-only. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/max_energy_range_uj +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Range of the above energy counter in micro-joules. + + +What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/power_uw +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Current power in micro-watts. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/max_power_range_uw +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Range of the above power value in micro-watts. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/constraint_X_name +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Each power zone can define one or more constraints. Each + constraint can have an optional name. Here "X" can have values + from 0 to max integer. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/constraint_X_power_limit_uw +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Power limit in micro-watts should be applicable for + the time window specified by "constraint_X_time_window_us". + Here "X" can have values from 0 to max integer. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/constraint_X_time_window_us +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Time window in micro seconds. This is used along with + constraint_X_power_limit_uw to define a power constraint. + Here "X" can have values from 0 to max integer. + + +What: /sys/class/powercap/<control type>/.../constraint_X_max_power_uw +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Maximum allowed power in micro watts for this constraint. + Here "X" can have values from 0 to max integer. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/<control type>/.../constraint_X_min_power_uw +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Minimum allowed power in micro watts for this constraint. + Here "X" can have values from 0 to max integer. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/constraint_X_max_time_window_us +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Maximum allowed time window in micro seconds for this + constraint. Here "X" can have values from 0 to max integer. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/constraint_X_min_time_window_us +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Minimum allowed time window in micro seconds for this + constraint. Here "X" can have values from 0 to max integer. + +What: /sys/class/powercap/.../<power zone>/enabled +Date: September 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description + This allows to enable/disable power capping at power zone level. + This applies to current power zone and its children. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pwm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pwm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c479d77b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pwm @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +What: /sys/class/pwm/ +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + The pwm/ class sub-directory belongs to the Generic PWM + Framework and provides a sysfs interface for using PWM + channels. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/ +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + A /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN directory is created for each + probed PWM controller/chip where N is the base of the + PWM chip. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/npwm +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + The number of PWM channels supported by the PWM chip. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/export +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + Exports a PWM channel from the PWM chip for sysfs control. + Value is between 0 and /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/npwm - 1. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/unexport +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + Unexports a PWM channel. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + A /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX directory is created for + each exported PWM channel where X is the exported PWM + channel number. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX/period +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + Sets the PWM signal period in nanoseconds. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX/duty_cycle +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + Sets the PWM signal duty cycle in nanoseconds. + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX/polarity +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + Sets the output polarity of the PWM signal to "normal" or + "inversed". + +What: /sys/class/pwm/pwmchipN/pwmX/enable +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com> +Description: + Enable/disable the PWM signal. + 0 is disabled + 1 is enabled diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b65674da4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rc @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +What: /sys/class/rc/ +Date: Apr 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com> +Description: + The rc/ class sub-directory belongs to the Remote Controller + core and provides a sysfs interface for configuring infrared + remote controller receivers. + +What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/ +Date: Apr 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com> +Description: + A /sys/class/rc/rcN directory is created for each remote + control receiver device where N is the number of the receiver. + +What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/protocols +Date: Jun 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.36 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com> +Description: + Reading this file returns a list of available protocols, + something like: + "rc5 [rc6] nec jvc [sony]" + Enabled protocols are shown in [] brackets. + Writing "+proto" will add a protocol to the list of enabled + protocols. + Writing "-proto" will remove a protocol from the list of enabled + protocols. + Writing "proto" will enable only "proto". + Writing "none" will disable all protocols. + Write fails with EINVAL if an invalid protocol combination or + unknown protocol name is used. + +What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/filter +Date: Jan 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com> +Description: + Sets the scancode filter expected value. + Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/filter_mask to set the + expected value of the bits set in the filter mask. + If the hardware supports it then scancodes which do not match + the filter will be ignored. Otherwise the write will fail with + an error. + This value may be reset to 0 if the current protocol is altered. + +What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/filter_mask +Date: Jan 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com> +Description: + Sets the scancode filter mask of bits to compare. + Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/filter to set the bits + of the scancode which should be compared against the expected + value. A value of 0 disables the filter to allow all valid + scancodes to be processed. + If the hardware supports it then scancodes which do not match + the filter will be ignored. Otherwise the write will fail with + an error. + This value may be reset to 0 if the current protocol is altered. + +What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_protocols +Date: Feb 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com> +Description: + Reading this file returns a list of available protocols to use + for the wakeup filter, something like: + "rc5 rc6 nec jvc [sony]" + The enabled wakeup protocol is shown in [] brackets. + Writing "+proto" will add a protocol to the list of enabled + wakeup protocols. + Writing "-proto" will remove a protocol from the list of enabled + wakeup protocols. + Writing "proto" will use "proto" for wakeup events. + Writing "none" will disable wakeup. + Write fails with EINVAL if an invalid protocol combination or + unknown protocol name is used, or if wakeup is not supported by + the hardware. + +What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter +Date: Jan 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com> +Description: + Sets the scancode wakeup filter expected value. + Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter_mask to + set the expected value of the bits set in the wakeup filter mask + to trigger a system wake event. + If the hardware supports it and wakeup_filter_mask is not 0 then + scancodes which match the filter will wake the system from e.g. + suspend to RAM or power off. + Otherwise the write will fail with an error. + This value may be reset to 0 if the wakeup protocol is altered. + +What: /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter_mask +Date: Jan 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com> +Description: + Sets the scancode wakeup filter mask of bits to compare. + Use in combination with /sys/class/rc/rcN/wakeup_filter to set + the bits of the scancode which should be compared against the + expected value to trigger a system wake event. + If the hardware supports it and wakeup_filter_mask is not 0 then + scancodes which match the filter will wake the system from e.g. + suspend to RAM or power off. + Otherwise the write will fail with an error. + This value may be reset to 0 if the wakeup protocol is altered. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bc578bc60 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator @@ -0,0 +1,372 @@ +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../state +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + state. This reports the regulator enable control, for + regulators which can report that input value. + + This will be one of the following strings: + + 'enabled' + 'disabled' + 'unknown' + + 'enabled' means the regulator output is ON and is supplying + power to the system (assuming no error prevents it). + + 'disabled' means the regulator output is OFF and is not + supplying power to the system (unless some non-Linux + control has enabled it). + + 'unknown' means software cannot determine the state, or + the reported state is invalid. + + NOTE: this field can be used in conjunction with microvolts + or microamps to determine configured regulator output levels. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../status +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + "status". This reports the current regulator status, for + regulators which can report that output value. + + This will be one of the following strings: + + off + on + error + fast + normal + idle + standby + + "off" means the regulator is not supplying power to the + system. + + "on" means the regulator is supplying power to the system, + and the regulator can't report a detailed operation mode. + + "error" indicates an out-of-regulation status such as being + disabled due to thermal shutdown, or voltage being unstable + because of problems with the input power supply. + + "fast", "normal", "idle", and "standby" are all detailed + regulator operation modes (described elsewhere). They + imply "on", but provide more detail. + + Note that regulator status is a function of many inputs, + not limited to control inputs from Linux. For example, + the actual load presented may trigger "error" status; or + a regulator may be enabled by another user, even though + Linux did not enable it. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../type +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Each regulator directory will contain a field called + type. This holds the regulator type. + + This will be one of the following strings: + + 'voltage' + 'current' + 'unknown' + + 'voltage' means the regulator output voltage can be controlled + by software. + + 'current' means the regulator output current limit can be + controlled by software. + + 'unknown' means software cannot control either voltage or + current limit. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../microvolts +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + microvolts. This holds the regulator output voltage setting + measured in microvolts (i.e. E-6 Volts), for regulators + which can report the control input for voltage. + + NOTE: This value should not be used to determine the regulator + output voltage level as this value is the same regardless of + whether the regulator is enabled or disabled. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../microamps +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + microamps. This holds the regulator output current limit + setting measured in microamps (i.e. E-6 Amps), for regulators + which can report the control input for a current limit. + + NOTE: This value should not be used to determine the regulator + output current level as this value is the same regardless of + whether the regulator is enabled or disabled. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../opmode +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + opmode. This holds the current regulator operating mode, + for regulators which can report that control input value. + + The opmode value can be one of the following strings: + + 'fast' + 'normal' + 'idle' + 'standby' + 'unknown' + + The modes are described in include/linux/regulator/consumer.h + + NOTE: This value should not be used to determine the regulator + output operating mode as this value is the same regardless of + whether the regulator is enabled or disabled. A "status" + attribute may be available to determine the actual mode. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../min_microvolts +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + min_microvolts. This holds the minimum safe working regulator + output voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts, + for regulators which support voltage constraints. + + NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if + the power domain has no min microvolts constraint defined by + platform code. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../max_microvolts +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + max_microvolts. This holds the maximum safe working regulator + output voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts, + for regulators which support voltage constraints. + + NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if + the power domain has no max microvolts constraint defined by + platform code. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../min_microamps +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + min_microamps. This holds the minimum safe working regulator + output current limit setting for this domain measured in + microamps, for regulators which support current constraints. + + NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if + the power domain has no min microamps constraint defined by + platform code. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../max_microamps +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + max_microamps. This holds the maximum safe working regulator + output current limit setting for this domain measured in + microamps, for regulators which support current constraints. + + NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if + the power domain has no max microamps constraint defined by + platform code. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../name +Date: October 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.28 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Each regulator directory will contain a field called + name. This holds a string identifying the regulator for + display purposes. + + NOTE: this will be empty if no suitable name is provided + by platform or regulator drivers. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../num_users +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Each regulator directory will contain a field called + num_users. This holds the number of consumer devices that + have called regulator_enable() on this regulator. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../requested_microamps +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + requested_microamps. This holds the total requested load + current in microamps for this regulator from all its consumer + devices. + + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../parent +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a link called parent. + This points to the parent or supply regulator if one exists. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_mem_microvolts +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + suspend_mem_microvolts. This holds the regulator output + voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts when + the system is suspended to memory, for voltage regulators + implementing suspend voltage configuration constraints. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_disk_microvolts +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + suspend_disk_microvolts. This holds the regulator output + voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts when + the system is suspended to disk, for voltage regulators + implementing suspend voltage configuration constraints. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_standby_microvolts +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + suspend_standby_microvolts. This holds the regulator output + voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts when + the system is suspended to standby, for voltage regulators + implementing suspend voltage configuration constraints. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_mem_mode +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + suspend_mem_mode. This holds the regulator operating mode + setting for this domain when the system is suspended to + memory, for regulators implementing suspend mode + configuration constraints. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_disk_mode +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + suspend_disk_mode. This holds the regulator operating mode + setting for this domain when the system is suspended to disk, + for regulators implementing suspend mode configuration + constraints. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_standby_mode +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + suspend_standby_mode. This holds the regulator operating mode + setting for this domain when the system is suspended to + standby, for regulators implementing suspend mode + configuration constraints. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_mem_state +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + suspend_mem_state. This holds the regulator operating state + when suspended to memory, for regulators implementing suspend + configuration constraints. + + This will be one of the same strings reported by + the "state" attribute. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_disk_state +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + suspend_disk_state. This holds the regulator operating state + when suspended to disk, for regulators implementing + suspend configuration constraints. + + This will be one of the same strings reported by + the "state" attribute. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_standby_state +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + suspend_standby_state. This holds the regulator operating + state when suspended to standby, for regulators implementing + suspend configuration constraints. + + This will be one of the same strings reported by + the "state" attribute. + +What: /sys/class/regulator/.../bypass +Date: September 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.7 +Contact: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com> +Description: + Some regulator directories will contain a field called + bypass. This indicates if the device is in bypass mode. + + This will be one of the following strings: + + 'enabled' + 'disabled' + 'unknown' + + 'enabled' means the regulator is in bypass mode. + + 'disabled' means that the regulator is regulating. + + 'unknown' means software cannot determine the state, or + the reported state is invalid. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4cf1e7222 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rtc-rtc0-device-rtc_calibration @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +What: Attribute for calibrating ST-Ericsson AB8500 Real Time Clock +Date: Oct 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.0 +Contact: Mark Godfrey <mark.godfrey@stericsson.com> +Description: The rtc_calibration attribute allows the userspace to + calibrate the AB8500.s 32KHz Real Time Clock. + Every 60 seconds the AB8500 will correct the RTC's value + by adding to it the value of this attribute. + The range of the attribute is -127 to +127 in units of + 30.5 micro-seconds (half-parts-per-million of the 32KHz clock) +Users: The /vendor/st-ericsson/base_utilities/core/rtc_calibration + daemon uses this interface. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0eb255e7d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-scsi_host @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/isci_id +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com> +Description: + This file contains the enumerated host ID for the Intel + SCU controller. The Intel(R) C600 Series Chipset SATA/SAS + Storage Control Unit embeds up to two 4-port controllers in + a single PCI device. The controllers are enumerated in order + which usually means the lowest number scsi_host corresponds + with the first controller, but this association is not + guaranteed. The 'isci_id' attribute unambiguously identifies + the controller index: '0' for the first controller, + '1' for the second. + +What: /sys/class/scsi_host/hostX/acciopath_status +Date: November 2013 +Contact: Stephen M. Cameron <scameron@beardog.cce.hp.com> +Description: This file contains the current status of the "SSD Smart Path" + feature of HP Smart Array RAID controllers using the hpsa + driver. SSD Smart Path, when enabled permits the driver to + send i/o requests directly to physical devices that are part + of a logical drive, bypassing the controllers firmware RAID + stack for a performance advantage when possible. A value of + '1' indicates the feature is enabled, and the controller may + use the direct i/o path to physical devices. A value of zero + means the feature is disabled and the controller may not use + the direct i/o path to physical devices. This setting is + controller wide, affecting all configured logical drives on the + controller. This file is readable and writable. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..85f4875d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc @@ -0,0 +1,159 @@ +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Interfaces for WiMedia Ultra Wideband Common Radio + Platform (UWB) radio controllers. + + Familiarity with the ECMA-368 'High Rate Ultra + Wideband MAC and PHY Specification' is assumed. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/beacon_timeout_ms +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Description: + If no beacons are received from a device for at least + this time, the device will be considered to have gone + and it will be removed. The default is 3 superframes + (~197 ms) as required by the specification. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/ +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + An individual UWB radio controller. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/beacon +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Write: + + <channel> + + to force a specific channel to be used when beaconing, + or, if <channel> is -1, to prohibit beaconing. If + <channel> is 0, then the default channel selection + algorithm will be used. Valid channels depends on the + radio controller's supported band groups. + + Reading returns the currently active channel, or -1 if + the radio controller is not beaconing. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/ASIE +Date: August 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.18 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + + The application-specific information element (ASIE) + included in this device's beacon, in space separated + hex octets. + + Reading returns the current ASIE. Writing replaces + the current ASIE with the one written. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/scan +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Write: + + <channel> <type> [<bpst offset>] + + to start (or stop) scanning on a channel. <type> is one of: + 0 - scan + 1 - scan outside BP + 2 - scan while inactive + 3 - scanning disabled + 4 - scan (with start time of <bpst offset>) + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/mac_address +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The EUI-48, in colon-separated hex octets, for this + radio controller. A write will change the radio + controller's EUI-48 but only do so while the device is + not beaconing or scanning. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A symlink to the device (if any) of the WUSB Host + Controller PAL using this radio controller. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/ +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A neighbour UWB device that has either been detected + as part of a scan or is a member of the radio + controllers beacon group. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/BPST +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The time (using the radio controllers internal 1 ms + interval superframe timer) of the last beacon from + this device was received. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/DevAddr +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The current DevAddr of this device in colon separated + hex octets. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/EUI_48 +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + + The EUI-48 of this device in colon separated hex + octets. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/BPST +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/IEs +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The latest IEs included in this device's beacon, in + space separated hex octets with one IE per line. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/LQE +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Link Quality Estimate - the Signal to Noise Ratio + (SNR) of all packets received from this device in dB. + This gives an estimate on a suitable PHY rate. Refer + to [ECMA-368] section 13.3 for more details. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/RSSI +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Received Signal Strength Indication - the strength of + the received signal in dB. LQE is a more useful + measure of the radio link quality. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc-wusbhc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc-wusbhc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5977e2875 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc-wusbhc @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_chid +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com> +Description: + Write the CHID (16 space-separated hex octets) for this host controller. + This starts the host controller, allowing it to accept connection from + WUSB devices. + + Set an all zero CHID to stop the host controller. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_trust_timeout +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com> +Description: + Devices that haven't sent a WUSB packet to the host + within 'wusb_trust_timeout' ms are considered to have + disconnected and are removed. The default value of + 4000 ms is the value required by the WUSB + specification. + + Since this relates to security (specifically, the + lifetime of PTKs and GTKs) it should not be changed + from the default. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_phy_rate +Date: August 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.32 +Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com> +Description: + The maximum PHY rate to use for all connected devices. + This is only of limited use for testing and + development as the hardware's automatic rate + adaptation is better then this simple control. + + Refer to [ECMA-368] section 10.3.1.1 for the value to + use. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_dnts +Date: June 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: Thomas Pugliese <thomas.pugliese@gmail.com> +Description: + The device notification time slot (DNTS) count and inverval in + milliseconds that the WUSB host should use. This controls how + often the devices will have the opportunity to send + notifications to the host. + +What: /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_retry_count +Date: June 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: Thomas Pugliese <thomas.pugliese@gmail.com> +Description: + The number of retries that the WUSB host should attempt + before reporting an error for a bus transaction. The range of + valid values is [0..15], where 0 indicates infinite retries. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a9f2b8b05 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/dev +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> +Description: The /sys/dev tree provides a method to look up the sysfs + path for a device using the information returned from + stat(2). There are two directories, 'block' and 'char', + beneath /sys/dev containing symbolic links with names of + the form "<major>:<minor>". These links point to the + corresponding sysfs path for the given device. + + Example: + $ readlink /sys/dev/block/8:32 + ../../block/sdc + + Entries in /sys/dev/char and /sys/dev/block will be + dynamically created and destroyed as devices enter and + leave the system. + +Users: mdadm <linux-raid@vger.kernel.org> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5fcc94358 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +What: /sys/devices +Date: February 2006 +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> +Description: + The /sys/devices tree contains a snapshot of the + internal state of the kernel device tree. Devices will + be added and removed dynamically as the machine runs, + and between different kernel versions, the layout of the + devices within this tree will change. + + Please do not rely on the format of this tree because of + this. If a program wishes to find different things in + the tree, please use the /sys/class structure and rely + on the symlinks there to point to the proper location + within the /sys/devices tree of the individual devices. + Or rely on the uevent messages to notify programs of + devices being added and removed from this tree to find + the location of those devices. + + Note that sometimes not all devices along the directory + chain will have emitted uevent messages, so userspace + programs must be able to handle such occurrences. + +Users: + udev <linux-hotplug-devel@lists.sourceforge.net> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-edac b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-edac new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6568e0010 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-edac @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/reset_counters +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This write-only control file will zero all the statistical + counters for UE and CE errors on the given memory controller. + Zeroing the counters will also reset the timer indicating how + long since the last counter were reset. This is useful for + computing errors/time. Since the counters are always reset + at driver initialization time, no module/kernel parameter + is available. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/seconds_since_reset +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays how many seconds have elapsed + since the last counter reset. This can be used with the error + counters to measure error rates. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/mc_name +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays the type of memory controller + that is being utilized. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/size_mb +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays, in count of megabytes, of memory + that this memory controller manages. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/ue_count +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays the total count of uncorrectable + errors that have occurred on this memory controller. If + panic_on_ue is set, this counter will not have a chance to + increment, since EDAC will panic the system + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/ue_noinfo_count +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays the number of UEs that have + occurred on this memory controller with no information as to + which DIMM slot is having errors. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/ce_count +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays the total count of correctable + errors that have occurred on this memory controller. This + count is very important to examine. CEs provide early + indications that a DIMM is beginning to fail. This count + field should be monitored for non-zero values and report + such information to the system administrator. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/ce_noinfo_count +Date: January 2006 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays the number of CEs that + have occurred on this memory controller wherewith no + information as to which DIMM slot is having errors. Memory is + handicapped, but operational, yet no information is available + to indicate which slot the failing memory is in. This count + field should be also be monitored for non-zero values. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/sdram_scrub_rate +Date: February 2007 +Contact: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: Read/Write attribute file that controls memory scrubbing. + The scrubbing rate used by the memory controller is set by + writing a minimum bandwidth in bytes/sec to the attribute file. + The rate will be translated to an internal value that gives at + least the specified rate. + Reading the file will return the actual scrubbing rate employed. + If configuration fails or memory scrubbing is not implemented, + the value of the attribute file will be -1. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/max_location +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com> + linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file displays the information about the last + available memory slot in this memory controller. It is used by + userspace tools in order to display the memory filling layout. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/size +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com> + linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file will display the size of dimm or rank. + For dimm*/size, this is the size, in MB of the DIMM memory + stick. For rank*/size, this is the size, in MB for one rank + of the DIMM memory stick. On single rank memories (1R), this + is also the total size of the dimm. On dual rank (2R) memories, + this is half the size of the total DIMM memories. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_dev_type +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com> + linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file will display what type of DRAM device is + being utilized on this DIMM (x1, x2, x4, x8, ...). + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_edac_mode +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com> + linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file will display what type of Error detection + and correction is being utilized. For example: S4ECD4ED would + mean a Chipkill with x4 DRAM. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_label +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com> + linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This control file allows this DIMM to have a label assigned + to it. With this label in the module, when errors occur + the output can provide the DIMM label in the system log. + This becomes vital for panic events to isolate the + cause of the UE event. + DIMM Labels must be assigned after booting, with information + that correctly identifies the physical slot with its + silk screen label. This information is currently very + motherboard specific and determination of this information + must occur in userland at this time. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_location +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com> + linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file will display the location (csrow/channel, + branch/channel/slot or channel/slot) of the dimm or rank. + +What: /sys/devices/system/edac/mc/mc*/(dimm|rank)*/dimm_mem_type +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <m.chehab@samsung.com> + linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +Description: This attribute file will display what type of memory is + currently on this csrow. Normally, either buffered or + unbuffered memory (for example, Unbuffered-DDR3). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-firmware_node b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-firmware_node new file mode 100644 index 000000000..46badc9ea --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-firmware_node @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../firmware_node/ +Date: September 2012 +Contact: <> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../firmware_node directory contains attributes + allowing the user space to check and modify some firmware + related properties of given device. + +What: /sys/devices/.../firmware_node/description +Date: September 2012 +Contact: Lance Ortiz <lance.ortiz@hp.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../firmware/description attribute contains a string + that describes the device as provided by the _STR method in the ACPI + namespace. This attribute is read-only. If the device does not have + an _STR method associated with it in the ACPI namespace, this + attribute is not present. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-lpss_ltr b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-lpss_ltr new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea9298d9b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-lpss_ltr @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/ +Date: March 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/ directory is only present for + devices included into the Intel Lynxpoint Low Power Subsystem + (LPSS). If present, it contains attributes containing the LTR + mode and the values of LTR registers of the device. + +What: /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/ltr_mode +Date: March 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/ltr_mode attribute contains an + integer number (0 or 1) indicating whether or not the devices' + LTR functionality is working in the software mode (1). + + This attribute is read-only. If the device's runtime PM status + is not "active", attempts to read from this attribute cause + -EAGAIN to be returned. + +What: /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/auto_ltr +Date: March 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/auto_ltr attribute contains the + current value of the device's AUTO_LTR register (raw) + represented as an 8-digit hexadecimal number. + + This attribute is read-only. If the device's runtime PM status + is not "active", attempts to read from this attribute cause + -EAGAIN to be returned. + +What: /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/sw_ltr +Date: March 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../lpss_ltr/auto_ltr attribute contains the + current value of the device's SW_LTR register (raw) represented + as an 8-digit hexadecimal number. + + This attribute is read-only. If the device's runtime PM status + is not "active", attempts to read from this attribute cause + -EAGAIN to be returned. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory new file mode 100644 index 000000000..deef3b572 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +What: /sys/devices/system/memory +Date: June 2008 +Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/system/memory contains a snapshot of the + internal state of the kernel memory blocks. Files could be + added or removed dynamically to represent hot-add/remove + operations. +Users: hotplug memory add/remove tools + http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils + +What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/removable +Date: June 2008 +Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com> +Description: + The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/removable + indicates whether this memory block is removable or not. + This is useful for a user-level agent to determine + identify removable sections of the memory before attempting + potentially expensive hot-remove memory operation +Users: hotplug memory remove tools + http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils + +What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_device +Date: September 2008 +Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com> +Description: + The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_device + is read-only and is designed to show the name of physical + memory device. Implementation is currently incomplete. + +What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_index +Date: September 2008 +Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com> +Description: + The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_index + is read-only and contains the section ID in hexadecimal + which is equivalent to decimal X contained in the + memory section directory name. + +What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state +Date: September 2008 +Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com> +Description: + The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state + is read-write. When read, its contents show the + online/offline state of the memory section. When written, + root can toggle the the online/offline state of a removable + memory section (see removable file description above) + using the following commands. + # echo online > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state + # echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state + + For example, if /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/removable + contains a value of 1 and + /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/state contains the + string "online" the following command can be executed by + by root to offline that section. + # echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/state +Users: hotplug memory remove tools + http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/wikis/display/LinuxP/powerpc-utils + + +What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/valid_zones +Date: July 2014 +Contact: Zhang Zhen <zhenzhang.zhang@huawei.com> +Description: + The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/valid_zones is + read-only and is designed to show which zone this memory + block can be onlined to. + +What: /sys/devices/system/memoryX/nodeY +Date: October 2009 +Contact: Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: + When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled, a symbolic link that + points to the corresponding NUMA node directory. + + For example, the following symbolic link is created for + memory section 9 on node0: + /sys/devices/system/memory/memory9/node0 -> ../../node/node0 + + +What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/memoryY +Date: September 2008 +Contact: Gary Hade <garyhade@us.ibm.com> +Description: + When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled + /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/memoryY is a symbolic link that + points to the corresponding /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryY + memory section directory. For example, the following symbolic + link is created for memory section 9 on node0. + /sys/devices/system/node/node0/memory9 -> ../../memory/memory9 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mmc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mmc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a50ab655 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-mmc @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../mmc_host/mmcX/mmcX:XXXX/enhanced_area_offset +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Chuanxiao Dong <chuanxiao.dong@intel.com> +Description: + Enhanced area is a new feature defined in eMMC4.4 standard. + eMMC4.4 or later card can support such feature. This kind of + area can help to improve the card performance. If the feature + is enabled, this attribute will indicate the start address of + enhanced data area. If not, this attribute will be -EINVAL. + Unit Byte. Format decimal. + +What: /sys/devices/.../mmc_host/mmcX/mmcX:XXXX/enhanced_area_size +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Chuanxiao Dong <chuanxiao.dong@intel.com> +Description: + Enhanced area is a new feature defined in eMMC4.4 standard. + eMMC4.4 or later card can support such feature. This kind of + area can help to improve the card performance. If the feature + is enabled, this attribute will indicate the size of enhanced + data area. If not, this attribute will be -EINVAL. + Unit KByte. Format decimal. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-online b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-online new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f990026c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-online @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../online +Date: April 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../online attribute is only present for + devices whose bus types provide .online() and .offline() + callbacks. The number read from it (0 or 1) reflects the value + of the device's 'offline' field. If that number is 1 and '0' + (or 'n', or 'N') is written to this file, the device bus type's + .offline() callback is executed for the device and (if + successful) its 'offline' field is updated accordingly. In + turn, if that number is 0 and '1' (or 'y', or 'Y') is written to + this file, the device bus type's .online() callback is executed + for the device and (if successful) its 'offline' field is + updated as appropriate. + + After a successful execution of the bus type's .offline() + callback the device cannot be used for any purpose until either + it is removed (i.e. device_del() is called for it), or its bus + type's .online() is exeucted successfully. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d548eaac2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/_UDC_/gadget/suspended +Date: April 2010 +Contact: Fabien Chouteau <fabien.chouteau@barco.com> +Description: + Show the suspend state of an USB composite gadget. + 1 -> suspended + 0 -> resumed + + (_UDC_ is the name of the USB Device Controller driver) + +What: /sys/devices/platform/_UDC_/gadget/gadget-lunX/nofua +Date: July 2010 +Contact: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com> +Description: + Show or set the reaction on the FUA (Force Unit Access) bit in + the SCSI WRITE(10,12) commands when a gadget in USB Mass + Storage mode. + + Possible values are: + 1 -> ignore the FUA flag + 0 -> obey the FUA flag diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8aa367168 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-docg3 @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/docg3/f[0-3]_dps[01]_is_keylocked +Date: November 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr> +Description: + Show whether the floor (0 to 4), protection area (0 or 1) is + keylocked. Each docg3 chip (or floor) has 2 protection areas, + which can cover any part of it, block aligned, called DPS. + The protection has information embedded whether it blocks reads, + writes or both. + The result is: + 0 -> the DPS is not keylocked + 1 -> the DPS is keylocked +Users: None identified so far. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/docg3/f[0-3]_dps[01]_protection_key +Date: November 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr> +Description: + Enter the protection key for the floor (0 to 4), protection area + (0 or 1). Each docg3 chip (or floor) has 2 protection areas, + which can cover any part of it, block aligned, called DPS. + The protection has information embedded whether it blocks reads, + writes or both. + The protection key is a string of 8 bytes (value 0-255). + Entering the correct value toggle the lock, and can be observed + through f[0-3]_dps[01]_is_keylocked. + Possible values are: + - 8 bytes + Typical values are: + - "00000000" + - "12345678" +Users: None identified so far. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..210708242 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-sh_mobile_lcdc_fb @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_alpha +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> +Description: + This file is only available on fb[0-9] devices corresponding + to overlay planes. + + Stores the alpha blending value for the overlay. Values range + from 0 (transparent) to 255 (opaque). The value is ignored if + the mode is not set to Alpha Blending. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_mode +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> +Description: + This file is only available on fb[0-9] devices corresponding + to overlay planes. + + Selects the composition mode for the overlay. Possible values + are + + 0 - Alpha Blending + 1 - ROP3 + +What: /sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_position +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> +Description: + This file is only available on fb[0-9] devices corresponding + to overlay planes. + + Stores the x,y overlay position on the display in pixels. The + position format is `[0-9]+,[0-9]+'. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/sh_mobile_lcdc_fb.[0-3]/graphics/fb[0-9]/ovl_rop3 +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> +Description: + This file is only available on fb[0-9] devices corresponding + to overlay planes. + + Stores the raster operation (ROP3) for the overlay. Values + range from 0 to 255. The value is ignored if the mode is not + set to ROP3. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power new file mode 100644 index 000000000..676fdf5f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power @@ -0,0 +1,276 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../power/ +Date: January 2009 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power directory contains attributes + allowing the user space to check and modify some power + management related properties of given device. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup +Date: January 2009 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup attribute allows the user + space to check if the device is enabled to wake up the system + from sleep states, such as the memory sleep state (suspend to + RAM) and hibernation (suspend to disk), and to enable or disable + it to do that as desired. + + Some devices support "wakeup" events, which are hardware signals + used to activate the system from a sleep state. Such devices + have one of the following two values for the sysfs power/wakeup + file: + + + "enabled\n" to issue the events; + + "disabled\n" not to do so; + + In that cases the user space can change the setting represented + by the contents of this file by writing either "enabled", or + "disabled" to it. + + For the devices that are not capable of generating system wakeup + events this file is not present. In that case the device cannot + be enabled to wake up the system from sleep states. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/control +Date: January 2009 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power/control attribute allows the user + space to control the run-time power management of the device. + + All devices have one of the following two values for the + power/control file: + + + "auto\n" to allow the device to be power managed at run time; + + "on\n" to prevent the device from being power managed; + + The default for all devices is "auto", which means that they may + be subject to automatic power management, depending on their + drivers. Changing this attribute to "on" prevents the driver + from power managing the device at run time. Doing that while + the device is suspended causes it to be woken up. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/async +Date: January 2009 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../async attribute allows the user space to + enable or diasble the device's suspend and resume callbacks to + be executed asynchronously (ie. in separate threads, in parallel + with the main suspend/resume thread) during system-wide power + transitions (eg. suspend to RAM, hibernation). + + All devices have one of the following two values for the + power/async file: + + + "enabled\n" to permit the asynchronous suspend/resume; + + "disabled\n" to forbid it; + + The value of this attribute may be changed by writing either + "enabled", or "disabled" to it. + + It generally is unsafe to permit the asynchronous suspend/resume + of a device unless it is certain that all of the PM dependencies + of the device are known to the PM core. However, for some + devices this attribute is set to "enabled" by bus type code or + device drivers and in that cases it should be safe to leave the + default value. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_count +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_count attribute contains the number + of signaled wakeup events associated with the device. This + attribute is read-only. If the device is not capable to wake up + the system from sleep states, this attribute is not present. + If the device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep + states, this attribute is empty. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_active_count +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_active_count attribute contains the + number of times the processing of wakeup events associated with + the device was completed (at the kernel level). This attribute + is read-only. If the device is not capable to wake up the + system from sleep states, this attribute is not present. If + the device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep + states, this attribute is empty. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_abort_count +Date: February 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_abort_count attribute contains the + number of times the processing of a wakeup event associated with + the device might have aborted system transition into a sleep + state in progress. This attribute is read-only. If the device + is not capable to wake up the system from sleep states, this + attribute is not present. If the device is not enabled to wake + up the system from sleep states, this attribute is empty. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_expire_count +Date: February 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_expire_count attribute contains the + number of times a wakeup event associated with the device has + been reported with a timeout that expired. This attribute is + read-only. If the device is not capable to wake up the system + from sleep states, this attribute is not present. If the + device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep states, + this attribute is empty. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_active +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_active attribute contains either 1, + or 0, depending on whether or not a wakeup event associated with + the device is being processed (1). This attribute is read-only. + If the device is not capable to wake up the system from sleep + states, this attribute is not present. If the device is not + enabled to wake up the system from sleep states, this attribute + is empty. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_total_time_ms +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_total_time_ms attribute contains + the total time of processing wakeup events associated with the + device, in milliseconds. This attribute is read-only. If the + device is not capable to wake up the system from sleep states, + this attribute is not present. If the device is not enabled to + wake up the system from sleep states, this attribute is empty. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_max_time_ms +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_max_time_ms attribute contains + the maximum time of processing a single wakeup event associated + with the device, in milliseconds. This attribute is read-only. + If the device is not capable to wake up the system from sleep + states, this attribute is not present. If the device is not + enabled to wake up the system from sleep states, this attribute + is empty. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_last_time_ms +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_last_time_ms attribute contains + the value of the monotonic clock corresponding to the time of + signaling the last wakeup event associated with the device, in + milliseconds. This attribute is read-only. If the device is + not enabled to wake up the system from sleep states, this + attribute is not present. If the device is not enabled to wake + up the system from sleep states, this attribute is empty. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_prevent_sleep_time_ms +Date: February 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_prevent_sleep_time_ms attribute + contains the total time the device has been preventing + opportunistic transitions to sleep states from occurring. + This attribute is read-only. If the device is not capable to + wake up the system from sleep states, this attribute is not + present. If the device is not enabled to wake up the system + from sleep states, this attribute is empty. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/autosuspend_delay_ms +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power/autosuspend_delay_ms attribute + contains the autosuspend delay value (in milliseconds). Some + drivers do not want their device to suspend as soon as it + becomes idle at run time; they want the device to remain + inactive for a certain minimum period of time first. That + period is called the autosuspend delay. Negative values will + prevent the device from being suspended at run time (similar + to writing "on" to the power/control attribute). Values >= + 1000 will cause the autosuspend timer expiration to be rounded + up to the nearest second. + + Not all drivers support this attribute. If it isn't supported, + attempts to read or write it will yield I/O errors. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_resume_latency_us +Date: March 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_resume_latency_us attribute + contains the PM QoS resume latency limit for the given device, + which is the maximum allowed time it can take to resume the + device, after it has been suspended at run time, from a resume + request to the moment the device will be ready to process I/O, + in microseconds. If it is equal to 0, however, this means that + the PM QoS resume latency may be arbitrary. + + Not all drivers support this attribute. If it isn't supported, + it is not present. + + This attribute has no effect on system-wide suspend/resume and + hibernation. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_latency_tolerance_us +Date: January 2014 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_latency_tolerance_us attribute + contains the PM QoS active state latency tolerance limit for the + given device in microseconds. That is the maximum memory access + latency the device can suffer without any visible adverse + effects on user space functionality. If that value is the + string "any", the latency does not matter to user space at all, + but hardware should not be allowed to set the latency tolerance + for the device automatically. + + Reading "auto" from this file means that the maximum memory + access latency for the device may be determined automatically + by the hardware as needed. Writing "auto" to it allows the + hardware to be switched to this mode if there are no other + latency tolerance requirements from the kernel side. + + This attribute is only present if the feature controlled by it + is supported by the hardware. + + This attribute has no effect on runtime suspend and resume of + devices and on system-wide suspend/resume and hibernation. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_no_power_off +Date: September 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_no_power_off attribute + is used for manipulating the PM QoS "no power off" flag. If + set, this flag indicates to the kernel that power should not + be removed entirely from the device. + + Not all drivers support this attribute. If it isn't supported, + it is not present. + + This attribute has no effect on system-wide suspend/resume and + hibernation. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_remote_wakeup +Date: September 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_remote_wakeup attribute + is used for manipulating the PM QoS "remote wakeup required" + flag. If set, this flag indicates to the kernel that the + device is a source of user events that have to be signaled from + its low-power states. + + Not all drivers support this attribute. If it isn't supported, + it is not present. + + This attribute has no effect on system-wide suspend/resume and + hibernation. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D0 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D0 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73b77a6be --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D0 @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D0/ +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D0/ directory is only + present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that + use ACPI power resources for power management. + + If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories + representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for + the given device node to be in ACPI power state D0. The names + of the links are the same as the names of the directories they + point to. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D1 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D1 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..30c20703f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D1 @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D1/ +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D1/ directory is only + present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that + use ACPI power resources for power management and support ACPI + power state D1. + + If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories + representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for + the given device node to be in ACPI power state D1. The names + of the links are the same as the names of the directories they + point to. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D2 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fd9d84b42 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D2 @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D2/ +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D2/ directory is only + present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that + use ACPI power resources for power management and support ACPI + power state D2. + + If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories + representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for + the given device node to be in ACPI power state D2. The names + of the links are the same as the names of the directories they + point to. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D3hot b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D3hot new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3df32c20a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_D3hot @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D3hot/ +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_D3hot/ directory is only + present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that + use ACPI power resources for power management and support ACPI + power state D3hot. + + If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories + representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for + the given device node to be in ACPI power state D3hot. The + names of the links are the same as the names of the directories + they point to. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_wakeup b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_wakeup new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e0588feeb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_resources_wakeup @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../power_resources_wakeup/ +Date: April 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power_resources_wakeup/ directory is only + present for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that + require ACPI power resources for wakeup signaling. + + If present, it contains symbolic links to device directories + representing ACPI power resources that need to be turned on for + the given device node to be able to signal wakeup. The names of + the links are the same as the names of the directories they + point to. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_state b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_state new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7ad954674 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power_state @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../power_state +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power_state attribute is only present for + device objects representing ACPI device nodes that provide power + management methods. + + If present, it contains a string representing the current ACPI + power state of the given device node. Its possible values, + "D0", "D1", "D2", "D3hot", and "D3cold", reflect the power state + names defined by the ACPI specification (ACPI 4 and above). + + If the device node uses shared ACPI power resources, this state + determines a list of power resources required not to be turned + off. However, some power resources needed by the device node in + higher-power (lower-number) states may also be ON because of + some other devices using them at the moment. + + This attribute is read-only. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-real_power_state b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-real_power_state new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8b3527c82 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-real_power_state @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../real_power_state +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../real_power_state attribute is only present + for device objects representing ACPI device nodes that provide + power management methods and use ACPI power resources for power + management. + + If present, it contains a string representing the real ACPI + power state of the given device node as returned by the _PSC + control method or inferred from the configuration of power + resources. Its possible values, "D0", "D1", "D2", "D3hot", and + "D3cold", reflect the power state names defined by the ACPI + specification (ACPI 4 and above). + + In some situations the value of this attribute may be different + from the value of the /sys/devices/.../power_state attribute for + the same device object. If that happens, some shared power + resources used by the device node are only ON because of some + other devices using them at the moment. + + This attribute is read-only. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-resource_in_use b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-resource_in_use new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4a3bc592 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-resource_in_use @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../resource_in_use +Date: January 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../resource_in_use attribute is only present + for device objects representing ACPI power resources. + + If present, it contains a number (0 or 1) representing the + current status of the given power resource (0 means that the + resource is not in use and therefore it has been turned off). + + This attribute is read-only. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6d9cc253f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +What: /sys/devices/socX +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +Description: + The /sys/devices/ directory contains a sub-directory for each + System-on-Chip (SoC) device on a running platform. Information + regarding each SoC can be obtained by reading sysfs files. This + functionality is only available if implemented by the platform. + + The directory created for each SoC will also house information + about devices which are commonly contained in /sys/devices/platform. + It has been agreed that if an SoC device exists, its supported + devices would be better suited to appear as children of that SoC. + +What: /sys/devices/socX/machine +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +Description: + Read-only attribute common to all SoCs. Contains the SoC machine + name (e.g. Ux500). + +What: /sys/devices/socX/family +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +Description: + Read-only attribute common to all SoCs. Contains SoC family name + (e.g. DB8500). + +What: /sys/devices/socX/soc_id +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +Description: + Read-only attribute supported by most SoCs. In the case of + ST-Ericsson's chips this contains the SoC serial number. + +What: /sys/devices/socX/revision +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +Description: + Read-only attribute supported by most SoCs. Contains the SoC's + manufacturing revision number. + +What: /sys/devices/socX/process +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +Description: + Read-only attribute supported ST-Ericsson's silicon. Contains the + the process by which the silicon chip was manufactured. + +What: /sys/bus/soc +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +Description: + The /sys/bus/soc/ directory contains the usual sub-folders + expected under most buses. /sys/bus/soc/devices is of particular + interest, as it contains a symlink for each SoC device found on + the system. Each symlink points back into the aforementioned + /sys/devices/socX devices. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-sun b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-sun new file mode 100644 index 000000000..625ce4b63 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-sun @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/devices/.../sun +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Yasuaki Ishimatsu <isimatu.yasuaki@jp.fujitsu.com> +Description: + The file contains a Slot-unique ID which provided by the _SUN + method in the ACPI namespace. The value is written in Advanced + Configuration and Power Interface Specification as follows: + + "The _SUN value is required to be unique among the slots of + the same type. It is also recommended that this number match + the slot number printed on the physical slot whenever possible." + + So reading the sysfs file, we can identify a physical position + of the slot in the system. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu new file mode 100644 index 000000000..da9551357 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu @@ -0,0 +1,273 @@ +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/ +Date: pre-git history +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: + A collection of both global and individual CPU attributes + + Individual CPU attributes are contained in subdirectories + named by the kernel's logical CPU number, e.g.: + + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/ + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/kernel_max + /sys/devices/system/cpu/offline + /sys/devices/system/cpu/online + /sys/devices/system/cpu/possible + /sys/devices/system/cpu/present +Date: December 2008 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: CPU topology files that describe kernel limits related to + hotplug. Briefly: + + kernel_max: the maximum cpu index allowed by the kernel + configuration. + + offline: cpus that are not online because they have been + HOTPLUGGED off or exceed the limit of cpus allowed by the + kernel configuration (kernel_max above). + + online: cpus that are online and being scheduled. + + possible: cpus that have been allocated resources and can be + brought online if they are present. + + present: cpus that have been identified as being present in + the system. + + See Documentation/cputopology.txt for more information. + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/probe + /sys/devices/system/cpu/release +Date: November 2009 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Dynamic addition and removal of CPU's. This is not hotplug + removal, this is meant complete removal/addition of the CPU + from the system. + + probe: writes to this file will dynamically add a CPU to the + system. Information written to the file to add CPU's is + architecture specific. + + release: writes to this file dynamically remove a CPU from + the system. Information writtento the file to remove CPU's + is architecture specific. + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/node +Date: October 2009 +Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: Discover NUMA node a CPU belongs to + + When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled, a symbolic link that points + to the corresponding NUMA node directory. + + For example, the following symlink is created for cpu42 + in NUMA node 2: + + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu42/node2 -> ../../node/node2 + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/core_id + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/core_siblings + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/core_siblings_list + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/physical_package_id + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/thread_siblings + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/thread_siblings_list +Date: December 2008 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: CPU topology files that describe a logical CPU's relationship + to other cores and threads in the same physical package. + + One cpu# directory is created per logical CPU in the system, + e.g. /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu42/. + + Briefly, the files above are: + + core_id: the CPU core ID of cpu#. Typically it is the + hardware platform's identifier (rather than the kernel's). + The actual value is architecture and platform dependent. + + core_siblings: internal kernel map of cpu#'s hardware threads + within the same physical_package_id. + + core_siblings_list: human-readable list of the logical CPU + numbers within the same physical_package_id as cpu#. + + physical_package_id: physical package id of cpu#. Typically + corresponds to a physical socket number, but the actual value + is architecture and platform dependent. + + thread_siblings: internel kernel map of cpu#'s hardware + threads within the same core as cpu# + + thread_siblings_list: human-readable list of cpu#'s hardware + threads within the same core as cpu# + + See Documentation/cputopology.txt for more information. + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/current_driver + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/current_governer_ro +Date: September 2007 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Discover cpuidle policy and mechanism + + Various CPUs today support multiple idle levels that are + differentiated by varying exit latencies and power + consumption during idle. + + Idle policy (governor) is differentiated from idle mechanism + (driver) + + current_driver: displays current idle mechanism + + current_governor_ro: displays current idle policy + + See files in Documentation/cpuidle/ for more information. + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/cpufreq/* +Date: pre-git history +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: Discover and change clock speed of CPUs + + Clock scaling allows you to change the clock speed of the + CPUs on the fly. This is a nice method to save battery + power, because the lower the clock speed, the less power + the CPU consumes. + + There are many knobs to tweak in this directory. + + See files in Documentation/cpu-freq/ for more information. + + In particular, read Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt + to learn how to control the knobs. + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/cpufreq/freqdomain_cpus +Date: June 2013 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: Discover CPUs in the same CPU frequency coordination domain + + freqdomain_cpus is the list of CPUs (online+offline) that share + the same clock/freq domain (possibly at the hardware level). + That information may be hidden from the cpufreq core and the + value of related_cpus may be different from freqdomain_cpus. This + attribute is useful for user space DVFS controllers to get better + power/performance results for platforms using acpi-cpufreq. + + This file is only present if the acpi-cpufreq driver is in use. + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu*/cache/index3/cache_disable_{0,1} +Date: August 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Disable L3 cache indices + + These files exist in every CPU's cache/index3 directory. Each + cache_disable_{0,1} file corresponds to one disable slot which + can be used to disable a cache index. Reading from these files + on a processor with this functionality will return the currently + disabled index for that node. There is one L3 structure per + node, or per internal node on MCM machines. Writing a valid + index to one of these files will cause the specificed cache + index to be disabled. + + All AMD processors with L3 caches provide this functionality. + For details, see BKDGs at + http://developer.amd.com/documentation/guides/Pages/default.aspx + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/boost +Date: August 2012 +Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Processor frequency boosting control + + This switch controls the boost setting for the whole system. + Boosting allows the CPU and the firmware to run at a frequency + beyound it's nominal limit. + More details can be found in Documentation/cpu-freq/boost.txt + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/crash_notes + /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/crash_notes_size +Date: April 2013 +Contact: kexec@lists.infradead.org +Description: address and size of the percpu note. + + crash_notes: the physical address of the memory that holds the + note of cpu#. + + crash_notes_size: size of the note of cpu#. + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/intel_pstate/max_perf_pct + /sys/devices/system/cpu/intel_pstate/min_perf_pct + /sys/devices/system/cpu/intel_pstate/no_turbo +Date: February 2013 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: Parameters for the Intel P-state driver + + Logic for selecting the current P-state in Intel + Sandybridge+ processors. The three knobs control + limits for the P-state that will be requested by the + driver. + + max_perf_pct: limits the maximum P state that will be requested by + the driver stated as a percentage of the available performance. + + min_perf_pct: limits the minimum P state that will be requested by + the driver stated as a percentage of the available performance. + + no_turbo: limits the driver to selecting P states below the turbo + frequency range. + + More details can be found in Documentation/cpu-freq/intel-pstate.txt + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu*/cache/index*/<set_of_attributes_mentioned_below> +Date: July 2014(documented, existed before August 2008) +Contact: Sudeep Holla <sudeep.holla@arm.com> + Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> +Description: Parameters for the CPU cache attributes + + allocation_policy: + - WriteAllocate: allocate a memory location to a cache line + on a cache miss because of a write + - ReadAllocate: allocate a memory location to a cache line + on a cache miss because of a read + - ReadWriteAllocate: both writeallocate and readallocate + + attributes: LEGACY used only on IA64 and is same as write_policy + + coherency_line_size: the minimum amount of data in bytes that gets + transferred from memory to cache + + level: the cache hierarcy in the multi-level cache configuration + + number_of_sets: total number of sets in the cache, a set is a + collection of cache lines with the same cache index + + physical_line_partition: number of physical cache line per cache tag + + shared_cpu_list: the list of logical cpus sharing the cache + + shared_cpu_map: logical cpu mask containing the list of cpus sharing + the cache + + size: the total cache size in kB + + type: + - Instruction: cache that only holds instructions + - Data: cache that only caches data + - Unified: cache that holds both data and instructions + + ways_of_associativity: degree of freedom in placing a particular block + of memory in the cache + + write_policy: + - WriteThrough: data is written to both the cache line + and to the block in the lower-level memory + - WriteBack: data is written only to the cache line and + the modified cache line is written to main + memory only when it is replaced diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b82deeaec --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-ibm-rtl @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +What: state +Date: Sep 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: Vernon Mauery <vernux@us.ibm.com> +Description: The state file allows a means by which to change in and + out of Premium Real-Time Mode (PRTM), as well as the + ability to query the current state. + 0 => PRTM off + 1 => PRTM enabled +Users: The ibm-prtm userspace daemon uses this interface. + + +What: version +Date: Sep 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: Vernon Mauery <vernux@us.ibm.com> +Description: The version file provides a means by which to query + the RTL table version that lives in the Extended + BIOS Data Area (EBDA). +Users: The ibm-prtm userspace daemon uses this interface. + + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-xen_cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-xen_cpu new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9ca02fb2d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-xen_cpu @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/devices/system/xen_cpu/ +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Liu, Jinsong <jinsong.liu@intel.com> +Description: + A collection of global/individual Xen physical cpu attributes + + Individual physical cpu attributes are contained in + subdirectories named by the Xen's logical cpu number, e.g.: + /sys/devices/system/xen_cpu/xen_cpu#/ + + +What: /sys/devices/system/xen_cpu/xen_cpu#/online +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Liu, Jinsong <jinsong.liu@intel.com> +Description: + Interface to online/offline Xen physical cpus + + When running under Xen platform, it provide user interface + to online/offline physical cpus, except cpu0 due to several + logic restrictions and assumptions. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe new file mode 100644 index 000000000..64ac6d567 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-genwqe @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/version +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Unique bitstream identification e.g. + '0000000330336283.00000000475a4950'. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/appid +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Identifies the currently active card application e.g. 'GZIP' + for compression/decompression. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/type +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Type of the card e.g. 'GenWQE5-A7'. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/curr_bitstream +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Currently active bitstream. 1 is default, 0 is backup. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/next_bitstream +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Interface to set the next bitstream to be used. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/reload_bitstream +Date: May 2014 +Contact: klebers@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Interface to trigger a PCIe card reset to reload the bitstream. + sudo sh -c 'echo 1 > \ + /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe0_card/reload_bitstream' + If successfully, the card will come back with the bitstream set + on 'next_bitstream'. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/tempsens +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Interface to read the cards temperature sense register. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/freerunning_timer +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Interface to read the cards free running timer. + Used for performance and utilization measurements. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/queue_working_time +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Interface to read queue working time. + Used for performance and utilization measurements. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/state +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: State of the card: "unused", "used", "error". + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/base_clock +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Base clock frequency of the card. + +What: /sys/class/genwqe/genwqe<n>_card/device/sriov_numvfs +Date: Oct 2013 +Contact: haver@linux.vnet.ibm.com +Description: Enable VFs (1..15): + sudo sh -c 'echo 15 > \ + /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000\:1b\:00.0/sriov_numvfs' + Disable VFs: + Write a 0 into the same sysfs entry. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid new file mode 100644 index 000000000..48942cacb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: For USB devices : /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/report_descriptor + For BT devices : /sys/class/bluetooth/hci<addr>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/report_descriptor + Symlink : /sys/class/hidraw/hidraw<num>/device/report_descriptor +Date: Jan 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.0.39 +Contact: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us> +Description: When read, this file returns the device's raw binary HID + report descriptor. + This file cannot be written. +Users: HIDAPI library (http://www.signal11.us/oss/hidapi) + +What: For USB devices : /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/country + For BT devices : /sys/class/bluetooth/hci<addr>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/country + Symlink : /sys/class/hidraw/hidraw<num>/device/country +Date: February 2015 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Olivier Gay <ogay@logitech.com> +Description: When read, this file returns the hex integer value in ASCII + of the device's HID country code (e.g. 21 for US). + This file cannot be written. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo new file mode 100644 index 000000000..53a072596 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/press_to_select +Date: July 2011 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This controls if mouse clicks should be generated if the trackpoint is quickly pressed. How fast this press has to be + is being controlled by press_speed. + Values are 0 or 1. + Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/dragging +Date: July 2011 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: If this setting is enabled, it is possible to do dragging by pressing the trackpoint. This requires press_to_select to be enabled. + Values are 0 or 1. + Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/release_to_select +Date: July 2011 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: For details regarding this setting please refer to http://www.pc.ibm.com/ww/healthycomputing/trkpntb.html + Values are 0 or 1. + Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/select_right +Date: July 2011 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This setting controls if the mouse click events generated by pressing the trackpoint (if press_to_select is enabled) generate + a left or right mouse button click. + Values are 0 or 1. + Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/sensitivity +Date: July 2011 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This file contains the trackpoint sensitivity. + Values are decimal integers from 1 (lowest sensitivity) to 255 (highest sensitivity). + Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/press_speed +Date: July 2011 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This setting controls how fast the trackpoint needs to be pressed to generate a mouse click if press_to_select is enabled. + Values are decimal integers from 1 (slowest) to 255 (fastest). + Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/fn_lock +Date: July 2014 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: This setting controls whether Fn Lock is enabled on the keyboard (i.e. if F1 is Mute or F1) + Values are 0 or 1 + Applies to ThinkPad Compact (USB|Bluetooth) Keyboard with TrackPoint. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b3f6a2ac5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-lg4ff @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +What: /sys/module/hid_logitech/drivers/hid:logitech/<dev>/range. +Date: July 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: Michal Malý <madcatxster@gmail.com> +Description: Display minimum, maximum and current range of the steering + wheel. Writing a value within min and max boundaries sets the + range of the wheel. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/logitech/<dev>/alternate_modes +Date: Feb 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.1 +Contact: Michal Malý <madcatxster@gmail.com> +Description: Displays a set of alternate modes supported by a wheel. Each + mode is listed as follows: + Tag: Mode Name + Currently active mode is marked with an asterisk. List also + contains an abstract item "native" which always denotes the + native mode of the wheel. Echoing the mode tag switches the + wheel into the corresponding mode. Depending on the exact model + of the wheel not all listed modes might always be selectable. + If a wheel cannot be switched into the desired mode, -EINVAL + is returned accompanied with an explanatory message in the + kernel log. + This entry is not created for devices that have only one mode. + + Currently supported mode switches: + Driving Force Pro: + DF-EX --> DFP + + G25: + DF-EX --> DFP --> G25 + + G27: + DF-EX <*> DFP <-> G25 <-> G27 + DF-EX <*--------> G25 <-> G27 + DF-EX <*----------------> G27 + + DFGT: + DF-EX <*> DFP <-> DFGT + DF-EX <*--------> DFGT + + * hid_logitech module must be loaded with lg4ff_no_autoswitch=1 + parameter set in order for the switch to DF-EX mode to work. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/logitech/<dev>/real_id +Date: Feb 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.1 +Contact: Michal Malý <madcatxster@gmail.com> +Description: Displays the real model of the wheel regardless of any + alternate mode the wheel might be switched to. + It is a read-only value. + This entry is not created for devices that have only one mode. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-multitouch b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-multitouch new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f79839d1a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-multitouch @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/quirks +Date: November 2011 +Contact: Benjamin Tissoires <benjamin.tissoires@gmail.com> +Description: The integer value of this attribute corresponds to the + quirks actually in place to handle the device's protocol. + When read, this attribute returns the current settings (see + MT_QUIRKS_* in hid-multitouch.c). + When written this attribute change on the fly the quirks, then + the protocol to handle the device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-picolcd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-picolcd new file mode 100644 index 000000000..08579e7e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-picolcd @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/operation_mode +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Bruno Prémont <bonbons@linux-vserver.org> +Description: Make it possible to switch the PicoLCD device between LCD + (firmware) and bootloader (flasher) operation modes. + + Reading: returns list of available modes, the active mode being + enclosed in brackets ('[' and ']') + + Writing: causes operation mode switch. Permitted values are + the non-active mode names listed when read. + + Note: when switching mode the current PicoLCD HID device gets + disconnected and reconnects after above delay (see attribute + operation_mode_delay for its value). + + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/operation_mode_delay +Date: April 2010 +Contact: Bruno Prémont <bonbons@linux-vserver.org> +Description: Delay PicoLCD waits before restarting in new mode when + operation_mode has changed. + + Reading/Writing: It is expressed in ms and permitted range is + 0..30000ms. + + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/fb_update_rate +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Bruno Prémont <bonbons@linux-vserver.org> +Description: Make it possible to adjust defio refresh rate. + + Reading: returns list of available refresh rates (expressed in Hz), + the active refresh rate being enclosed in brackets ('[' and ']') + + Writing: accepts new refresh rate expressed in integer Hz + within permitted rates. + + Note: As device can barely do 2 complete refreshes a second + it only makes sense to adjust this value if only one or two + tiles get changed and it's not appropriate to expect the application + to flush it's tiny changes explicitely at higher than default rate. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-prodikeys b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-prodikeys new file mode 100644 index 000000000..05d988c29 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-prodikeys @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/prodikeys/.../channel +Date: April 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.34 +Contact: Don Prince <dhprince.devel@yahoo.co.uk> +Description: + Allows control (via software) the midi channel to which + that the pc-midi keyboard will output.midi data. + Range: 0..15 + Type: Read/write +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/prodikeys/.../sustain +Date: April 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.34 +Contact: Don Prince <dhprince.devel@yahoo.co.uk> +Description: + Allows control (via software) the sustain duration of a + note held by the pc-midi driver. + 0 means sustain mode is disabled. + Range: 0..5000 (milliseconds) + Type: Read/write +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/prodikeys/.../octave +Date: April 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.34 +Contact: Don Prince <dhprince.devel@yahoo.co.uk> +Description: + Controls the octave shift modifier in the pc-midi driver. + The octave can be shifted via software up/down 2 octaves. + 0 means the no ocatve shift. + Range: -2..2 (minus 2 to plus 2) + Type: Read/Write diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-arvo b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-arvo new file mode 100644 index 000000000..55e281b00 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-arvo @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/arvo/roccatarvo<minor>/actual_profile +Date: Januar 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1-5. + When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual + profile which is also the profile that's active on device startup. + When written this attribute activates the selected profile + immediately. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/arvo/roccatarvo<minor>/button +Date: Januar 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The keyboard can store short macros with consist of 1 button with + several modifier keys internally. + When written, this file lets one set the sequence for a specific + button for a specific profile. Button and profile numbers are + included in written data. The data has to be 24 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/arvo/roccatarvo<minor>/info +Date: Januar 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read, this file returns some info about the device like the + installed firmware version. + The size of the data is 8 bytes in size. + This file is readonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/arvo/roccatarvo<minor>/key_mask +Date: Januar 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The keyboard lets the user deactivate 5 certain keys like the + windows and application keys, to protect the user from the outcome + of accidentally pressing them. + The integer value of this attribute has bits 0-4 set depending + on the state of the corresponding key. + When read, this file returns the current state of the buttons. + When written, the given buttons are activated/deactivated + immediately. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/arvo/roccatarvo<minor>/mode_key +Date: Januar 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The keyboard has a condensed layout without num-lock key. + Instead it uses a mode-key which activates a gaming mode where + the assignment of the number block changes. + The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0 (OFF) to 1 (ON). + When read, this file returns the actual state of the key. + When written, the key is activated/deactivated immediately. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-isku b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-isku new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c601d0f2a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-isku @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/actual_profile +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4. + When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual + profile. This value is persistent, so its equivalent to the + profile that's active when the device is powered on next time. + When written, this file sets the number of the startup profile + and the device activates this profile immediately. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/info +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read, this file returns general data like firmware version. + The data is 6 bytes long. + This file is readonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/key_mask +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one deactivate certain keys like + windows and application keys, to prevent accidental presses. + Profile number for which this settings occur is included in + written data. The data has to be 6 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/keys_capslock +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one set the function of the + capslock key for a specific profile. Profile number is included + in written data. The data has to be 6 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/keys_easyzone +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one set the function of the + easyzone keys for a specific profile. Profile number is included + in written data. The data has to be 65 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/keys_function +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one set the function of the + function keys for a specific profile. Profile number is included + in written data. The data has to be 41 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/keys_macro +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one set the function of the macro + keys for a specific profile. Profile number is included in + written data. The data has to be 35 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/keys_media +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one set the function of the media + keys for a specific profile. Profile number is included in + written data. The data has to be 29 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/keys_thumbster +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one set the function of the + thumbster keys for a specific profile. Profile number is included + in written data. The data has to be 23 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/last_set +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one set the time in secs since + epoch in which the last configuration took place. + The data has to be 20 bytes long. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/light +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one set the backlight intensity for + a specific profile. Profile number is included in written data. + The data has to be 10 bytes long for Isku, IskuFX needs 16 bytes + of data. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/macro +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one store macros with max 500 + keystrokes for a specific button for a specific profile. + Button and profile numbers are included in written data. + The data has to be 2083 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile and key to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/reset +Date: November 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one reset the device. + The data has to be 3 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/control +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one select which data from which + profile will be read next. The data has to be 3 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/talk +Date: June 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one trigger easyshift functionality + from the host. + The data has to be 16 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/isku/roccatisku<minor>/talkfx +Date: February 2013 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one trigger temporary color schemes + from the host. + The data has to be 16 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ca397110 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/actual_dpi +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: It is possible to switch the dpi setting of the mouse with the + press of a button. + When read, this file returns the raw number of the actual dpi + setting reported by the mouse. This number has to be further + processed to receive the real dpi value. + + VALUE DPI + 1 800 + 2 1200 + 3 1600 + 4 2000 + 5 2400 + 6 3200 + + This file is readonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/actual_profile +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read, this file returns the number of the actual profile. + This file is readonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/firmware_version +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the + firmware reported by the mouse. Using the integer value eases + further usage in other programs. To receive the real version + number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the + left. E.g. a returned value of 138 means 1.38 + This file is readonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/profile[1-5] +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile holds information like button + mappings, sensitivity, the colors of the 5 leds and light + effects. + When read, these files return the respective profile. The + returned data is 975 bytes in size. + When written, this file lets one write the respective profile + data back to the mouse. The data has to be 975 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data, whereas the profile number + stored in the profile doesn't need to fit the number of the + store. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/settings +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read, this file returns the settings stored in the mouse. + The size of the data is 36 bytes and holds information like the + startup_profile, tcu state and calibration_data. + When written, this file lets write settings back to the mouse. + The data has to be 36 bytes long. The mouse will reject invalid + data. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/startup_profile +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1 to 5. + When read, this attribute returns the number of the profile + that's active when the mouse is powered on. + When written, this file sets the number of the startup profile + and the mouse activates this profile immediately. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/tcu +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse has a "Tracking Control Unit" which lets the user + calibrate the laser power to fit the mousepad surface. + When read, this file returns the current state of the TCU, + where 0 means off and 1 means on. + Writing 0 in this file will switch the TCU off. + Writing 1 in this file will start the calibration which takes + around 6 seconds to complete and activates the TCU. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kone/roccatkone<minor>/weight +Date: March 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can be equipped with one of four supplied weights + ranging from 5 to 20 grams which are recognized by the mouse + and its value can be read out. When read, this file returns the + raw value returned by the mouse which eases further processing + in other software. + The values map to the weights as follows: + + VALUE WEIGHT + 0 none + 1 5g + 2 10g + 3 15g + 4 20g + + This file is readonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7bd776f9c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-koneplus @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/actual_profile +Date: October 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4. + When read, this attribute returns the number of the actual + profile. This value is persistent, so its equivalent to the + profile that's active when the mouse is powered on next time. + When written, this file sets the number of the startup profile + and the mouse activates this profile immediately. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/info +Date: November 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read, this file returns general data like firmware version. + When written, the device can be reset. + The data is 8 bytes long. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/macro +Date: October 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store a macro with max 500 key/button strokes + internally. + When written, this file lets one set the sequence for a specific + button for a specific profile. Button and profile numbers are + included in written data. The data has to be 2082 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/profile_buttons +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_buttons holds information about button layout. + When written, this file lets one write the respective profile + buttons back to the mouse. The data has to be 77 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data. + Which profile to write is determined by the profile number + contained in the data. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/profile_settings +Date: October 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity + and light effects. + When written, this file lets one write the respective profile + settings back to the mouse. The data has to be 43 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data. + Which profile to write is determined by the profile number + contained in the data. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/sensor +Date: October 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse has a tracking- and a distance-control-unit. These + can be activated/deactivated and the lift-off distance can be + set. The data has to be 6 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/talk +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: Used to active some easy* functions of the mouse from outside. + The data has to be 16 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/tcu +Date: October 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written a calibration process for the tracking control unit + can be initiated/cancelled. Also lets one read/write sensor + registers. + The data has to be 4 bytes long. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/koneplus/roccatkoneplus<minor>/tcu_image +Date: October 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read the mouse returns a 30x30 pixel image of the + sampled underground. This works only in the course of a + calibration process initiated with tcu. + The returned data is 1028 bytes in size. + This file is readonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-konepure b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-konepure new file mode 100644 index 000000000..41a9b7fbf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-konepure @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/actual_profile +Date: December 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. actual_profile holds number of actual profile. + This value is persistent, so its value determines the profile + that's active when the mouse is powered on next time. + When written, the mouse activates the set profile immediately. + The data has to be 3 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/control +Date: December 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one select which data from which + profile will be read next. The data has to be 3 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/info +Date: December 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read, this file returns general data like firmware version. + When written, the device can be reset. + The data is 6 bytes long. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/macro +Date: December 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store a macro with max 500 key/button strokes + internally. + When written, this file lets one set the sequence for a specific + button for a specific profile. Button and profile numbers are + included in written data. The data has to be 2082 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/profile_buttons +Date: December 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_buttons holds information about button layout. + When written, this file lets one write the respective profile + buttons back to the mouse. The data has to be 59 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data. + Which profile to write is determined by the profile number + contained in the data. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/profile_settings +Date: December 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity + and light effects. + When written, this file lets one write the respective profile + settings back to the mouse. The data has to be 31 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data. + Which profile to write is determined by the profile number + contained in the data. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/sensor +Date: December 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse has a tracking- and a distance-control-unit. These + can be activated/deactivated and the lift-off distance can be + set. The data has to be 6 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/talk +Date: December 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: Used to active some easy* functions of the mouse from outside. + The data has to be 16 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/tcu +Date: December 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written a calibration process for the tracking control unit + can be initiated/cancelled. Also lets one read/write sensor + registers. + The data has to be 4 bytes long. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/konepure/roccatkonepure<minor>/tcu_image +Date: December 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read the mouse returns a 30x30 pixel image of the + sampled underground. This works only in the course of a + calibration process initiated with tcu. + The returned data is 1028 bytes in size. + This file is readonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a10404f15 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kovaplus @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/actual_profile +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The integer value of this attribute ranges from 0-4. + When read, this attribute returns the number of the active + profile. + When written, the mouse activates this profile immediately. + The profile that's active when powered down is the same that's + active when the mouse is powered on. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/info +Date: November 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read, this file returns general data like firmware version. + When written, the device can be reset. + The data is 6 bytes long. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/profile_buttons +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_buttons holds information about button layout. + When written, this file lets one write the respective profile + buttons back to the mouse. The data has to be 23 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data. + Which profile to write is determined by the profile number + contained in the data. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/kovaplus/roccatkovaplus<minor>/profile_settings +Date: January 2011 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity + and light effects. + When written, this file lets one write the respective profile + settings back to the mouse. The data has to be 16 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data. + Which profile to write is determined by the profile number + contained in the data. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-lua b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-lua new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31c6c4c8b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-lua @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/control +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, cpi, button and light settings can be configured. + When read, actual cpi setting and sensor data are returned. + The data has to be 8 bytes long. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9fa9de30d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-pyra @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/info +Date: November 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read, this file returns general data like firmware version. + When written, the device can be reset. + The data is 6 bytes long. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/profile_settings +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_settings holds information like resolution, sensitivity + and light effects. + When written, this file lets one write the respective profile + settings back to the mouse. The data has to be 13 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data. + Which profile to write is determined by the profile number + contained in the data. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/profile_buttons +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split in settings and buttons. + profile_buttons holds information about button layout. + When written, this file lets one write the respective profile + buttons back to the mouse. The data has to be 19 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data. + Which profile to write is determined by the profile number + contained in the data. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/pyra/roccatpyra<minor>/settings +Date: August 2010 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read, this file returns the settings stored in the mouse. + The size of the data is 3 bytes and holds information on the + startup_profile. + When written, this file lets write settings back to the mouse. + The data has to be 3 bytes long. The mouse will reject invalid + data. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-ryos b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-ryos new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1d6a8cf9d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-ryos @@ -0,0 +1,178 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/ryos/roccatryos<minor>/control +Date: October 2013 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one select which data from which + profile will be read next. The data has to be 3 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/ryos/roccatryos<minor>/profile +Date: October 2013 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. profile holds index of actual profile. + This value is persistent, so its value determines the profile + that's active when the device is powered on next time. + When written, the device activates the set profile immediately. + The data has to be 3 bytes long. + The device will reject invalid data. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/ryos/roccatryos<minor>/keys_primary +Date: October 2013 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one set the default of all keys for + a specific profile. Profile index is included in written data. + The data has to be 125 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/ryos/roccatryos<minor>/keys_function +Date: October 2013 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one set the function of the + function keys for a specific profile. Profile index is included + in written data. The data has to be 95 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/ryos/roccatryos<minor>/keys_macro +Date: October 2013 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one set the function of the macro + keys for a specific profile. Profile index is included in + written data. The data has to be 35 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/ryos/roccatryos<minor>/keys_thumbster +Date: October 2013 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one set the function of the + thumbster keys for a specific profile. Profile index is included + in written data. The data has to be 23 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/ryos/roccatryos<minor>/keys_extra +Date: October 2013 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one set the function of the + capslock and function keys for a specific profile. Profile index + is included in written data. The data has to be 8 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/ryos/roccatryos<minor>/keys_easyzone +Date: October 2013 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one set the function of the + easyzone keys for a specific profile. Profile index is included + in written data. The data has to be 294 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/ryos/roccatryos<minor>/key_mask +Date: October 2013 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one deactivate certain keys like + windows and application keys, to prevent accidental presses. + Profile index for which this settings occur is included in + written data. The data has to be 6 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/ryos/roccatryos<minor>/light +Date: October 2013 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one set the backlight intensity for + a specific profile. Profile index is included in written data. + This attribute is only valid for the glow and pro variant. + The data has to be 16 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/ryos/roccatryos<minor>/macro +Date: October 2013 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one store macros with max 480 + keystrokes for a specific button for a specific profile. + Button and profile indexes are included in written data. + The data has to be 2002 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile and key to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/ryos/roccatryos<minor>/info +Date: October 2013 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read, this file returns general data like firmware version. + The data is 8 bytes long. + This file is readonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/ryos/roccatryos<minor>/reset +Date: October 2013 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one reset the device. + The data has to be 3 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/ryos/roccatryos<minor>/talk +Date: October 2013 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one trigger easyshift functionality + from the host. + The data has to be 16 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/ryos/roccatryos<minor>/light_control +Date: October 2013 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one switch between stored and custom + light settings. + This attribute is only valid for the pro variant. + The data has to be 8 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/ryos/roccatryos<minor>/stored_lights +Date: October 2013 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one set per-key lighting for different + layers. + This attribute is only valid for the pro variant. + The data has to be 1382 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/ryos/roccatryos<minor>/custom_lights +Date: October 2013 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one set the actual per-key lighting. + This attribute is only valid for the pro variant. + The data has to be 20 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/ryos/roccatryos<minor>/light_macro +Date: October 2013 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one set a light macro that is looped + whenever the device gets in dimness mode. + This attribute is only valid for the pro variant. + The data has to be 2002 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-savu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-savu new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f1e02a98b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-savu @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/savu/roccatsavu<minor>/buttons +Date: Mai 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split into general settings and + button settings. buttons holds informations about button layout. + When written, this file lets one write the respective profile + buttons to the mouse. The data has to be 47 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data. + Which profile to write is determined by the profile number + contained in the data. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/savu/roccatsavu<minor>/control +Date: Mai 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one select which data from which + profile will be read next. The data has to be 3 bytes long. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/savu/roccatsavu<minor>/general +Date: Mai 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. A profile is split into general settings and + button settings. profile holds informations like resolution, sensitivity + and light effects. + When written, this file lets one write the respective profile + settings back to the mouse. The data has to be 43 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data. + Which profile to write is determined by the profile number + contained in the data. + This file is writeonly. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/savu/roccatsavu<minor>/info +Date: Mai 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When read, this file returns general data like firmware version. + When written, the device can be reset. + The data is 8 bytes long. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/savu/roccatsavu<minor>/macro +Date: Mai 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: When written, this file lets one store macros with max 500 + keystrokes for a specific button for a specific profile. + Button and profile numbers are included in written data. + The data has to be 2083 bytes long. + Before reading this file, control has to be written to select + which profile and key to read. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/savu/roccatsavu<minor>/profile +Date: Mai 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the + press of a button. profile holds number of actual profile. + This value is persistent, so its value determines the profile + that's active when the mouse is powered on next time. + When written, the mouse activates the set profile immediately. + The data has to be 3 bytes long. + The mouse will reject invalid data. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/savu/roccatsavu<minor>/sensor +Date: July 2012 +Contact: Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: The mouse has a Avago ADNS-3090 sensor. + This file allows reading and writing of the mouse sensors registers. + The data has to be 4 bytes long. +Users: http://roccat.sourceforge.net diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-srws1 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-srws1 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d0eba70c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-srws1 @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM1 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM2 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM3 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM4 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM5 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM6 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM7 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM8 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM9 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM10 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM11 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM12 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM13 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM14 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPM15 +What: /sys/class/leds/SRWS1::<serial>::RPMALL +Date: Jan 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.9 +Contact: Simon Wood <simon@mungewell.org> +Description: Provides a control for turning on/off the LEDs which form + an RPM meter on the front of the controller diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote new file mode 100644 index 000000000..39dfa5cb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-wiimote @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/led1 +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/led2 +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/led3 +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/led4 +Date: July 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com> +Description: Make it possible to set/get current led state. Reading from it + returns 0 if led is off and 1 if it is on. Writing 0 to it + disables the led, writing 1 enables it. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/extension +Date: August 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com> +Description: This file contains the currently connected and initialized + extensions. It can be one of: none, motionp, nunchuck, classic, + motionp+nunchuck, motionp+classic + motionp is the official Nintendo Motion+ extension, nunchuck is + the official Nintendo Nunchuck extension and classic is the + Nintendo Classic Controller extension. The motionp extension can + be combined with the other two. + Starting with kernel-version 3.11 Motion Plus hotplugging is + supported and if detected, it's no longer reported as static + extension. You will get uevent notifications for the motion-plus + device then. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/devtype +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com> +Description: While a device is initialized by the wiimote driver, we perform + a device detection and signal a "change" uevent after it is + done. This file shows the detected device type. "pending" means + that the detection is still ongoing, "unknown" means, that the + device couldn't be detected or loaded. "generic" means, that the + device couldn't be detected but supports basic Wii Remote + features and can be used. + Other strings for each device-type are available and may be + added if new device-specific detections are added. + Currently supported are: + gen10: First Wii Remote generation + gen20: Second Wii Remote Plus generation (builtin MP) + balanceboard: Wii Balance Board + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/bboard_calib +Date: May 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com> +Description: This attribute is only provided if the device was detected as a + balance board. It provides a single line with 3 calibration + values for all 4 sensors. The values are separated by colons and + are each 2 bytes long (encoded as 4 digit hexadecimal value). + First, 0kg values for all 4 sensors are written, followed by the + 17kg values for all 4 sensors and last the 34kg values for all 4 + sensors. + Calibration data is already applied by the kernel to all input + values but may be used by user-space to perform other + transformations. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/wiimote/<dev>/pro_calib +Date: October 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.13 +Contact: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com> +Description: This attribute is only provided if the device was detected as a + pro-controller. It provides a single line with 4 calibration + values for all 4 analog sticks. Format is: "x1:y1 x2:y2". Data + is prefixed with a +/-. Each value is a signed 16bit number. + Data is encoded as decimal numbers and specifies the offsets of + the analog sticks of the pro-controller. + Calibration data is already applied by the kernel to all input + values but may be used by user-space to perform other + transformations. + Calibration data is detected by the kernel during device setup. + You can write "scan\n" into this file to re-trigger calibration. + You can also write data directly in the form "x1:y1 x2:y2" to + set the calibration values manually. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-axp-pek b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-axp-pek new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a5e671b9f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-input-axp-pek @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +What: /sys/class/input/input(x)/device/startup +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Carlo Caione <carlo@caione.org> +Description: Startup time in us. Board is powered on if the button is pressed + for more than <startup_time> + +What: /sys/class/input/input(x)/device/shutdown +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Carlo Caione <carlo@caione.org> +Description: Shutdown time in us. Board is powered off if the button is pressed + for more than <shutdown_time> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-rapid-start b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-rapid-start new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a7d2e217 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-intel-rapid-start @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +What: /sys/bus/acpi/intel-rapid-start/wakeup_events +Date: July 2, 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: Matthew Garrett <mjg59@srcf.ucam.org> +Description: An integer representing a set of wakeup events as follows: + 1: Wake to enter hibernation when the wakeup timer expires + 2: Wake to enter hibernation when the battery reaches a + critical level + + These values are ORed together. For example, a value of 3 + indicates that the system will wake to enter hibernation when + either the wakeup timer expires or the battery reaches a + critical level. + +What: /sys/bus/acpi/intel-rapid-start/wakeup_time +Date: July 2, 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: Matthew Garrett <mjg59@srcf.ucam.org> +Description: An integer representing the length of time the system will + remain asleep before waking up to enter hibernation. + This value is in minutes. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-pciback b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-pciback new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a733bfa3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-pciback @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/bus/pci/drivers/pciback/quirks +Date: Oct 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: xen-devel@lists.xenproject.org +Description: + If the permissive attribute is set, then writing a string in + the format of DDDD:BB:DD.F-REG:SIZE:MASK will allow the guest + to write and read from the PCI device. That is Domain:Bus: + Device.Function-Register:Size:Mask (Domain is optional). + For example: + #echo 00:19.0-E0:2:FF > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/pciback/quirks + will allow the guest to read and write to the configuration + register 0x0E. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ppi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ppi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7d1435bc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ppi @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +What: /sys/devices/pnp0/<bus-num>/ppi/ +Date: August 2012 +Kernel Version: 3.6 +Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com +Description: + This folder includes the attributes related with PPI (Physical + Presence Interface). Only if TPM is supported by BIOS, this + folder makes sense. The folder path can be got by command + 'find /sys/ -name 'pcrs''. For the detail information of PPI, + please refer to the PPI specification from + http://www.trustedcomputinggroup.org/ + +What: /sys/devices/pnp0/<bus-num>/ppi/version +Date: August 2012 +Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com +Description: + This attribute shows the version of the PPI supported by the + platform. + This file is readonly. + +What: /sys/devices/pnp0/<bus-num>/ppi/request +Date: August 2012 +Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com +Description: + This attribute shows the request for an operation to be + executed in the pre-OS environment. It is the only input from + the OS to the pre-OS environment. The request should be an + integer value range from 1 to 160, and 0 means no request. + This file can be read and written. + +What: /sys/devices/pnp0/00:<bus-num>/ppi/response +Date: August 2012 +Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com +Description: + This attribute shows the response to the most recent operation + request it acted upon. The format is "<request> <response num> + : <response description>". + This file is readonly. + +What: /sys/devices/pnp0/<bus-num>/ppi/transition_action +Date: August 2012 +Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com +Description: + This attribute shows the platform-specific action that should + take place in order to transition to the BIOS for execution of + a requested operation. The format is "<action num>: <action + description>". + This file is readonly. + +What: /sys/devices/pnp0/<bus-num>/ppi/tcg_operations +Date: August 2012 +Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com +Description: + This attribute shows whether it is allowed to request an + operation to be executed in the pre-OS environment by the BIOS + for the requests defined by TCG, i.e. requests from 1 to 22. + The format is "<request> <status num>: <status description>". + This attribute is only supported by PPI version 1.2+. + This file is readonly. + +What: /sys/devices/pnp0/<bus-num>/ppi/vs_operations +Date: August 2012 +Contact: xiaoyan.zhang@intel.com +Description: + This attribute shows whether it is allowed to request an + operation to be executed in the pre-OS environment by the BIOS + for the verdor specific requests, i.e. requests from 128 to + 255. The format is same with tcg_operations. This attribute + is also only supported by PPI version 1.2+. + This file is readonly. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop new file mode 100644 index 000000000..63c1ad021 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/samsung/performance_level +Date: January 1, 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.33 +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> +Description: Some Samsung laptops have different "performance levels" + that are can be modified by a function key, and by this + sysfs file. These values don't always make a whole lot + of sense, but some users like to modify them to keep + their fans quiet at all costs. Reading from this file + will show the current performance level. Writing to the + file can change this value. + Valid options: + "silent" + "normal" + "overclock" + Note that not all laptops support all of these options. + Specifically, not all support the "overclock" option, + and it's still unknown if this value even changes + anything, other than making the user feel a bit better. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/samsung/battery_life_extender +Date: December 1, 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Corentin Chary <corentin.chary@gmail.com> +Description: Max battery charge level can be modified, battery cycle + life can be extended by reducing the max battery charge + level. + 0 means normal battery mode (100% charge) + 1 means battery life extender mode (80% charge) + +What: /sys/devices/platform/samsung/usb_charge +Date: December 1, 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Corentin Chary <corentin.chary@gmail.com> +Description: Use your USB ports to charge devices, even + when your laptop is powered off. + 1 means enabled, 0 means disabled. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/samsung/lid_handling +Date: December 11, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Julijonas Kikutis <julijonas.kikutis@gmail.com> +Description: Some Samsung laptops handle lid closing quicker and + only handle lid opening with this mode enabled. + 1 means enabled, 0 means disabled. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-sunxi-sid b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-sunxi-sid new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ffb9536f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-sunxi-sid @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +What: /sys/devices/*/<our-device>/eeprom +Date: August 2013 +Contact: Oliver Schinagl <oliver@schinagl.nl> +Description: read-only access to the SID (Security-ID) on current + A-series SoC's from Allwinner. Currently supports A10, A10s, A13 + and A20 CPU's. The earlier A1x series of SoCs exports 16 bytes, + whereas the newer A20 SoC exposes 512 bytes split into sections. + Besides the 16 bytes of SID, there's also an SJTAG area, + HDMI-HDCP key and some custom keys. Below a quick overview, for + details see the user manual: + 0x000 128 bit root-key (sun[457]i) + 0x010 128 bit boot-key (sun7i) + 0x020 64 bit security-jtag-key (sun7i) + 0x028 16 bit key configuration (sun7i) + 0x02b 16 bit custom-vendor-key (sun7i) + 0x02c 320 bit low general key (sun7i) + 0x040 32 bit read-control access (sun7i) + 0x064 224 bit low general key (sun7i) + 0x080 2304 bit HDCP-key (sun7i) + 0x1a0 768 bit high general key (sun7i) +Users: any user space application which wants to read the SID on + Allwinner's A-series of CPU's. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-tegra-fuse b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-tegra-fuse new file mode 100644 index 000000000..69f5af632 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-tegra-fuse @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +What: /sys/devices/*/<our-device>/fuse +Date: February 2014 +Contact: Peter De Schrijver <pdeschrijver@nvidia.com> +Description: read-only access to the efuses on Tegra20, Tegra30, Tegra114 + and Tegra124 SoC's from NVIDIA. The efuses contain write once + data programmed at the factory. The data is layed out in 32bit + words in LSB first format. Each bit represents a single value + as decoded from the fuse registers. Bits order/assignment + exactly matches the HW registers, including any unused bits. +Users: any user space application which wants to read the efuses on + Tegra SoC's diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eed922ef4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/kbd_backlight_mode +Date: June 8, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the keyboard backlight operation mode, valid + values are: + * 0x1 -> FN-Z + * 0x2 -> AUTO (also called TIMER) + * 0x8 -> ON + * 0x10 -> OFF + Note that from kernel 3.16 onwards this file accepts all listed + parameters, kernel 3.15 only accepts the first two (FN-Z and + AUTO). + Also note that toggling this value on type 1 devices, requires + a reboot for changes to take effect. +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/kbd_backlight_timeout +Date: June 8, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the timeout of the keyboard backlight + whenever the operation mode is set to AUTO (or TIMER), + valid values range from 0-60. + Note that the kernel 3.15 only had support for the first + keyboard type, the kernel 3.16 added support for the second + type and the range accepted for type 2 is 1-60. + See the entry named "kbd_type" +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/position +Date: June 8, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file shows the absolute position of the built-in + accelereometer. + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/touchpad +Date: June 8, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.15 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This files controls the status of the touchpad and pointing + stick (if available), valid values are: + * 0 -> OFF + * 1 -> ON +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/available_kbd_modes +Date: August 3, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file shows the supported keyboard backlight modes + the system supports, which can be: + * 0x1 -> FN-Z + * 0x2 -> AUTO (also called TIMER) + * 0x8 -> ON + * 0x10 -> OFF + Note that not all keyboard types support the listed modes. + See the entry named "available_kbd_modes" +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/kbd_type +Date: August 3, 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file shows the current keyboard backlight type, + which can be: + * 1 -> Type 1, supporting modes FN-Z and AUTO + * 2 -> Type 2, supporting modes TIMER, ON and OFF +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/usb_sleep_charge +Date: January 23, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the USB Sleep & Charge charging mode, which + can be: + * 0 -> Disabled (0x00) + * 1 -> Alternate (0x09) + * 2 -> Auto (0x21) + * 3 -> Typical (0x11) + Note that from kernel 4.1 onwards this file accepts all listed + values, kernel 4.0 only supports the first three. + Note that this feature only works when connected to power, if + you want to use it under battery, see the entry named + "sleep_functions_on_battery" +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/sleep_functions_on_battery +Date: January 23, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the USB Sleep Functions under battery, and + set the level at which point they will be disabled, accepted + values can be: + * 0 -> Disabled + * 1-100 -> Battery level to disable sleep functions + Currently it prints two values, the first one indicates if the + feature is enabled or disabled, while the second one shows the + current battery level set. + Note that when the value is set to disabled, the sleep function + will only work when connected to power. +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/usb_rapid_charge +Date: January 23, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the USB Rapid Charge state, which can be: + * 0 -> Disabled + * 1 -> Enabled + Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to + take effect. +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/usb_sleep_music +Date: January 23, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the Sleep & Music state, which values can be: + * 0 -> Disabled + * 1 -> Enabled + Note that this feature only works when connected to power, if + you want to use it under battery, see the entry named + "sleep_functions_on_battery" +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/version +Date: February 12, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file shows the current version of the driver +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/fan +Date: February 12, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the state of the internal fan, valid + values are: + * 0 -> OFF + * 1 -> ON + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/kbd_function_keys +Date: February 12, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the Special Functions (hotkeys) operation + mode, valid values are: + * 0 -> Normal Operation + * 1 -> Special Functions + In the "Normal Operation" mode, the F{1-12} keys are as usual + and the hotkeys are accessed via FN-F{1-12}. + In the "Special Functions" mode, the F{1-12} keys trigger the + hotkey and the F{1-12} keys are accessed via FN-F{1-12}. + Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to + take effect. +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/panel_power_on +Date: February 12, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls whether the laptop should turn ON whenever + the LID is opened, valid values are: + * 0 -> Disabled + * 1 -> Enabled + Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to + take effect. +Users: KToshiba + +What: /sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/usb_three +Date: February 12, 2015 +KernelVersion: 4.0 +Contact: Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com> +Description: This file controls the USB 3 functionality, valid values are: + * 0 -> Disabled (Acts as a regular USB 2) + * 1 -> Enabled (Full USB 3 functionality) + Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to + take effect. +Users: KToshiba diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c4f0fed64 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/speed +Date: April 2010 +Kernel Version: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-bluetooth@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/speed file + controls reporting speed of Wacom bluetooth tablet. Reading + from this file returns 1 if tablet reports in high speed mode + or 0 otherwise. Writing to this file one of these values + switches reporting speed. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/led +Date: August 2014 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Attribute group for control of the status LEDs and the OLEDs. + This attribute group is only available for Intuos 4 M, L, + and XL (with LEDs and OLEDs), Intuos 4 WL, Intuos 5 (LEDs only), + Intuos Pro (LEDs only) and Cintiq 21UX2 and Cintiq 24HD + (LEDs only). Therefore its presence implicitly signifies the + presence of said LEDs and OLEDs on the tablet device. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/status0_luminance +Date: August 2014 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing to this file sets the status LED luminance (1..127) + when the stylus does not touch the tablet surface, and no + button is pressed on the stylus. This luminance level is + normally lower than the level when a button is pressed. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/status1_luminance +Date: August 2014 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing to this file sets the status LED luminance (1..127) + when the stylus touches the tablet surface, or any button is + pressed on the stylus. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/status_led0_select +Date: August 2014 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing to this file sets which one of the four (for Intuos 4 + and Intuos 5) or of the right four (for Cintiq 21UX2 and Cintiq + 24HD) status LEDs is active (0..3). The other three LEDs on the + same side are always inactive. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/status_led1_select +Date: August 2014 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing to this file sets which one of the left four (for Cintiq 21UX2 + and Cintiq 24HD) status LEDs is active (0..3). The other three LEDs on + the left are always inactive. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/buttons_luminance +Date: August 2014 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing to this file sets the overall luminance level (0..15) + of all eight button OLED displays. + +What: /sys/bus/hid/devices/<bus>:<vid>:<pid>.<n>/wacom_led/button<n>_rawimg +Date: August 2014 +Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org +Description: + When writing a 1024 byte raw image in Wacom Intuos 4 + interleaving format to the file, the image shows up on Button N + of the device. The image is a 64x32 pixel 4-bit gray image. The + 1024 byte binary is split up into 16x 64 byte chunks. Each 64 + byte chunk encodes the image data for two consecutive lines on + the display. The low nibble of each byte contains the first + line, and the high nibble contains the second line. + When the Wacom Intuos 4 is connected over Bluetooth, the + image has to contain 256 bytes (64x32 px 1 bit colour). + The format is also scrambled, like in the USB mode, and it can + be summarized by converting 76543210 into GECA6420. + HGFEDCBA HFDB7531 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkback b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkback new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8bb43b66e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkback @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +What: /sys/module/xen_blkback/parameters/max_buffer_pages +Date: March 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: Roger Pau Monné <roger.pau@citrix.com> +Description: + Maximum number of free pages to keep in each block + backend buffer. + +What: /sys/module/xen_blkback/parameters/max_persistent_grants +Date: March 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: Roger Pau Monné <roger.pau@citrix.com> +Description: + Maximum number of grants to map persistently in + blkback. If the frontend tries to use more than + max_persistent_grants, the LRU kicks in and starts + removing 5% of max_persistent_grants every 100ms. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkfront b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkfront new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c0a6cb7eb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-xen-blkfront @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +What: /sys/module/xen_blkfront/parameters/max +Date: June 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.11 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com> +Description: + Maximum number of segments that the frontend will negotiate + with the backend for indirect descriptors. The default value + is 32 - higher value means more potential throughput but more + memory usage. The backend picks the minimum of the frontend + and its default backend value. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4436cca9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi @@ -0,0 +1,206 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/acpi/bgrt/ +Date: January 2012 +Contact: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com> +Description: + The BGRT is an ACPI 5.0 feature that allows the OS + to obtain a copy of the firmware boot splash and + some associated metadata. This is intended to be used + by boot splash applications in order to interact with + the firmware boot splash in order to avoid jarring + transitions. + + image: The image bitmap. Currently a 32-bit BMP. + status: 1 if the image is valid, 0 if firmware invalidated it. + type: 0 indicates image is in BMP format. + version: The version of the BGRT. Currently 1. + xoffset: The number of pixels between the left of the screen + and the left edge of the image. + yoffset: The number of pixels between the top of the screen + and the top edge of the image. + +What: /sys/firmware/acpi/hotplug/ +Date: February 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + There are separate hotplug profiles for different classes of + devices supported by ACPI, such as containers, memory modules, + processors, PCI root bridges etc. A hotplug profile for a given + class of devices is a collection of settings defining the way + that class of devices will be handled by the ACPI core hotplug + code. Those profiles are represented in sysfs as subdirectories + of /sys/firmware/acpi/hotplug/. + + The following setting is available to user space for each + hotplug profile: + + enabled: If set, the ACPI core will handle notifications of + hotplug events associated with the given class of + devices and will allow those devices to be ejected with + the help of the _EJ0 control method. Unsetting it + effectively disables hotplug for the correspoinding + class of devices. + + The value of the above attribute is an integer number: 1 (set) + or 0 (unset). Attempts to write any other values to it will + cause -EINVAL to be returned. + +What: /sys/firmware/acpi/hotplug/force_remove +Date: May 2013 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com> +Description: + The number in this file (0 or 1) determines whether (1) or not + (0) the ACPI subsystem will allow devices to be hot-removed even + if they cannot be put offline gracefully (from the kernel's + viewpoint). That number can be changed by writing a boolean + value to this file. + +What: /sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts/ +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Len Brown <lenb@kernel.org> +Description: + All ACPI interrupts are handled via a single IRQ, + the System Control Interrupt (SCI), which appears + as "acpi" in /proc/interrupts. + + However, one of the main functions of ACPI is to make + the platform understand random hardware without + special driver support. So while the SCI handles a few + well known (fixed feature) interrupts sources, such + as the power button, it can also handle a variable + number of a "General Purpose Events" (GPE). + + A GPE vectors to a specified handler in AML, which + can do a anything the BIOS writer wants from + OS context. GPE 0x12, for example, would vector + to a level or edge handler called _L12 or _E12. + The handler may do its business and return. + Or the handler may send send a Notify event + to a Linux device driver registered on an ACPI device, + such as a battery, or a processor. + + To figure out where all the SCI's are coming from, + /sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts contains a file listing + every possible source, and the count of how many + times it has triggered. + + $ cd /sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts + $ grep . * + error: 0 + ff_gbl_lock: 0 enable + ff_pmtimer: 0 invalid + ff_pwr_btn: 0 enable + ff_rt_clk: 2 disable + ff_slp_btn: 0 invalid + gpe00: 0 invalid + gpe01: 0 enable + gpe02: 108 enable + gpe03: 0 invalid + gpe04: 0 invalid + gpe05: 0 invalid + gpe06: 0 enable + gpe07: 0 enable + gpe08: 0 invalid + gpe09: 0 invalid + gpe0A: 0 invalid + gpe0B: 0 invalid + gpe0C: 0 invalid + gpe0D: 0 invalid + gpe0E: 0 invalid + gpe0F: 0 invalid + gpe10: 0 invalid + gpe11: 0 invalid + gpe12: 0 invalid + gpe13: 0 invalid + gpe14: 0 invalid + gpe15: 0 invalid + gpe16: 0 invalid + gpe17: 1084 enable + gpe18: 0 enable + gpe19: 0 invalid + gpe1A: 0 invalid + gpe1B: 0 invalid + gpe1C: 0 invalid + gpe1D: 0 invalid + gpe1E: 0 invalid + gpe1F: 0 invalid + gpe_all: 1192 + sci: 1194 + sci_not: 0 + + sci - The number of times the ACPI SCI + has been called and claimed an interrupt. + + sci_not - The number of times the ACPI SCI + has been called and NOT claimed an interrupt. + + gpe_all - count of SCI caused by GPEs. + + gpeXX - count for individual GPE source + + ff_gbl_lock - Global Lock + + ff_pmtimer - PM Timer + + ff_pwr_btn - Power Button + + ff_rt_clk - Real Time Clock + + ff_slp_btn - Sleep Button + + error - an interrupt that can't be accounted for above. + + invalid: it's either a GPE or a Fixed Event that + doesn't have an event handler. + + disable: the GPE/Fixed Event is valid but disabled. + + enable: the GPE/Fixed Event is valid and enabled. + + Root has permission to clear any of these counters. Eg. + # echo 0 > gpe11 + + All counters can be cleared by clearing the total "sci": + # echo 0 > sci + + None of these counters has an effect on the function + of the system, they are simply statistics. + + Besides this, user can also write specific strings to these files + to enable/disable/clear ACPI interrupts in user space, which can be + used to debug some ACPI interrupt storm issues. + + Note that only writting to VALID GPE/Fixed Event is allowed, + i.e. user can only change the status of runtime GPE and + Fixed Event with event handler installed. + + Let's take power button fixed event for example, please kill acpid + and other user space applications so that the machine won't shutdown + when pressing the power button. + # cat ff_pwr_btn + 0 enabled + # press the power button for 3 times; + # cat ff_pwr_btn + 3 enabled + # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn + # cat ff_pwr_btn + 3 disabled + # press the power button for 3 times; + # cat ff_pwr_btn + 3 disabled + # echo enable > ff_pwr_btn + # cat ff_pwr_btn + 4 enabled + /* + * this is because the status bit is set even if the enable bit is cleared, + * and it triggers an ACPI fixed event when the enable bit is set again + */ + # press the power button for 3 times; + # cat ff_pwr_btn + 7 enabled + # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn + # press the power button for 3 times; + # echo clear > ff_pwr_btn /* clear the status bit */ + # echo disable > ff_pwr_btn + # cat ff_pwr_btn + 7 enabled + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c78f9ab01 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-dmi @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/dmi/ +Date: February 2011 +Contact: Mike Waychison <mikew@google.com> +Description: + Many machines' firmware (x86 and ia64) export DMI / + SMBIOS tables to the operating system. Getting at this + information is often valuable to userland, especially in + cases where there are OEM extensions used. + + The kernel itself does not rely on the majority of the + information in these tables being correct. It equally + cannot ensure that the data as exported to userland is + without error either. + + DMI is structured as a large table of entries, where + each entry has a common header indicating the type and + length of the entry, as well as a firmware-provided + 'handle' that is supposed to be unique amongst all + entries. + + Some entries are required by the specification, but many + others are optional. In general though, users should + never expect to find a specific entry type on their + system unless they know for certain what their firmware + is doing. Machine to machine experiences will vary. + + Multiple entries of the same type are allowed. In order + to handle these duplicate entry types, each entry is + assigned by the operating system an 'instance', which is + derived from an entry type's ordinal position. That is + to say, if there are 'N' multiple entries with the same type + 'T' in the DMI tables (adjacent or spread apart, it + doesn't matter), they will be represented in sysfs as + entries "T-0" through "T-(N-1)": + + Example entry directories: + + /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/17-0 + /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/17-1 + /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/17-2 + /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/17-3 + ... + + Instance numbers are used in lieu of the firmware + assigned entry handles as the kernel itself makes no + guarantees that handles as exported are unique, and + there are likely firmware images that get this wrong in + the wild. + + Each DMI entry in sysfs has the common header values + exported as attributes: + + handle : The 16bit 'handle' that is assigned to this + entry by the firmware. This handle may be + referred to by other entries. + length : The length of the entry, as presented in the + entry itself. Note that this is _not the + total count of bytes associated with the + entry_. This value represents the length of + the "formatted" portion of the entry. This + "formatted" region is sometimes followed by + the "unformatted" region composed of nul + terminated strings, with termination signalled + by a two nul characters in series. + raw : The raw bytes of the entry. This includes the + "formatted" portion of the entry, the + "unformatted" strings portion of the entry, + and the two terminating nul characters. + type : The type of the entry. This value is the same + as found in the directory name. It indicates + how the rest of the entry should be interpreted. + instance: The instance ordinal of the entry for the + given type. This value is the same as found + in the parent directory name. + position: The ordinal position (zero-based) of the entry + within the entirety of the DMI entry table. + + === Entry Specialization === + + Some entry types may have other information available in + sysfs. Not all types are specialized. + + --- Type 15 - System Event Log --- + + This entry allows the firmware to export a log of + events the system has taken. This information is + typically backed by nvram, but the implementation + details are abstracted by this table. This entry's data + is exported in the directory: + + /sys/firmware/dmi/entries/15-0/system_event_log + + and has the following attributes (documented in the + SMBIOS / DMI specification under "System Event Log (Type 15)": + + area_length + header_start_offset + data_start_offset + access_method + status + change_token + access_method_address + header_format + per_log_type_descriptor_length + type_descriptors_supported_count + + As well, the kernel exports the binary attribute: + + raw_event_log : The raw binary bits of the event log + as described by the DMI entry. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..05874da7c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/efi/fw_vendor +Date: December 2013 +Contact: Dave Young <dyoung@redhat.com> +Description: It shows the physical address of firmware vendor field in the + EFI system table. +Users: Kexec + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/runtime +Date: December 2013 +Contact: Dave Young <dyoung@redhat.com> +Description: It shows the physical address of runtime service table entry in + the EFI system table. +Users: Kexec + +What: /sys/firmware/efi/config_table +Date: December 2013 +Contact: Dave Young <dyoung@redhat.com> +Description: It shows the physical address of config table entry in the EFI + system table. +Users: Kexec diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-runtime-map b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-runtime-map new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c61b9b348 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-efi-runtime-map @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/ +Date: December 2013 +Contact: Dave Young <dyoung@redhat.com> +Description: Switching efi runtime services to virtual mode requires + that all efi memory ranges which have the runtime attribute + bit set to be mapped to virtual addresses. + + The efi runtime services can only be switched to virtual + mode once without rebooting. The kexec kernel must maintain + the same physical to virtual address mappings as the first + kernel. The mappings are exported to sysfs so userspace tools + can reassemble them and pass them into the kexec kernel. + + /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/ is the directory the kernel + exports that information in. + + subdirectories are named with the number of the memory range: + + /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/0 + /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/1 + /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/2 + /sys/firmware/efi/runtime-map/3 + ... + + Each subdirectory contains five files: + + attribute : The attributes of the memory range. + num_pages : The size of the memory range in pages. + phys_addr : The physical address of the memory range. + type : The type of the memory range. + virt_addr : The virtual address of the memory range. + + Above values are all hexadecimal numbers with the '0x' prefix. +Users: Kexec diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0faa0aaf4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-gsmi @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/gsmi +Date: March 2011 +Contact: Mike Waychison <mikew@google.com> +Description: + Some servers used internally at Google have firmware + that provides callback functionality via explicit SMI + triggers. Some of the callbacks are similar to those + provided by the EFI runtime services page, but due to + historical reasons this different entry-point has been + used. + + The gsmi driver implements the kernel's abstraction for + these firmware callbacks. Currently, this functionality + is limited to handling the system event log and getting + access to EFI-style variables stored in nvram. + + Layout: + + /sys/firmware/gsmi/vars: + + This directory has the same layout (and + underlying implementation as /sys/firmware/efi/vars. + See Documentation/ABI/*/sysfs-firmware-efi-vars + for more information on how to interact with + this structure. + + /sys/firmware/gsmi/append_to_eventlog - write-only: + + This file takes a binary blob and passes it onto + the firmware to be timestamped and appended to + the system eventlog. The binary format is + interpreted by the firmware and may change from + platform to platform. The only kernel-enforced + requirement is that the blob be prefixed with a + 32bit host-endian type used as part of the + firmware call. + + /sys/firmware/gsmi/clear_config - write-only: + + Writing any value to this file will cause the + entire firmware configuration to be reset to + "factory defaults". Callers should assume that + a reboot is required for the configuration to be + cleared. + + /sys/firmware/gsmi/clear_eventlog - write-only: + + This file is used to clear out a portion/the + whole of the system event log. Values written + should be values between 1 and 100 inclusive (in + ASCII) representing the fraction of the log to + clear. Not all platforms support fractional + clearing though, and this writes to this file + will error out if the firmware doesn't like your + submitted fraction. + + Callers should assume that a reboot is needed + for this operation to complete. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-log b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-log new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9b58e7c53 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-log @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/log +Date: February 2011 +Contact: Mike Waychison <mikew@google.com> +Description: + The /sys/firmware/log is a binary file that represents a + read-only copy of the firmware's log if one is + available. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eca0d6508 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/memmap/ +Date: June 2008 +Contact: Bernhard Walle <bernhard.walle@gmx.de> +Description: + On all platforms, the firmware provides a memory map which the + kernel reads. The resources from that memory map are registered + in the kernel resource tree and exposed to userspace via + /proc/iomem (together with other resources). + + However, on most architectures that firmware-provided memory + map is modified afterwards by the kernel itself, either because + the kernel merges that memory map with other information or + just because the user overwrites that memory map via command + line. + + kexec needs the raw firmware-provided memory map to setup the + parameter segment of the kernel that should be booted with + kexec. Also, the raw memory map is useful for debugging. For + that reason, /sys/firmware/memmap is an interface that provides + the raw memory map to userspace. + + The structure is as follows: Under /sys/firmware/memmap there + are subdirectories with the number of the entry as their name: + + /sys/firmware/memmap/0 + /sys/firmware/memmap/1 + /sys/firmware/memmap/2 + /sys/firmware/memmap/3 + ... + + The maximum depends on the number of memory map entries provided + by the firmware. The order is just the order that the firmware + provides. + + Each directory contains three files: + + start : The start address (as hexadecimal number with the + '0x' prefix). + end : The end address, inclusive (regardless whether the + firmware provides inclusive or exclusive ranges). + type : Type of the entry as string. See below for a list of + valid types. + + So, for example: + + /sys/firmware/memmap/0/start + /sys/firmware/memmap/0/end + /sys/firmware/memmap/0/type + /sys/firmware/memmap/1/start + ... + + Currently following types exist: + + - System RAM + - ACPI Tables + - ACPI Non-volatile Storage + - reserved + + Following shell snippet can be used to display that memory + map in a human-readable format: + + -------------------- 8< ---------------------------------------- + #!/bin/bash + cd /sys/firmware/memmap + for dir in * ; do + start=$(cat $dir/start) + end=$(cat $dir/end) + type=$(cat $dir/type) + printf "%016x-%016x (%s)\n" $start $[ $end +1] "$type" + done + -------------------- >8 ---------------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-ofw b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-ofw new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f562b188e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-ofw @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/devicetree/* +Date: November 2013 +Contact: Grant Likely <grant.likely@linaro.org> +Description: + When using OpenFirmware or a Flattened Device Tree to enumerate + hardware, the device tree structure will be exposed in this + directory. + + It is possible for multiple device-tree directories to exist. + Some device drivers use a separate detached device tree which + have no attachment to the system tree and will appear in a + different subdirectory under /sys/firmware/devicetree. + + Userspace must not use the /sys/firmware/devicetree/base + path directly, but instead should follow /proc/device-tree + symlink. It is possible that the absolute path will change + in the future, but the symlink is the stable ABI. + + The /proc/device-tree symlink replaces the devicetree /proc + filesystem support, and has largely the same semantics and + should be compatible with existing userspace. + + The contents of /sys/firmware/devicetree/ is a + hierarchy of directories, one per device tree node. The + directory name is the resolved path component name (node + name plus address). Properties are represented as files + in the directory. The contents of each file is the exact + binary data from the device tree. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4be7d44ae --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/sfi/tables/ +Date: May 2010 +Contact: Len Brown <lenb@kernel.org> +Description: + SFI defines a number of small static memory tables + so the kernel can get platform information from firmware. + + The tables are defined in the latest SFI specification: + http://simplefirmware.org/documentation + + While the tables are used by the kernel, user-space + can observe them this way: + + # cd /sys/firmware/sfi/tables + # cat $TABLENAME > $TABLENAME.bin diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4573fd4b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/sgi_uv/ +Date: August 2008 +Contact: Russ Anderson <rja@sgi.com> +Description: + The /sys/firmware/sgi_uv directory contains information + about the SGI UV platform. + + Under that directory are a number of files: + + partition_id + coherence_id + + The partition_id entry contains the partition id. + SGI UV systems can be partitioned into multiple physical + machines, which each partition running a unique copy + of the operating system. Each partition will have a unique + partition id. To display the partition id, use the command: + + cat /sys/firmware/sgi_uv/partition_id + + The coherence_id entry contains the coherence id. + A partitioned SGI UV system can have one or more coherence + domain. The coherence id indicates which coherence domain + this partition is in. To display the coherence id, use the + command: + + cat /sys/firmware/sgi_uv/coherence_id diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c631253cf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4 @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_stats +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + Controls whether the multiblock allocator should + collect statistics, which are shown during the unmount. + 1 means to collect statistics, 0 means not to collect + statistics + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_group_prealloc +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + The multiblock allocator will round up allocation + requests to a multiple of this tuning parameter if the + stripe size is not set in the ext4 superblock + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_max_to_scan +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + The maximum number of extents the multiblock allocator + will search to find the best extent + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_min_to_scan +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + The minimum number of extents the multiblock allocator + will search to find the best extent + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_order2_req +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + Tuning parameter which controls the minimum size for + requests (as a power of 2) where the buddy cache is + used + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_stream_req +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + Files which have fewer blocks than this tunable + parameter will have their blocks allocated out of a + block group specific preallocation pool, so that small + files are packed closely together. Each large file + will have its blocks allocated out of its own unique + preallocation pool. + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/inode_readahead_blks +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + Tuning parameter which controls the maximum number of + inode table blocks that ext4's inode table readahead + algorithm will pre-read into the buffer cache + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/delayed_allocation_blocks +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + This file is read-only and shows the number of blocks + that are dirty in the page cache, but which do not + have their location in the filesystem allocated yet. + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/lifetime_write_kbytes +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + This file is read-only and shows the number of kilobytes + of data that have been written to this filesystem since it was + created. + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/session_write_kbytes +Date: March 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + This file is read-only and shows the number of + kilobytes of data that have been written to this + filesystem since it was mounted. + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/inode_goal +Date: June 2008 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + Tuning parameter which (if non-zero) controls the goal + inode used by the inode allocator in preference to + all other allocation heuristics. This is intended for + debugging use only, and should be 0 on production + systems. + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/max_writeback_mb_bump +Date: September 2009 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + The maximum number of megabytes the writeback code will + try to write out before move on to another inode. + +What: /sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/extent_max_zeroout_kb +Date: August 2012 +Contact: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu> +Description: + The maximum number of kilobytes which will be zeroed + out in preference to creating a new uninitialized + extent when manipulating an inode's extent tree. Note + that using a larger value will increase the + variability of time necessary to complete a random + write operation (since a 4k random write might turn + into a much larger write due to the zeroout + operation). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2c4cc4200 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_max_sleep_time +Date: July 2013 +Contact: "Namjae Jeon" <namjae.jeon@samsung.com> +Description: + Controls the maximun sleep time for gc_thread. Time + is in milliseconds. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_min_sleep_time +Date: July 2013 +Contact: "Namjae Jeon" <namjae.jeon@samsung.com> +Description: + Controls the minimum sleep time for gc_thread. Time + is in milliseconds. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_no_gc_sleep_time +Date: July 2013 +Contact: "Namjae Jeon" <namjae.jeon@samsung.com> +Description: + Controls the default sleep time for gc_thread. Time + is in milliseconds. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/gc_idle +Date: July 2013 +Contact: "Namjae Jeon" <namjae.jeon@samsung.com> +Description: + Controls the victim selection policy for garbage collection. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/reclaim_segments +Date: October 2013 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com> +Description: + Controls the issue rate of segment discard commands. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/ipu_policy +Date: November 2013 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com> +Description: + Controls the in-place-update policy. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/min_ipu_util +Date: November 2013 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com> +Description: + Controls the FS utilization condition for the in-place-update + policies. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/min_fsync_blocks +Date: September 2014 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: + Controls the dirty page count condition for the in-place-update + policies. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/max_small_discards +Date: November 2013 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com> +Description: + Controls the issue rate of small discard commands. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/max_victim_search +Date: January 2014 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com> +Description: + Controls the number of trials to find a victim segment. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/dir_level +Date: March 2014 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com> +Description: + Controls the directory level for large directory. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/ram_thresh +Date: March 2014 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com> +Description: + Controls the memory footprint used by f2fs. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/trim_sections +Date: February 2015 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk@kernel.org> +Description: + Controls the trimming rate in batch mode. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-nilfs2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-nilfs2 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..304ba84a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-nilfs2 @@ -0,0 +1,269 @@ + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/features/revision +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show current revision of NILFS file system driver. + This value informs about file system revision that + driver is ready to support. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/features/README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/features group. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/revision +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show NILFS file system revision on volume. + This value informs about metadata structures' + revision on mounted volume. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/blocksize +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show volume's block size in bytes. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/device_size +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show volume size in bytes. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/free_blocks +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show count of free blocks on volume. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/uuid +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show volume's UUID (Universally Unique Identifier). + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/volume_name +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show volume's label. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device> group. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/superblock/sb_write_time +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show last write time of super block in human-readable + format. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/superblock/sb_write_time_secs +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show last write time of super block in seconds. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/superblock/sb_write_count +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show current write count of super block. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/superblock/sb_update_frequency +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show/Set interval of periodical update of superblock + (in seconds). + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/superblock/README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/superblock + group. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_pseg_block +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show start block number of the latest segment. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_seg_sequence +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show sequence value of the latest segment. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_seg_checkpoint +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show checkpoint number of the latest segment. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/current_seg_sequence +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show segment sequence counter. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/current_last_full_seg +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show index number of the latest full segment. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/next_full_seg +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show index number of the full segment index + to be used next. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/next_pseg_offset +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show offset of next partial segment in the current + full segment. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/next_checkpoint +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show next checkpoint number. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_seg_write_time +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show write time of the last segment in + human-readable format. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_seg_write_time_secs +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show write time of the last segment in seconds. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_nongc_write_time +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show write time of the last segment not for cleaner + operation in human-readable format. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/last_nongc_write_time_secs +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show write time of the last segment not for cleaner + operation in seconds. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/dirty_data_blocks_count +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show number of dirty data blocks. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor/README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segctor + group. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segments/segments_number +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show number of segments on a volume. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segments/blocks_per_segment +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show number of blocks in segment. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segments/clean_segments +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show count of clean segments. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segments/dirty_segments +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show count of dirty segments. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segments/README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/segments + group. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/checkpoints/checkpoints_number +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show number of checkpoints on volume. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/checkpoints/snapshots_number +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show number of snapshots on volume. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/checkpoints/last_seg_checkpoint +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show checkpoint number of the latest segment. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/checkpoints/next_checkpoint +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show next checkpoint number. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/checkpoints/README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/checkpoints + group. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/mounted_snapshots/README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Describe content of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/mounted_snapshots + group. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/mounted_snapshots/<id>/inodes_count +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show number of inodes for snapshot. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/mounted_snapshots/<id>/blocks_count +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Show number of blocks for snapshot. + +What: /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/mounted_snapshots/<id>/README +Date: April 2014 +Contact: "Vyacheslav Dubeyko" <slava@dubeyko.com> +Description: + Describe attributes of /sys/fs/nilfs2/<device>/mounted_snapshots/<id> + group. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-xfs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-xfs new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea0cc8c42 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-xfs @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +What: /sys/fs/xfs/<disk>/log/log_head_lsn +Date: July 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: xfs@oss.sgi.com +Description: + The log sequence number (LSN) of the current head of the + log. The LSN is exported in "cycle:basic block" format. +Users: xfstests + +What: /sys/fs/xfs/<disk>/log/log_tail_lsn +Date: July 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: xfs@oss.sgi.com +Description: + The log sequence number (LSN) of the current tail of the + log. The LSN is exported in "cycle:basic block" format. + +What: /sys/fs/xfs/<disk>/log/reserve_grant_head +Date: July 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: xfs@oss.sgi.com +Description: + The current state of the log reserve grant head. It + represents the total log reservation of all currently + outstanding transactions. The grant head is exported in + "cycle:bytes" format. +Users: xfstests + +What: /sys/fs/xfs/<disk>/log/write_grant_head +Date: July 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: xfs@oss.sgi.com +Description: + The current state of the log write grant head. It + represents the total log reservation of all currently + oustanding transactions, including regrants due to + rolling transactions. The grant head is exported in + "cycle:bytes" format. +Users: xfstests diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-gpio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-gpio new file mode 100644 index 000000000..80f4c94c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-gpio @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +What: /sys/class/gpio/ +Date: July 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Brownell <dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net> +Description: + + As a Kconfig option, individual GPIO signals may be accessed from + userspace. GPIOs are only made available to userspace by an explicit + "export" operation. If a given GPIO is not claimed for use by + kernel code, it may be exported by userspace (and unexported later). + Kernel code may export it for complete or partial access. + + GPIOs are identified as they are inside the kernel, using integers in + the range 0..INT_MAX. See Documentation/gpio.txt for more information. + + /sys/class/gpio + /export ... asks the kernel to export a GPIO to userspace + /unexport ... to return a GPIO to the kernel + /gpioN ... for each exported GPIO #N + /value ... always readable, writes fail for input GPIOs + /direction ... r/w as: in, out (default low); write: high, low + /edge ... r/w as: none, falling, rising, both + /gpiochipN ... for each gpiochip; #N is its first GPIO + /base ... (r/o) same as N + /label ... (r/o) descriptive, not necessarily unique + /ngpio ... (r/o) number of GPIOs; numbered N to N + (ngpio - 1) + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-i2c-bmp085 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-i2c-bmp085 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..585962ad0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-i2c-bmp085 @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/<busnum>-<devaddr>/pressure0_input +Date: June 2010 +Contact: Christoph Mair <christoph.mair@gmail.com> +Description: Start a pressure measurement and read the result. Values + represent the ambient air pressure in pascal (0.01 millibar). + + Reading: returns the current air pressure. + + +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/<busnum>-<devaddr>/temp0_input +Date: June 2010 +Contact: Christoph Mair <christoph.mair@gmail.com> +Description: Measure the ambient temperature. The returned value represents + the ambient temperature in units of 0.1 degree celsius. + + Reading: returns the current temperature. + + +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/<busnum>-<devaddr>/oversampling +Date: June 2010 +Contact: Christoph Mair <christoph.mair@gmail.com> +Description: Tell the bmp085 to use more samples to calculate a pressure + value. When writing to this file the chip will use 2^x samples + to calculate the next pressure value with x being the value + written. Using this feature will decrease RMS noise and + increase the measurement time. + + Reading: returns the current oversampling setting. + + Writing: sets a new oversampling setting. + Accepted values: 0..3. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ibft b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ibft new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cac3930bd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ibft @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/ibft/initiator +Date: November 2007 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek <ketuzsezr@darnok.org> +Description: The /sys/firmware/ibft/initiator directory will contain + files that expose the iSCSI Boot Firmware Table initiator data. + Usually this contains the Initiator name. + +What: /sys/firmware/ibft/targetX +Date: November 2007 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek <ketuzsezr@darnok.org> +Description: The /sys/firmware/ibft/targetX directory will contain + files that expose the iSCSI Boot Firmware Table target data. + Usually this contains the target's IP address, boot LUN, + target name, and what NIC it is associated with. It can also + contain the CHAP name (and password), the reverse CHAP + name (and password) + +What: /sys/firmware/ibft/ethernetX +Date: November 2007 +Contact: Konrad Rzeszutek <ketuzsezr@darnok.org> +Description: The /sys/firmware/ibft/ethernetX directory will contain + files that expose the iSCSI Boot Firmware Table NIC data. + Usually this contains the IP address, MAC, and gateway of the NIC. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-boot_params b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-boot_params new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eca38ce28 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-boot_params @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/boot_params +Date: December 2013 +Contact: Dave Young <dyoung@redhat.com> +Description: The /sys/kernel/boot_params directory contains two + files: "data" and "version" and one subdirectory "setup_data". + It is used to export the kernel boot parameters of an x86 + platform to userspace for kexec and debugging purpose. + + If there's no setup_data in boot_params the subdirectory will + not be created. + + "data" file is the binary representation of struct boot_params. + + "version" file is the string representation of boot + protocol version. + + "setup_data" subdirectory contains the setup_data data + structure in boot_params. setup_data is maintained in kernel + as a link list. In "setup_data" subdirectory there's one + subdirectory for each link list node named with the number + of the list nodes. The list node subdirectory contains two + files "type" and "data". "type" file is the string + representation of setup_data type. "data" file is the binary + representation of setup_data payload. + + The whole boot_params directory structure is like below: + /sys/kernel/boot_params + |__ data + |__ setup_data + | |__ 0 + | | |__ data + | | |__ type + | |__ 1 + | |__ data + | |__ type + |__ version + +Users: Kexec diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-fscaps b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-fscaps new file mode 100644 index 000000000..50a3033b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-fscaps @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/fscaps +Date: February 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: Ludwig Nussel <ludwig.nussel@suse.de> +Description + Shows whether file system capabilities are honored + when executing a binary + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-iommu_groups b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-iommu_groups new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9b31556cf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-iommu_groups @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/iommu_groups/ +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: v3.5 +Contact: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com> +Description: /sys/kernel/iommu_groups/ contains a number of sub- + directories, each representing an IOMMU group. The + name of the sub-directory matches the iommu_group_id() + for the group, which is an integer value. Within each + subdirectory is another directory named "devices" with + links to the sysfs devices contained in this group. + The group directory also optionally contains a "name" + file if the IOMMU driver has chosen to register a more + common name for the group. +Users: diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-livepatch b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-livepatch new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5bf42a840 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-livepatch @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/livepatch +Date: Nov 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Interface for kernel live patching + + The /sys/kernel/livepatch directory contains subdirectories for + each loaded live patch module. + +What: /sys/kernel/livepatch/<patch> +Date: Nov 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The patch directory contains subdirectories for each kernel + object (vmlinux or a module) in which it patched functions. + +What: /sys/kernel/livepatch/<patch>/enabled +Date: Nov 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A writable attribute that indicates whether the patched + code is currently applied. Writing 0 will disable the patch + while writing 1 will re-enable the patch. + +What: /sys/kernel/livepatch/<patch>/<object> +Date: Nov 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The object directory contains subdirectories for each function + that is patched within the object. + +What: /sys/kernel/livepatch/<patch>/<object>/<function> +Date: Nov 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19.0 +Contact: live-patching@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The function directory contains attributes regarding the + properties and state of the patched function. + + There are currently no such attributes. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..190d523ac --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/mm +Date: July 2008 +Contact: Nishanth Aravamudan <nacc@us.ibm.com>, VM maintainers +Description: + /sys/kernel/mm/ should contain any and all VM + related information in /sys/kernel/. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e21c00571 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/mm/hugepages/ +Date: June 2008 +Contact: Nishanth Aravamudan <nacc@us.ibm.com>, hugetlb maintainers +Description: + /sys/kernel/mm/hugepages/ contains a number of subdirectories + of the form hugepages-<size>kB, where <size> is the page size + of the hugepages supported by the kernel/CPU combination. + + Under these directories are a number of files: + nr_hugepages + nr_overcommit_hugepages + free_hugepages + surplus_hugepages + resv_hugepages + See Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt for details. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73e653ee2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-ksm @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm +Date: September 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.32 +Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: Interface for Kernel Samepage Merging (KSM) + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/full_scans +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_shared +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_sharing +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_to_scan +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_unshared +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/pages_volatile +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/run +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/sleep_millisecs +Date: September 2009 +Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: Kernel Samepage Merging daemon sysfs interface + + full_scans: how many times all mergeable areas have been + scanned. + + pages_shared: how many shared pages are being used. + + pages_sharing: how many more sites are sharing them i.e. how + much saved. + + pages_to_scan: how many present pages to scan before ksmd goes + to sleep. + + pages_unshared: how many pages unique but repeatedly checked + for merging. + + pages_volatile: how many pages changing too fast to be placed + in a tree. + + run: write 0 to disable ksm, read 0 while ksm is disabled. + write 1 to run ksm, read 1 while ksm is running. + write 2 to disable ksm and unmerge all its pages. + + sleep_millisecs: how many milliseconds ksm should sleep between + scans. + + See Documentation/vm/ksm.txt for more information. + +What: /sys/kernel/mm/ksm/merge_across_nodes +Date: January 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.9 +Contact: Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org> +Description: Control merging pages across different NUMA nodes. + + When it is set to 0 only pages from the same node are merged, + otherwise pages from all nodes can be merged together (default). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab new file mode 100644 index 000000000..91bd6ca54 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab @@ -0,0 +1,490 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/slab +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The /sys/kernel/slab directory contains a snapshot of the + internal state of the SLUB allocator for each cache. Certain + files may be modified to change the behavior of the cache (and + any cache it aliases, if any). +Users: kernel memory tuning tools + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/aliases +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The aliases file is read-only and specifies how many caches + have merged into this cache. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/align +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The align file is read-only and specifies the cache's object + alignment in bytes. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_calls +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The alloc_calls file is read-only and lists the kernel code + locations from which allocations for this cache were performed. + The alloc_calls file only contains information if debugging is + enabled for that cache (see Documentation/vm/slub.txt). + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_fastpath +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The alloc_fastpath file shows how many objects have been + allocated using the fast path. It can be written to clear the + current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_from_partial +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The alloc_from_partial file shows how many times a cpu slab has + been full and it has been refilled by using a slab from the list + of partially used slabs. It can be written to clear the current + count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_refill +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The alloc_refill file shows how many times the per-cpu freelist + was empty but there were objects available as the result of + remote cpu frees. It can be written to clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_slab +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The alloc_slab file is shows how many times a new slab had to + be allocated from the page allocator. It can be written to + clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_slowpath +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The alloc_slowpath file shows how many objects have been + allocated using the slow path because of a refill or + allocation from a partial or new slab. It can be written to + clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/cache_dma +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The cache_dma file is read-only and specifies whether objects + are from ZONE_DMA. + Available when CONFIG_ZONE_DMA is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/cpu_slabs +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The cpu_slabs file is read-only and displays how many cpu slabs + are active and their NUMA locality. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/cpuslab_flush +Date: April 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.31 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The file cpuslab_flush shows how many times a cache's cpu slabs + have been flushed as the result of destroying or shrinking a + cache, a cpu going offline, or as the result of forcing an + allocation from a certain node. It can be written to clear the + current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/ctor +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The ctor file is read-only and specifies the cache's object + constructor function, which is invoked for each object when a + new slab is allocated. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_empty +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The deactivate_empty file shows how many times an empty cpu slab + was deactivated. It can be written to clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_full +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The deactivate_full file shows how many times a full cpu slab + was deactivated. It can be written to clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_remote_frees +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The deactivate_remote_frees file shows how many times a cpu slab + has been deactivated and contained free objects that were freed + remotely. It can be written to clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_to_head +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The deactivate_to_head file shows how many times a partial cpu + slab was deactivated and added to the head of its node's partial + list. It can be written to clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_to_tail +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The deactivate_to_tail file shows how many times a partial cpu + slab was deactivated and added to the tail of its node's partial + list. It can be written to clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/destroy_by_rcu +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The destroy_by_rcu file is read-only and specifies whether + slabs (not objects) are freed by rcu. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_add_partial +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The free_add_partial file shows how many times an object has + been freed in a full slab so that it had to added to its node's + partial list. It can be written to clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_calls +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The free_calls file is read-only and lists the locations of + object frees if slab debugging is enabled (see + Documentation/vm/slub.txt). + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_fastpath +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The free_fastpath file shows how many objects have been freed + using the fast path because it was an object from the cpu slab. + It can be written to clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_frozen +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The free_frozen file shows how many objects have been freed to + a frozen slab (i.e. a remote cpu slab). It can be written to + clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_remove_partial +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The free_remove_partial file shows how many times an object has + been freed to a now-empty slab so that it had to be removed from + its node's partial list. It can be written to clear the current + count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_slab +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The free_slab file shows how many times an empty slab has been + freed back to the page allocator. It can be written to clear + the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_slowpath +Date: February 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The free_slowpath file shows how many objects have been freed + using the slow path (i.e. to a full or partial slab). It can + be written to clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/hwcache_align +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The hwcache_align file is read-only and specifies whether + objects are aligned on cachelines. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/min_partial +Date: February 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.30 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com> +Description: + The min_partial file specifies how many empty slabs shall + remain on a node's partial list to avoid the overhead of + allocating new slabs. Such slabs may be reclaimed by utilizing + the shrink file. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/object_size +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The object_size file is read-only and specifies the cache's + object size. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/objects +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The objects file is read-only and displays how many objects are + active and from which nodes they are from. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/objects_partial +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The objects_partial file is read-only and displays how many + objects are on partial slabs and from which nodes they are + from. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/objs_per_slab +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The file objs_per_slab is read-only and specifies how many + objects may be allocated from a single slab of the order + specified in /sys/kernel/slab/cache/order. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/order +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The order file specifies the page order at which new slabs are + allocated. It is writable and can be changed to increase the + number of objects per slab. If a slab cannot be allocated + because of fragmentation, SLUB will retry with the minimum order + possible depending on its characteristics. + When debug_guardpage_minorder=N (N > 0) parameter is specified + (see Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt), the minimum possible + order is used and this sysfs entry can not be used to change + the order at run time. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/order_fallback +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The order_fallback file shows how many times an allocation of a + new slab has not been possible at the cache's order and instead + fallen back to its minimum possible order. It can be written to + clear the current count. + Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/partial +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The partial file is read-only and displays how long many + partial slabs there are and how long each node's list is. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/poison +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The poison file specifies whether objects should be poisoned + when a new slab is allocated. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/reclaim_account +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The reclaim_account file specifies whether the cache's objects + are reclaimable (and grouped by their mobility). + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/red_zone +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The red_zone file specifies whether the cache's objects are red + zoned. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/remote_node_defrag_ratio +Date: January 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.25 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The file remote_node_defrag_ratio specifies the percentage of + times SLUB will attempt to refill the cpu slab with a partial + slab from a remote node as opposed to allocating a new slab on + the local node. This reduces the amount of wasted memory over + the entire system but can be expensive. + Available when CONFIG_NUMA is enabled. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/sanity_checks +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The sanity_checks file specifies whether expensive checks + should be performed on free and, at minimum, enables double free + checks. Caches that enable sanity_checks cannot be merged with + caches that do not. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/shrink +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The shrink file is written when memory should be reclaimed from + a cache. Empty partial slabs are freed and the partial list is + sorted so the slabs with the fewest available objects are used + first. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/slab_size +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The slab_size file is read-only and specifies the object size + with metadata (debugging information and alignment) in bytes. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/slabs +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The slabs file is read-only and displays how long many slabs + there are (both cpu and partial) and from which nodes they are + from. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/store_user +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The store_user file specifies whether the location of + allocation or free should be tracked for a cache. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/total_objects +Date: April 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The total_objects file is read-only and displays how many total + objects a cache has and from which nodes they are from. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/trace +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + The trace file specifies whether object allocations and frees + should be traced. + +What: /sys/kernel/slab/cache/validate +Date: May 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.22 +Contact: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>, + Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> +Description: + Writing to the validate file causes SLUB to traverse all of its + cache's objects and check the validity of metadata. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-uids b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-uids new file mode 100644 index 000000000..28f14695a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-uids @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/uids/<uid>/cpu_shares +Date: December 2007 +Contact: Dhaval Giani <dhaval@linux.vnet.ibm.com> + Srivatsa Vaddagiri <vatsa@linux.vnet.ibm.com> +Description: + The /sys/kernel/uids/<uid>/cpu_shares tunable is used + to set the cpu bandwidth a user is allowed. This is a + propotional value. What that means is that if there + are two users logged in, each with an equal number of + shares, then they will get equal CPU bandwidth. Another + example would be, if User A has shares = 1024 and user + B has shares = 2048, User B will get twice the CPU + bandwidth user A will. For more details refer + Documentation/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.txt diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-vmcoreinfo b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-vmcoreinfo new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7bd81168e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-vmcoreinfo @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/vmcoreinfo +Date: October 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.24 +Contact: Ken'ichi Ohmichi <oomichi@mxs.nes.nec.co.jp> + Kexec Mailing List <kexec@lists.infradead.org> + Vivek Goyal <vgoyal@redhat.com> +Description + Shows physical address and size of vmcoreinfo ELF note. + First value contains physical address of note in hex and + second value contains the size of note in hex. This ELF + note info is parsed by second kernel and exported to user + space as part of ELF note in /proc/vmcore file. This note + contains various information like struct size, symbol + values, page size etc. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-memory-page-offline b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-memory-page-offline new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e14703f12 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-memory-page-offline @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +What: /sys/devices/system/memory/soft_offline_page +Date: Sep 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.33 +Contact: andi@firstfloor.org +Description: + Soft-offline the memory page containing the physical address + written into this file. Input is a hex number specifying the + physical address of the page. The kernel will then attempt + to soft-offline it, by moving the contents elsewhere or + dropping it if possible. The kernel will then be placed + on the bad page list and never be reused. + + The offlining is done in kernel specific granuality. + Normally it's the base page size of the kernel, but + this might change. + + The page must be still accessible, not poisoned. The + kernel will never kill anything for this, but rather + fail the offline. Return value is the size of the + number, or a error when the offlining failed. Reading + the file is not allowed. + +What: /sys/devices/system/memory/hard_offline_page +Date: Sep 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.33 +Contact: andi@firstfloor.org +Description: + Hard-offline the memory page containing the physical + address written into this file. Input is a hex number + specifying the physical address of the page. The + kernel will then attempt to hard-offline the page, by + trying to drop the page or killing any owner or + triggering IO errors if needed. Note this may kill + any processes owning the page. The kernel will avoid + to access this page assuming it's poisoned by the + hardware. + + The offlining is done in kernel specific granuality. + Normally it's the base page size of the kernel, but + this might change. + + Return value is the size of the number, or a error when + the offlining failed. + Reading the file is not allowed. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0aac02e7f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-module @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +What: /sys/module/pch_phub/drivers/.../pch_mac +Date: August 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: masa-korg@dsn.okisemi.com +Description: Write/read GbE MAC address. + +What: /sys/module/pch_phub/drivers/.../pch_firmware +Date: August 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: masa-korg@dsn.okisemi.com +Description: Write/read Option ROM data. + + +What: /sys/module/ehci_hcd/drivers/.../uframe_periodic_max +Date: July 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.1 +Contact: Kirill Smelkov <kirr@mns.spb.ru> +Description: Maximum time allowed for periodic transfers per microframe (μs) + + [ USB 2.0 sets maximum allowed time for periodic transfers per + microframe to be 80%, that is 100 microseconds out of 125 + microseconds (full microframe). + + However there are cases, when 80% max isochronous bandwidth is + too limiting. For example two video streams could require 110 + microseconds of isochronous bandwidth per microframe to work + together. ] + + Through this setting it is possible to raise the limit so that + the host controller would allow allocating more than 100 + microseconds of periodic bandwidth per microframe. + + Beware, non-standard modes are usually not thoroughly tested by + hardware designers, and the hardware can malfunction when this + setting differ from default 100. + +What: /sys/module/*/{coresize,initsize} +Date: Jan 2012 +KernelVersion:»·3.3 +Contact: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org> +Description: Module size in bytes. + +What: /sys/module/*/taint +Date: Jan 2012 +KernelVersion:»·3.3 +Contact: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org> +Description: Module taint flags: + P - proprietary module + O - out-of-tree module + F - force-loaded module + C - staging driver module + E - unsigned module diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ocfs2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ocfs2 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7cc516a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ocfs2 @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/ +Date: April 2008 +Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com +Description: + The /sys/fs/ocfs2 directory contains knobs used by the + ocfs2-tools to interact with the filesystem. + +What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/max_locking_protocol +Date: April 2008 +Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com +Description: + The /sys/fs/ocfs2/max_locking_protocol file displays version + of ocfs2 locking supported by the filesystem. This version + covers how ocfs2 uses distributed locking between cluster + nodes. + + The protocol version has a major and minor number. Two + cluster nodes can interoperate if they have an identical + major number and an overlapping minor number - thus, + a node with version 1.10 can interoperate with a node + sporting version 1.8, as long as both use the 1.8 protocol. + + Reading from this file returns a single line, the major + number and minor number joined by a period, eg "1.10". + + This file is read-only. The value is compiled into the + driver. + +What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/loaded_cluster_plugins +Date: April 2008 +Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com +Description: + The /sys/fs/ocfs2/loaded_cluster_plugins file describes + the available plugins to support ocfs2 cluster operation. + A cluster plugin is required to use ocfs2 in a cluster. + There are currently two available plugins: + + * 'o2cb' - The classic o2cb cluster stack that ocfs2 has + used since its inception. + * 'user' - A plugin supporting userspace cluster software + in conjunction with fs/dlm. + + Reading from this file returns the names of all loaded + plugins, one per line. + + This file is read-only. Its contents may change as + plugins are loaded or removed. + +What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/active_cluster_plugin +Date: April 2008 +Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com +Description: + The /sys/fs/ocfs2/active_cluster_plugin displays which + cluster plugin is currently in use by the filesystem. + The active plugin will appear in the loaded_cluster_plugins + file as well. Only one plugin can be used at a time. + + Reading from this file returns the name of the active plugin + on a single line. + + This file is read-only. Which plugin is active depends on + the cluster stack in use. The contents may change + when all filesystems are unmounted and the cluster stack + is changed. + +What: /sys/fs/ocfs2/cluster_stack +Date: April 2008 +Contact: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com +Description: + The /sys/fs/ocfs2/cluster_stack file contains the name + of current ocfs2 cluster stack. This value is set by + userspace tools when bringing the cluster stack online. + + Cluster stack names are 4 characters in length. + + When the 'o2cb' cluster stack is used, the 'o2cb' cluster + plugin is active. All other cluster stacks use the 'user' + cluster plugin. + + Reading from this file returns the name of the current + cluster stack on a single line. + + Writing a new stack name to this file changes the current + cluster stack unless there are mounted ocfs2 filesystems. + If there are mounted filesystems, attempts to change the + stack return an error. + +Users: + ocfs2-tools <ocfs2-tools-devel@oss.oracle.com> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cd9d667c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/display +Date: January 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.20 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + This file allows display switching. The value + is composed by 4 bits and defined as follow: + 4321 + |||`- LCD + ||`-- CRT + |`--- TV + `---- DVI + Ex: - 0 (0000b) means no display + - 3 (0011b) CRT+LCD. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/gps +Date: January 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.20 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Control the gps device. 1 means on, 0 means off. +Users: Lapsus + +What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/ledd +Date: January 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.20 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Some models like the W1N have a LED display that can be + used to display several items of information. + To control the LED display, use the following : + echo 0x0T000DDD > /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/ + where T control the 3 letters display, and DDD the 3 digits display. + The DDD table can be found in Documentation/laptops/asus-laptop.txt + +What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/bluetooth +Date: January 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.20 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Control the bluetooth device. 1 means on, 0 means off. + This may control the led, the device or both. +Users: Lapsus + +What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/wlan +Date: January 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.20 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Control the wlan device. 1 means on, 0 means off. + This may control the led, the device or both. +Users: Lapsus + +What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/wimax +Date: October 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Control the wimax device. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/wwan +Date: October 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Control the wwan (3G) device. 1 means on, 0 means off. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..019e1e293 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-wmi @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/cpufv +Date: Oct 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Change CPU clock configuration (write-only). + There are three available clock configuration: + * 0 -> Super Performance Mode + * 1 -> High Performance Mode + * 2 -> Power Saving Mode + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/camera +Date: Jan 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Control the camera. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/cardr +Date: Jan 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Control the card reader. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/touchpad +Date: Jan 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.39 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Control the card touchpad. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/<platform>/lid_resume +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: "AceLan Kao" <acelan.kao@canonical.com> +Description: + Resume on lid open. 1 means on, 0 means off. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at91 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at91 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4cc6a865a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-at91 @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/at91_can/net/<iface>/mb0_id +Date: January 2011 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: Marc Kleine-Budde <kernel@pengutronix.de> +Description: + Value representing the can_id of mailbox 0. + + Default: 0x7ff (standard frame) + + Due to a chip bug (errata 50.2.6.3 & 50.3.5.3 in + "AT91SAM9263 Preliminary 6249H-ATARM-27-Jul-09") the + contents of mailbox 0 may be send under certain + conditions (even if disabled or in rx mode). + + The workaround in the errata suggests not to use the + mailbox and load it with an unused identifier. + + In order to use an extended can_id add the + CAN_EFF_FLAG (0x80000000U) to the can_id. Example: + + - standard id 0x7ff: + echo 0x7ff > /sys/class/net/can0/mb0_id + + - extended id 0x1fffffff: + echo 0x9fffffff > /sys/class/net/can0/mb0_id diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-brcmstb-gisb-arb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-brcmstb-gisb-arb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f1bad92bb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-brcmstb-gisb-arb @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/devices/../../gisb_arb_timeout +Date: May 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.17 +Contact: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> +Description: + Returns the currently configured raw timeout value of the + Broadcom Set Top Box internal GISB bus arbiter. Minimum value + is 1, and maximum value is 0xffffffff. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-chipidea-usb-otg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-chipidea-usb-otg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..151c59578 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-chipidea-usb-otg @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/inputs/a_bus_req +Date: Feb 2014 +Contact: Li Jun <b47624@freescale.com> +Description: + Can be set and read. + Set a_bus_req(A-device bus request) input to be 1 if + the application running on the A-device wants to use the bus, + and to be 0 when the application no longer wants to use + the bus(or wants to work as peripheral). a_bus_req can also + be set to 1 by kernel in response to remote wakeup signaling + from the B-device, the A-device should decide to resume the bus. + + Valid values are "1" and "0". + + Reading: returns 1 if the application running on the A-device + is using the bus as host role, otherwise 0. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/inputs/a_bus_drop +Date: Feb 2014 +Contact: Li Jun <b47624@freescale.com> +Description: + Can be set and read + The a_bus_drop(A-device bus drop) input is 1 when the + application running on the A-device wants to power down + the bus, and is 0 otherwise, When a_bus_drop is 1, then + the a_bus_req shall be 0. + + Valid values are "1" and "0". + + Reading: returns 1 if the bus is off(vbus is turned off) by + A-device, otherwise 0. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/inputs/b_bus_req +Date: Feb 2014 +Contact: Li Jun <b47624@freescale.com> +Description: + Can be set and read. + The b_bus_req(B-device bus request) input is 1 during the time + that the application running on the B-device wants to use the + bus as host, and is 0 when the application no longer wants to + work as host and decides to switch back to be peripheral. + + Valid values are "1" and "0". + + Reading: returns if the application running on the B device + is using the bus as host role, otherwise 0. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ci_hdrc.0/inputs/a_clr_err +Date: Feb 2014 +Contact: Li Jun <b47624@freescale.com> +Description: + Only can be set. + The a_clr_err(A-device Vbus error clear) input is used to clear + vbus error, then A-device will power down the bus. + + Valid value is "1" diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c6a0b8e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/als_enabled +Date: December 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Gabriele Mazzotta <gabriele.mzt@gmail.com>, + Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com> +Description: + This file allows to control the automatic keyboard + illumination mode on some systems that have an ambient + light sensor. Write 1 to this file to enable the auto + mode, 0 to disable it. + +What: /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/als_setting +Date: December 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Gabriele Mazzotta <gabriele.mzt@gmail.com>, + Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com> +Description: + This file allows to specifiy the on/off threshold value, + as reported by the ambient light sensor. + +What: /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/start_triggers +Date: December 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Gabriele Mazzotta <gabriele.mzt@gmail.com>, + Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com> +Description: + This file allows to control the input triggers that + turn on the keyboard backlight illumination that is + disabled because of inactivity. + Read the file to see the triggers available. The ones + enabled are preceded by '+', those disabled by '-'. + + To enable a trigger, write its name preceded by '+' to + this file. To disable a trigger, write its name preceded + by '-' instead. + + For example, to enable the keyboard as trigger run: + echo +keyboard > /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/start_triggers + To disable it: + echo -keyboard > /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/start_triggers + + Note that not all the available triggers can be configured. + +What: /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/stop_timeout +Date: December 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.19 +Contact: Gabriele Mazzotta <gabriele.mzt@gmail.com>, + Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com> +Description: + This file allows to specify the interval after which the + keyboard illumination is disabled because of inactivity. + The timeouts are expressed in seconds, minutes, hours and + days, for which the symbols are 's', 'm', 'h' and 'd' + respectively. + + To configure the timeout, write to this file a value along + with any the above units. If no unit is specified, the value + is assumed to be expressed in seconds. + + For example, to set the timeout to 10 minutes run: + echo 10m > /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/stop_timeout + + Note that when this file is read, the returned value might be + expressed in a different unit than the one used when the timeout + was set. + + Also note that only some timeouts are supported and that + some systems might fall back to a specific timeout in case + an invalid timeout is written to this file. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5b026c695 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/disp +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + This file allows display switching. + - 1 = LCD + - 2 = CRT + - 3 = LCD+CRT + If you run X11, you should use xrandr instead. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/camera +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Control the camera. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/cardr +Date: May 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.26 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Control the card reader. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/cpufv +Date: Jun 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.31 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + Change CPU clock configuration. + On the Eee PC 1000H there are three available clock configuration: + * 0 -> Super Performance Mode + * 1 -> High Performance Mode + * 2 -> Power Saving Mode + On Eee PC 701 there is only 2 available clock configurations. + Available configuration are listed in available_cpufv file. + Reading this file will show the raw hexadecimal value which + is defined as follow: + | 8 bit | 8 bit | + | `---- Current mode + `------------ Availables modes + For example, 0x301 means: mode 1 selected, 3 available modes. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/eeepc/available_cpufv +Date: Jun 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.31 +Contact: "Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net> +Description: + List available cpufv modes. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b31e782bd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ideapad-laptop @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/ideapad/camera_power +Date: Dec 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: "Ike Panhc <ike.pan@canonical.com>" +Description: + Control the power of camera module. 1 means on, 0 means off. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ideapad/fan_mode +Date: June 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.6 +Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>" +Description: + Change fan mode + There are four available modes: + * 0 -> Super Silent Mode + * 1 -> Standard Mode + * 2 -> Dust Cleaning + * 4 -> Efficient Thermal Dissipation Mode + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c16532718 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-kim @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/kim/dev_name +Date: January 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: "Pavan Savoy" <pavan_savoy@ti.com> +Description: + Name of the UART device at which the WL128x chip + is connected. example: "/dev/ttyS0". + The device name flows down to architecture specific board + initialization file from the SFI/ATAGS bootloader + firmware. The name exposed is read from the user-space + dameon and opens the device when install is requested. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/kim/baud_rate +Date: January 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: "Pavan Savoy" <pavan_savoy@ti.com> +Description: + The maximum reliable baud-rate the host can support. + Different platforms tend to have different high-speed + UART configurations, so the baud-rate needs to be set + locally and also sent across to the WL128x via a HCI-VS + command. The entry is read and made use by the user-space + daemon when the ldisc install is requested. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/kim/flow_cntrl +Date: January 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: "Pavan Savoy" <pavan_savoy@ti.com> +Description: + The WL128x makes use of flow control mechanism, and this + entry most often should be 1, the host's UART is required + to have the capability of flow-control, or else this + entry can be made use of for exceptions. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/kim/install +Date: January 2010 +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: "Pavan Savoy" <pavan_savoy@ti.com> +Description: + When one of the protocols Bluetooth, FM or GPS wants to make + use of the shared UART transport, it registers to the shared + transport driver, which will signal the user-space for opening, + configuring baud and install line discipline via this sysfs + entry. This entry would be polled upon by the user-space + daemon managing the UART, and is notified about the change + by the sysfs_notify. The value would be '1' when UART needs + to be opened/ldisc installed, and would be '0' when UART + is no more required and needs to be closed. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-msi-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-msi-laptop new file mode 100644 index 000000000..307a247ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-msi-laptop @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/lcd_level +Date: Oct 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.19 +Contact: "Lennart Poettering <mzxreary@0pointer.de>" +Description: + Screen brightness: contains a single integer in the range 0..8. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/auto_brightness +Date: Oct 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.19 +Contact: "Lennart Poettering <mzxreary@0pointer.de>" +Description: + Enable automatic brightness control: contains either 0 or 1. If + set to 1 the hardware adjusts the screen brightness + automatically when the power cord is plugged/unplugged. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/wlan +Date: Oct 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.19 +Contact: "Lennart Poettering <mzxreary@0pointer.de>" +Description: + WLAN subsystem enabled: contains either 0 or 1. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/bluetooth +Date: Oct 2006 +KernelVersion: 2.6.19 +Contact: "Lennart Poettering <mzxreary@0pointer.de>" +Description: + Bluetooth subsystem enabled: contains either 0 or 1. Please + note that this file is constantly 0 if no Bluetooth hardware is + available. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/touchpad +Date: Nov 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>" +Description: + Contains either 0 or 1 and indicates if touchpad is turned on. + Touchpad state can only be toggled by pressing Fn+F3. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/turbo_mode +Date: Nov 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>" +Description: + Contains either 0 or 1 and indicates if turbo mode is turned + on. In turbo mode power LED is orange and processor is + overclocked. Turbo mode is available only if charging. It is + only possible to toggle turbo mode state by pressing Fn+F10, + and there is a few seconds cooldown between subsequent toggles. + If user presses Fn+F10 too frequent, turbo mode state is not + changed. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/eco_mode +Date: Nov 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>" +Description: + Contains either 0 or 1 and indicates if ECO mode is turned on. + In ECO mode power LED is green and userspace should do some + powersaving actions. ECO mode is available only on battery + power. ECO mode can only be toggled by pressing Fn+F10. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/turbo_cooldown +Date: Nov 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>" +Description: + Contains value in range 0..3: + * 0 -> Turbo mode is off + * 1 -> Turbo mode is on, cannot be turned off yet + * 2 -> Turbo mode is off, cannot be turned on yet + * 3 -> Turbo mode is on + +What: /sys/devices/platform/msi-laptop-pf/auto_fan +Date: Nov 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.8 +Contact: "Maxim Mikityanskiy <maxtram95@gmail.com>" +Description: + Contains either 0 or 1 and indicates if fan speed is controlled + automatically (1) or fan runs at maximal speed (0). Can be + toggled in software. + diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-tahvo-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-tahvo-usb new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f6e20ce4b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-tahvo-usb @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/tahvo-usb/otg_mode +Date: December 2013 +Contact: Aaro Koskinen <aaro.koskinen@iki.fi> +Description: + Set or read the current OTG mode. Valid values are "host" and + "peripheral". + + Reading: returns the current mode. + +What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/tahvo-usb/vbus +Date: December 2013 +Contact: Aaro Koskinen <aaro.koskinen@iki.fi> +Description: + Read the current VBUS state. + + Reading: returns "on" or "off". diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ts5500 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ts5500 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e685957ca --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-ts5500 @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/adc +Date: January 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.7 +Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com> +Description: + Indicates the presence of an A/D Converter. If it is present, + it will display "1", otherwise "0". + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/ereset +Date: January 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.7 +Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com> +Description: + Indicates the presence of an external reset. If it is present, + it will display "1", otherwise "0". + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/id +Date: January 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.7 +Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com> +Description: + Product ID of the TS board. TS-5500 ID is 0x60. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/jumpers +Date: January 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.7 +Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com> +Description: + Bitfield showing the jumpers' state. If a jumper is present, + the corresponding bit is set. For instance, 0x0e means jumpers + 2, 3 and 4 are set. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/name +Date: July 2014 +KernelVersion: 3.16 +Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com> +Description: + Model name of the TS board, e.g. "TS-5500". + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/rs485 +Date: January 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.7 +Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com> +Description: + Indicates the presence of the RS485 option. If it is present, + it will display "1", otherwise "0". + +What: /sys/devices/platform/ts5500/sram +Date: January 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.7 +Contact: "Savoir-faire Linux Inc." <kernel@savoirfairelinux.com> +Description: + Indicates the presence of the SRAM option. If it is present, + it will display "1", otherwise "0". diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f45518163 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power @@ -0,0 +1,258 @@ +What: /sys/power/ +Date: August 2006 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/power directory will contain files that will + provide a unified interface to the power management + subsystem. + +What: /sys/power/state +Date: May 2014 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/power/state file controls system sleep states. + Reading from this file returns the available sleep state + labels, which may be "mem", "standby", "freeze" and "disk" + (hibernation). The meanings of the first three labels depend on + the relative_sleep_states command line argument as follows: + 1) relative_sleep_states = 1 + "mem", "standby", "freeze" represent non-hibernation sleep + states from the deepest ("mem", always present) to the + shallowest ("freeze"). "standby" and "freeze" may or may + not be present depending on the capabilities of the + platform. "freeze" can only be present if "standby" is + present. + 2) relative_sleep_states = 0 (default) + "mem" - "suspend-to-RAM", present if supported. + "standby" - "power-on suspend", present if supported. + "freeze" - "suspend-to-idle", always present. + + Writing to this file one of these strings causes the system to + transition into the corresponding state, if available. See + Documentation/power/states.txt for a description of what + "suspend-to-RAM", "power-on suspend" and "suspend-to-idle" mean. + +What: /sys/power/disk +Date: September 2006 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/power/disk file controls the operating mode of the + suspend-to-disk mechanism. Reading from this file returns + the name of the method by which the system will be put to + sleep on the next suspend. There are four methods supported: + 'firmware' - means that the memory image will be saved to disk + by some firmware, in which case we also assume that the + firmware will handle the system suspend. + 'platform' - the memory image will be saved by the kernel and + the system will be put to sleep by the platform driver (e.g. + ACPI or other PM registers). + 'shutdown' - the memory image will be saved by the kernel and + the system will be powered off. + 'reboot' - the memory image will be saved by the kernel and + the system will be rebooted. + + Additionally, /sys/power/disk can be used to turn on one of the + two testing modes of the suspend-to-disk mechanism: 'testproc' + or 'test'. If the suspend-to-disk mechanism is in the + 'testproc' mode, writing 'disk' to /sys/power/state will cause + the kernel to disable nonboot CPUs and freeze tasks, wait for 5 + seconds, unfreeze tasks and enable nonboot CPUs. If it is in + the 'test' mode, writing 'disk' to /sys/power/state will cause + the kernel to disable nonboot CPUs and freeze tasks, shrink + memory, suspend devices, wait for 5 seconds, resume devices, + unfreeze tasks and enable nonboot CPUs. Then, we are able to + look in the log messages and work out, for example, which code + is being slow and which device drivers are misbehaving. + + The suspend-to-disk method may be chosen by writing to this + file one of the accepted strings: + + 'firmware' + 'platform' + 'shutdown' + 'reboot' + 'testproc' + 'test' + + It will only change to 'firmware' or 'platform' if the system + supports that. + +What: /sys/power/image_size +Date: August 2006 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/power/image_size file controls the size of the image + created by the suspend-to-disk mechanism. It can be written a + string representing a non-negative integer that will be used + as an upper limit of the image size, in bytes. The kernel's + suspend-to-disk code will do its best to ensure the image size + will not exceed this number. However, if it turns out to be + impossible, the kernel will try to suspend anyway using the + smallest image possible. In particular, if "0" is written to + this file, the suspend image will be as small as possible. + + Reading from this file will display the current image size + limit, which is set to 500 MB by default. + +What: /sys/power/pm_trace +Date: August 2006 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/power/pm_trace file controls the code which saves the + last PM event point in the RTC across reboots, so that you can + debug a machine that just hangs during suspend (or more + commonly, during resume). Namely, the RTC is only used to save + the last PM event point if this file contains '1'. Initially + it contains '0' which may be changed to '1' by writing a + string representing a nonzero integer into it. + + To use this debugging feature you should attempt to suspend + the machine, then reboot it and run + + dmesg -s 1000000 | grep 'hash matches' + + If you do not get any matches (or they appear to be false + positives), it is possible that the last PM event point + referred to a device created by a loadable kernel module. In + this case cat /sys/power/pm_trace_dev_match (see below) after + your system is started up and the kernel modules are loaded. + + CAUTION: Using it will cause your machine's real-time (CMOS) + clock to be set to a random invalid time after a resume. + +What; /sys/power/pm_trace_dev_match +Date: October 2010 +Contact: James Hogan <james@albanarts.com> +Description: + The /sys/power/pm_trace_dev_match file contains the name of the + device associated with the last PM event point saved in the RTC + across reboots when pm_trace has been used. More precisely it + contains the list of current devices (including those + registered by loadable kernel modules since boot) which match + the device hash in the RTC at boot, with a newline after each + one. + + The advantage of this file over the hash matches printed to the + kernel log (see /sys/power/pm_trace), is that it includes + devices created after boot by loadable kernel modules. + + Due to the small hash size necessary to fit in the RTC, it is + possible that more than one device matches the hash, in which + case further investigation is required to determine which + device is causing the problem. Note that genuine RTC clock + values (such as when pm_trace has not been used), can still + match a device and output it's name here. + +What: /sys/power/pm_async +Date: January 2009 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/power/pm_async file controls the switch allowing the + user space to enable or disable asynchronous suspend and resume + of devices. If enabled, this feature will cause some device + drivers' suspend and resume callbacks to be executed in parallel + with each other and with the main suspend thread. It is enabled + if this file contains "1", which is the default. It may be + disabled by writing "0" to this file, in which case all devices + will be suspended and resumed synchronously. + +What: /sys/power/wakeup_count +Date: July 2010 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/power/wakeup_count file allows user space to put the + system into a sleep state while taking into account the + concurrent arrival of wakeup events. Reading from it returns + the current number of registered wakeup events and it blocks if + some wakeup events are being processed at the time the file is + read from. Writing to it will only succeed if the current + number of wakeup events is equal to the written value and, if + successful, will make the kernel abort a subsequent transition + to a sleep state if any wakeup events are reported after the + write has returned. + +What: /sys/power/reserved_size +Date: May 2011 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/power/reserved_size file allows user space to control + the amount of memory reserved for allocations made by device + drivers during the "device freeze" stage of hibernation. It can + be written a string representing a non-negative integer that + will be used as the amount of memory to reserve for allocations + made by device drivers' "freeze" callbacks, in bytes. + + Reading from this file will display the current value, which is + set to 1 MB by default. + +What: /sys/power/autosleep +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/power/autosleep file can be written one of the strings + returned by reads from /sys/power/state. If that happens, a + work item attempting to trigger a transition of the system to + the sleep state represented by that string is queued up. This + attempt will only succeed if there are no active wakeup sources + in the system at that time. After every execution, regardless + of whether or not the attempt to put the system to sleep has + succeeded, the work item requeues itself until user space + writes "off" to /sys/power/autosleep. + + Reading from this file causes the last string successfully + written to it to be returned. + +What: /sys/power/wake_lock +Date: February 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/power/wake_lock file allows user space to create + wakeup source objects and activate them on demand (if one of + those wakeup sources is active, reads from the + /sys/power/wakeup_count file block or return false). When a + string without white space is written to /sys/power/wake_lock, + it will be assumed to represent a wakeup source name. If there + is a wakeup source object with that name, it will be activated + (unless active already). Otherwise, a new wakeup source object + will be registered, assigned the given name and activated. + If a string written to /sys/power/wake_lock contains white + space, the part of the string preceding the white space will be + regarded as a wakeup source name and handled as descrived above. + The other part of the string will be regarded as a timeout (in + nanoseconds) such that the wakeup source will be automatically + deactivated after it has expired. The timeout, if present, is + set regardless of the current state of the wakeup source object + in question. + + Reads from this file return a string consisting of the names of + wakeup sources created with the help of it that are active at + the moment, separated with spaces. + + +What: /sys/power/wake_unlock +Date: February 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net> +Description: + The /sys/power/wake_unlock file allows user space to deactivate + wakeup sources created with the help of /sys/power/wake_lock. + When a string is written to /sys/power/wake_unlock, it will be + assumed to represent the name of a wakeup source to deactivate. + If a wakeup source object of that name exists and is active at + the moment, it will be deactivated. + + Reads from this file return a string consisting of the names of + wakeup sources created with the help of /sys/power/wake_lock + that are inactive at the moment, separated with spaces. + +What: /sys/power/pm_print_times +Date: May 2012 +Contact: Sameer Nanda <snanda@chromium.org> +Description: + The /sys/power/pm_print_times file allows user space to + control whether the time taken by devices to suspend and + resume is printed. These prints are useful for hunting down + devices that take too long to suspend or resume. + + Writing a "1" enables this printing while writing a "0" + disables it. The default value is "0". Reading from this file + will display the current value. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-pps b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-pps new file mode 100644 index 000000000..25028c7bc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-pps @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +What: /sys/class/pps/ +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/pps/ directory will contain files and + directories that will provide a unified interface to + the PPS sources. + +What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/ +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/ directory is related to X-th + PPS source into the system. Each directory will + contain files to manage and control its PPS source. + +What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/assert +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/assert file reports the assert events + and the assert sequence number of the X-th source in the form: + + <secs>.<nsec>#<sequence> + + If the source has no assert events the content of this file + is empty. + +What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/clear +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/clear file reports the clear events + and the clear sequence number of the X-th source in the form: + + <secs>.<nsec>#<sequence> + + If the source has no clear events the content of this file + is empty. + +What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/mode +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/mode file reports the functioning + mode of the X-th source in hexadecimal encoding. + + Please, refer to linux/include/linux/pps.h for further + info. + +What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/echo +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/echo file reports if the X-th does + or does not support an "echo" function. + +What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/name +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/name file reports the name of the + X-th source. + +What: /sys/class/pps/ppsX/path +Date: February 2008 +Contact: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it> +Description: + The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/path file reports the path name of + the device connected with the X-th source. + + If the source is not connected with any device the content + of this file is empty. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a8e466eb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/profiling +Date: September 2008 +Contact: Dave Hansen <dave@linux.vnet.ibm.com> +Description: + /sys/kernel/profiling is the runtime equivalent + of the boot-time profile= option. + + You can get the same effect running: + + echo 2 > /sys/kernel/profiling + + as you would by issuing profile=2 on the boot + command line. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..44806a678 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ptp @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +What: /sys/class/ptp/ +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This directory contains files and directories + providing a standardized interface to the ancillary + features of PTP hardware clocks. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/ +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This directory contains the attributes of the Nth PTP + hardware clock registered into the PTP class driver + subsystem. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/clock_name +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This file contains the name of the PTP hardware clock + as a human readable string. The purpose of this + attribute is to provide the user with a "friendly + name" and to help distinguish PHY based devices from + MAC based ones. The string does not necessarily have + to be any kind of unique id. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/max_adjustment +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This file contains the PTP hardware clock's maximum + frequency adjustment value (a positive integer) in + parts per billion. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/n_alarms +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This file contains the number of periodic or one shot + alarms offer by the PTP hardware clock. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/n_external_timestamps +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This file contains the number of external timestamp + channels offered by the PTP hardware clock. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/n_periodic_outputs +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This file contains the number of programmable periodic + output channels offered by the PTP hardware clock. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/n_pins +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This file contains the number of programmable pins + offered by the PTP hardware clock. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/pins +Date: March 2014 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This directory contains one file for each programmable + pin offered by the PTP hardware clock. The file name + is the hardware dependent pin name. Reading from this + file produces two numbers, the assigned function (see + the PTP_PF_ enumeration values in linux/ptp_clock.h) + and the channel number. The function and channel + assignment may be changed by two writing numbers into + the file. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/pps_avaiable +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This file indicates whether the PTP hardware clock + supports a Pulse Per Second to the host CPU. Reading + "1" means that the PPS is supported, while "0" means + not supported. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/extts_enable +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This write-only file enables or disables external + timestamps. To enable external timestamps, write the + channel index followed by a "1" into the file. + To disable external timestamps, write the channel + index followed by a "0" into the file. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/fifo +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This file provides timestamps on external events, in + the form of three integers: channel index, seconds, + and nanoseconds. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/period +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This write-only file enables or disables periodic + outputs. To enable a periodic output, write five + integers into the file: channel index, start time + seconds, start time nanoseconds, period seconds, and + period nanoseconds. To disable a periodic output, set + all the seconds and nanoseconds values to zero. + +What: /sys/class/ptp/ptpN/pps_enable +Date: September 2010 +Contact: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> +Description: + This write-only file enables or disables delivery of + PPS events to the Linux PPS subsystem. To enable PPS + events, write a "1" into the file. To disable events, + write a "0" into the file. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-tty b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-tty new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9eb3c2b6b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-tty @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +What: /sys/class/tty/console/active +Date: Nov 2010 +Contact: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org> +Description: + Shows the list of currently configured + console devices, like 'tty1 ttyS0'. + The last entry in the file is the active + device connected to /dev/console. + The file supports poll() to detect virtual + console switches. + +What: /sys/class/tty/tty0/active +Date: Nov 2010 +Contact: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org> +Description: + Shows the currently active virtual console + device, like 'tty1'. + The file supports poll() to detect virtual + console switches. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/uartclk +Date: Sep 2012 +Contact: Tomas Hlavacek <tmshlvck@gmail.com> +Description: + Shows the current uartclk value associated with the + UART port in serial_core, that is bound to TTY like ttyS0. + uartclk = 16 * baud_base + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/type +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows the current tty type for this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/line +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows the current tty line number for this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/port +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows the current tty port I/O address for this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/irq +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Shows the current primary interrupt for this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/flags +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Show the tty port status flags for this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/xmit_fifo_size +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Show the transmit FIFO size for this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/close_delay +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Show the closing delay time for this port in ms. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/closing_wait +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Show the close wait time for this port in ms. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/custom_divisor +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Show the custom divisor if any that is set on this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/io_type +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Show the I/O type that is to be used with the iomem base + address. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/iomem_base +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + The I/O memory base for this port. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/iomem_reg_shift +Date: October 2012 +Contact: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com> +Description: + Show the register shift indicating the spacing to be used + for accesses on this iomem address. + + These sysfs values expose the TIOCGSERIAL interface via + sysfs rather than via ioctls. + +What: /sys/class/tty/ttyS0/rx_trig_bytes +Date: May 2014 +Contact: Yoshihiro YUNOMAE <yoshihiro.yunomae.ez@hitachi.com> +Description: + Shows current RX interrupt trigger bytes or sets the + user specified value to change it for the FIFO buffer. + Users can show or set this value regardless of opening the + serial device file or not. + + The RX trigger can be set one of four kinds of values for UART + serials. When users input a meaning less value to this I/F, + the RX trigger is changed to the nearest lower value for the + device specification. For example, when user sets 7bytes on + 16550A, which has 1/4/8/14 bytes trigger, the RX trigger is + automatically changed to 4 bytes. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wusb_cbaf b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wusb_cbaf new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a99c5f86a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wusb_cbaf @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_* +Date: August 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com> +Description: + Various files for managing Cable Based Association of + (wireless) USB devices. + + The sequence of operations should be: + + 1. Device is plugged in. + + 2. The connection manager (CM) sees a device with CBA capability. + (the wusb_chid etc. files in /sys/devices/blah/OURDEVICE). + + 3. The CM writes the host name, supported band groups, + and the CHID (host ID) into the wusb_host_name, + wusb_host_band_groups and wusb_chid files. These + get sent to the device and the CDID (if any) for + this host is requested. + + 4. The CM can verify that the device's supported band + groups (wusb_device_band_groups) are compatible + with the host. + + 5. The CM reads the wusb_cdid file. + + 6. The CM looks it up its database. + + - If it has a matching CHID,CDID entry, the device + has been authorized before and nothing further + needs to be done. + + - If the CDID is zero (or the CM doesn't find a + matching CDID in its database), the device is + assumed to be not known. The CM may associate + the host with device by: writing a randomly + generated CDID to wusb_cdid and then a random CK + to wusb_ck (this uploads the new CC to the + device). + + CMD may choose to prompt the user before + associating with a new device. + + 7. Device is unplugged. + + References: + [WUSB-AM] Association Models Supplement to the + Certified Wireless Universal Serial Bus + Specification, version 1.0. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_chid +Date: August 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com> +Description: + The CHID of the host formatted as 16 space-separated + hex octets. + + Writes fetches device's supported band groups and the + the CDID for any existing association with this host. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_host_name +Date: August 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com> +Description: + A friendly name for the host as a UTF-8 encoded string. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_host_band_groups +Date: August 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com> +Description: + The band groups supported by the host, in the format + defined in [WUSB-AM]. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_device_band_groups +Date: August 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com> +Description: + The band groups supported by the device, in the format + defined in [WUSB-AM]. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_cdid +Date: August 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com> +Description: + The device's CDID formatted as 16 space-separated hex + octets. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_ck +Date: August 2008 +KernelVersion: 2.6.27 +Contact: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com> +Description: + Write 16 space-separated random, hex octets to + associate with the device. |